Michael Wynn's Occult Reference Library
AWAKEN,AWAKENS

Return to Occult Library Index


0 0

cret all relating to this order, but to confirm it, i now ask if you are willing, in the presence of the lord of the universe and this assembly, to take a great and solemn obligation to keep inviolate the secrets and mysteries of our order" 30 candidate "i am" hierophant "there is nothing contrary to your civil, moral or religious duties in this obligation. although the magical virtues can indeed awaken into momentary life, in the wicked and foolish hearts, they cannot rein in any heart that has not the natural virtues to be their throne (hierophant advances between the pillars, the hiereus stands on the candidate's left, the hegemon on the candidate's right, the stolistes behind the hiereus, the dadouchos behind the hegemon, the kerux before the throne of the west. all form the hexagram a

angle and one which forms the apex. such is the origin of creation; it is the triad of life. my throne, at the gate of the east, is the place of the guardian of the dawning sun. i carry the banner of the east, the banner of light, the symbol of the perfected work. the throne of the hiereus at the gate of the west is the place of the guardian against the multitudes that sleep through the light and awaken at twilight. he carries the banner of the west, which is the banner that symbolizes twilight. the throne of the hegemon between the columns is the place of balanced power between the light and the darkness. the wand of the kerux is the beam of light from the hidden wisdom, and his lamp is an emblem of the ever burning lamp of the guardian of the mysteries. the place of the stolistes at the

n their own accord will tend to keep an audio recorder next to the bed so that the details of the dream experience are not forgotten or lost by using the wake and writing method. using this latter method will not only keep the information of the dreams intact, but it will also help overview the details that may have been missed by writing alone. so it is not uncommon, using the audio recorder, to awaken in the middle of the night to record a dream. then at your convenience you may transfer the dream to paper. moreover, there have been people who chose to use a floppy disk to record their dreams onto a computer. this also is a good option. but no matter how it is recorded, just be sure you don't depend on your own memory for even the simplest details. in understanding your dream, you will l


0 0 INITIATION CEREMONY

n. two contending forces and one which unites them eternally. two basal angles of the triangle and one which forms the apex. such is the origin of creation, it is the triad of life. my throne at the gate of the east is the place of the guardian of the dawning sun. the throne of the hiereus at the gate of the west is the place of the guardian against the multitudes that sleep through the light and awaken at the twilight, the throne of the hegemon seated between the columns is the place of balanced power, between the ultimate light and the ultimate darkness. these meanings are shown in detail and by the color of our robes. the wand of the kerux is the beam of light from the hidden wisdom, and his lamp is an emblem of the ever burning lamp of the guardian of the mysteries, the seat of the sto


A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGICK SPELLS

nal music, talk about christmas past, its highlights and disasters* when it is midnight or just before you are ready to go to bed, light the next candle, saying: the light increases, as the new sun streams forth within the cave, soon to herald the new day; we offer this light, joining with our ancestors and those as yet unborn to call forth radiance* leave the candles in a safe place and when you awaken, even if it is not fully day, light the third candle, replacing and re-lighting the others if they are almost burned down, saying: the sun comes forth from the cave, in joy and glory and promise; we join our light with the rays of the new morning* spend the morning out of doors, if possible, collecting greenery, or making tiny clay figures of the nativity figures, santons as they are called


ABRAMELIN1

ther of his father, and thence to pass into the holy land wherein our forefathers had dwelt, and from the which for our very great errors and misdeeds we had been chased and cast forth by god. he11 having so willed it, the moment that he12 had made me acquainted with his design, i felt an extraordinary desire to accompany him in his journey, and i believe that almighty god wished by this means to awaken me, for i could take no rest until the moment that we mutually and reciprocally passed our word to each other and swore to make the voyage together. on the 13th day of february, in the year 1397, we commenced our journey, passing through germany, bohemia, austria, and thence by hungary, the sacred magic 6 and greece unto constantinople, where we remained two years, and i should never have q


ALEE J BOOK OF AIWASS

bscriber queried "i know that with reincarnation we tend to forget our past incarnations and that there are daemons who sometimes forget it until something triggers it. i was wondering if there is a ritual or something one can do to find out if they are a reincarnated daemon" the daemons you are referring to are called "sleepers" but they are this way for a reason. recently, it was time for me to awaken one. he was an avowed atheist, which is fairly common. as was the case with me, his secret name had to be uttered by another daemon. timing is everything! it takes a while, then memories begin to creep. the daemon form attaches itself to the physical form. it's like you're being switched from a/c to d/c (alternating to direct current. why do sleepers exist? let's say, for example, aiwass ha


ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK IN THEORY AND PRACTICE

kether- beth- binah- cheth- geburach- mem- hod- shin- malkuth, the descent from 1 to 10 via the pillar of severity> with all such words it is of the utmost importance that they should never be spoken until the supreme moment, and even then they should burst from the magician almost despite himself- so great should be his reluctance<power of these words to awaken the suppressed subconscious libido> to utter them. in fact, they should be the utterance of the god in him at the first onset of the divine possession. so uttered, they cannot fail of effect, for they have become the effect. every wise magician will have constructed (according to the principles of the holy qabalah) many such words, and he should have quintessentialised them all in one word

st thy little light "when thou shalt know me, o empty god, my flame shall utterly expire in thy great n.o.x" liber lapidis lazuli. i. 36-40. 0. be seated in thine asana, preferably the thunderbolt. it is essential that the spine be vertical. 1. in this practice the cavity of the brain is the yoni; the spinal cord is the lingam. 2. concentrate thy thought of adoration in the brain. 3. now begin to awaken the spine in this manner. concentrate thy thought of thyself in the base of the spine, and move it gradually up a little at a time. by this means thou wilt become conscious of the spine, feeling each vertebra as a separate entity. this must be achieved most fully and perfectly before the further practice is begun. 4. next, adore the brain as before, but figure to thyself its content as infi


ALEISTER CROWLEY THE OLD AND NEW COMMENTARIES TO LIBER AL

turous love-song unto me! burn to me perfumes! wear to me jewels! drink to me, for i love you! i love you" the new comment all those acts which excite the divine in man are proper to the rite of invocation. religion, as understood by the vile puritan, is the very opposite of all this. he- it- seems to wish to kill his- its- soul by forbidding every expression of it, and every practice which might awaken it to expression. to hell with this verbotenism! in particular, let me exhort all men and all women, for they are stars! heed well this holy verse! true religion is intoxication, in a sense. we are told elsewhere to intoxicate the innermost, not the outermost; but i think that the word "wine" should be taken in its widest sense as meaning that which brings out the soul. climate, soil, and r


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 5

st thy little light "when thou shalt know me, o empty god, my flame shall utterly expire in thy great n.o.x- liber lapidis lazuli. i. 36-40. 0. be seated in thine asana, preferably the thunderbolt. it is essential that the spine be vertical. 1. in this practice the cavity of the brain is the yoni; the spinal cord is the lingam. 2. concentrate thy thought of adoration in the brain. 3. now begin to awaken the spine in this manner. concentrate thy thought of thyself in the base of the spine, and move it gradually up a little at a time. by this means thou wilt become conscious of the spine, feeling each vertebra as a separate entity. this must be achieved most fully and perfectly before the further practice is begun. 4. next, adore the brain as before, but figure to thyself its content as infi

t not know how ineffably great is the weight of fate. uncreate! ultimate! 23 born of hate! brother of woe! despair its mate! thou dost not know how giant great is the grasp of fate "the dancers" vainly pursuing impossible things, the swamp-adder wooing the lark with her wings "the queen of the dancers" see how i glide- canst thou not hold me? in thine arms, at thy side- why not enfold me? wisdom, awaken! never, oh never, by wile or endeavour am i to be taken. will a wish or a word charm the hawk from the air? and am i a bird to be caught in a snare? will a word or a wish bring the trout from the brook? and am i a fish to snap at an hook "the prophet" ye let me to the holy place. all ye have mocked me to my face. 24 now ends the age of living breath; i am sworn henchman unto death. lead me

tion of the place overcome his weariness and mental torpor, and he is very wide awake- all his faculties on the alert, his mind working to the full limits demanded by his very difficult profession. so it is in all things: the merchant at his desk, the captain on the bridge of his ship, the engineer in his engine-room, the chemist in his laboratory- the effect of "place" upon the mind is always to awaken a particular set of sankh ras, the sankh ras associated in the mind with place. also there is perhaps a certain intangible yet operative atmosphere of thought which clings to place sin which definite acts have been done, definite thoughts constantly repeated. it is for this reason that we have a great sense of quiet and peace when we go to a monastery. the monastery is a place where life is


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 1 2

e-cross" voices voices of strange people saying quite absurd commonplace things "here, let's feel it!"what about lunch?"so i said to him: did you and so on; just as if one were overhearing a conversation in a railway carriage. i beheld also kephra, the beetle god, the glory of midnight. but let me compose myself again to sleep, as did the child samuel. if he should choose to come, he can easily awaken me. 76 3.35. i have been asleep a good deal one long dream in which p--t, lord m--y of b--n and my wife are all staying with me in my mother's house. my room the old room, with one page torn out for i conceived it as part of a book, somehow! oh such a lot of this dream! most of it clearly due to obvious sources i don't see where lord m--y comes in. very likely he is dead. i have had that

ssigned him promptly to the oubliette. i put down this not as a "pose" but because the business is so gigantic. it encourages me immensely; for if my dweller on the threshold be that most formidable devil, how vast must be the pylon that shelters him, and how glorious must be the temple just beyond! 9.30. it seems that there was one more mistake to make; for i've made it! i started to attempt to awaken the kundalini the magical serpent that sleeps at the base of the spine; coiled in three coils and a half around the sushumna; and instead of pumping the prana up and down the sushumna until siva was united with sakti in the sahasrara-cakkram, i tried god knows why; i'm stupider than an ass or h c to work the whole operation in muladhara with the obvious result. there are only two more

lesh be given to besz to devour! let my phallus be concealed in the maw of mati, and my crown be divided among my brethren! let the jaws of apep grind me into poison! let the sea of poison swallow me wholly up! let asi my mother rend her robes in anguish, and nepti weep for me unavailing. then shall asi being forth hoor, and heru-pa-kraat shall leap glad from her womb. the lord of vengeance shall awaken; sekhet shall roar, and pasht cry aloud. then shall my members be gathered together, and my bonds shall be unloosed; and my khu shall be mighty in khem for ever and ever! 11.37. i return to he place of the evil triad, of ommo satan, that is before the altar. there to expiate my folly in 88 attaching myself to all this great concourse of ideas that i have here recorded, instead of remaining


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3 2

oke. come forth unto me, my lord: to me, who am thy vain reflection in the mighty sea of matter! hear thou, angel and lord! hear thou in the habitations of eternity; come forth; and purify to thy glory my mind and will! without thee am i nothing; in thee am i all-self existing in thy selfhood to eternity [close now the channels to the ruach of the material senses: endeavouring at the same time to awaken the inner sight and hearing. thus seated, strive to grasp the same ray of the divine glory of the selfhood: meditating upon the littleness and worthlessness of the natural man: the vanity of his desires, the feebleness of his boasted intellect. remember that without that light, naught can avail thee to true progression: and that alone by purity of mind and will canst thou ever hope to enter


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3

wherein man is invited to see himself at his best; that is to say, as that which he should be, and might be; a kind of angelic excitement; a rehabilitation of the most flattering type. a certain spiritualist school, largely represented in england and america, even considers supernatural phenomena, such as the apparition of phantoms, ghosts &c, as manifestations of the divine will, ever anxious to awaken in the spirit of man the memory of invisible truths. besides this charming and singular state, where all the forces are balanced; where the imagination, though enormously powerful, does not drag after it into perilous adventures the moral sense; when an exquisite sensibility is no longer tortured by sick nerves, those councillors-in- ordinary of crime or despair: this marvellous 58 state, i

hat the conjurations &c, are to be made to the appropriate plane of the form instead of to binah. part hb:shin: spiritual development. a. the sphere of sensation. b. the augoeides. c. the sephiroth &c, employed. d. the aspirant, or natural man. e. the equilibration of the symbols. f. the invocation of the higher, the limiting and controlling of the lower, and the closing of the material senses to awaken the spiritual. g. attempting to make the natural man grasp the higher by first limiting the extent to which mere intellect can help him herein, then by the purification of his thoughts and desires. in doing this let him formulate himself as standing between the pillars of fire and of cloud. h. the aspiration of the whole natural man towards the higher self, and a prayer for light and guidan


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 4

es are now ready. have you a strong will? how to develop and strengthen will power, memory, or any other faculty, or attribute of the mind by the easy process of self- hypnotism. by charles godfrey leland. third and enlarged edition, containing the celebrated correspondence between kant and hufeland, and an additional chapter on paracelsus and his teaching. contents- preface. introduction. how to awaken attention and create interest as preparatory to developing the will. faculties and powers latent in man. mesmerism, hypnotism and self-hypnotism. pomponatius, gassner, and paracelsus. medical cures and benefits which may be realised by auto- hypnotism. forethought and its value. corrupt and pure will. instinct and suggestion. the process of developing memory. the "artes memorandi" of old ti

seems to have been consistently acted upon ever since. 79 compare with the kundalini the serpent mentioned in paragraph 26 of "the book of concealed mystery" note too the lotus-leaf that backs the throne of a god is also the hood of the cobra. so too the egyptian gods have the serpent upon the brow. 80 provided the other exits are duly stopped by practice. the danger of yoga is this, that one may awaken the magic power before all is balanced. a discharge takes place in some wrong direction and obsession results. 81 the forcing of the kundalini up the sushumn and through the six chakkras to the sahasr ra, is very similar to rising on the planes through malkuth, yesod, the path of hb:peh, tiphereth, the path of hb:tet, and da th to kether, by means of the central pillar of the tree of life


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6 2

ess fire, see the maiden sacrifice! so depart, and secret flame burn upon the stone of shame, that the holy ones may hear music of the sleepless name! holy, holy, holy spouse of the sun-engirdled house, with the secret symbol burning on thy multiscient brows. even as the traitor's breath goeth forth, he perisheth by the secret sibilant word that is spoken unto death. capricornus. brethren, let us awaken the master of the temple [the leader of the chorus "beats the tom-tom, and the other brethren clap and stamp their feet. no result] 6 silence- it is in vain! brethren, let us invoke the assistance of the mother of heaven["he goes to veil and reaches through with his hands" mater coeli["passes through throne of" magister templi "and enters the temple] children, what is your will with me? cap

the chorus "beats the tom-tom, and the other brethren clap and stamp their feet. no result] 6 silence- it is in vain! brethren, let us invoke the assistance of the mother of heaven["he goes to veil and reaches through with his hands" mater coeli["passes through throne of" magister templi "and enters the temple] children, what is your will with me? capricornus. mother of heaven, we beseech thee to awaken the master. mater coeli. what is the hour? capricornus. mother of heaven, it lacks a quarter of midnight. mater coeli. be it unto your desire["she plays< as she ends she kneels: the veil slowly parts, and" magister templi "is seen standing in shrine. he slowly enters temple" mater coeli "returns to throne, having been blessed and raised by him] magister templi. mother


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6

to watch. and the wild swan sings ever; and my heart sings ever. now then i had laid aside the pen, and a voice cried: write! fear not! turn not aside! is it not written that sorrow may endure for a night, but joy cometh in the morning? sleep therefore in peace and in faith: shall he not watch whose eye hath no eyelid, who to this end is appointed? and my heart answered: amen! 65 song come, love awaken! o'er the wild salt sea, shadows strange-shapen whirl themselves and flee as eddying mist, by storm winds overtaken, and sunbeams kissed- the shafts all curled and shaken in shuddering ecstasy! come, love, nor list to tired dreams that twist thy lithe long limbs in fierce abandonment, awake, and learn of me the secret of the sea, whose meaning is the sum of all things blent in fiercest harm


ALICE A BAILEY01 THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE ATOM

hich is so essential. if you watch the development of a little child you will become aware, for instance, that a baby develops the five senses in a certain ordered sequence, usually. the first sense it develops is hearing; it will move its head when there is a noise. then the next sense to be noted is that of touch, and it begins to feel about with its little hands. the third sense which seems to awaken is that of sight. i do not mean by this that a baby cannot see, or that it is born blind, like a kitten, but it is often several weeks before a baby consciously sees and looks with recognition. the faculty has always been there, but there has been no realisation. so it is with the graded expansions of consciousness and realisations that lie ahead of man to-day. in these three paramount, or

conscious, he is then in a position to take what are called a series of initiations. these initiations are simply expansions of consciousness, brought about with the help of those who have already achieved the goal, who have already identified themselves with the group, and who are a conscious part of the body of the heavenly man. with their assistance, and through their aid, a man will gradually awaken to the realisation that is theirs. there is great interest everywhere to-day in this subject of initiation, and an over-emphasis has been laid upon its ceremonial aspect. we need to remember that every great unfoldment of consciousness is an initiation. every step forward along the path of awareness is an initiation. when an atom of substance was built into the form, it was for that atom an


ALICE A BAILEY02 INITIATION HUMAN AND SOLAR

nd profit not at all, leading us only into darkness, time will nevertheless not have been lost, for we shall have ascertained where not to look. if by our search, on the other hand, corroboration comes little by little, and the light shines ever more clearly, let us persist until that day dawns when the light which shineth in darkness will have illuminated the heart and brain, and the seeker will awaken to the realisation that the whole trend of evolution has been to bring him this expansion of consciousness and this illumination, and that the attainment of the initiatory process, and the entrance into the fifth kingdom is no wild chimera or phantasm, but an established fact in the consciousness. this each man must ascertain for himself. those who know may state a fact to be thus and so, b

od should under ideal conditions which so seldom exist cover the stage which we call that of the aspirant, so that when a man becomes an applicant for initiation he will have done the necessary preparatory purification of the diet. rule 7. let the disciple turn his attention to the enunciating of those sounds which echo in the halls where walks the master. let him not sound the lesser notes which awaken vibration within the halls of maya. the disciple who seeks to enter within the portals of initiation cannot do so until he has learnt the power of speech and the power of silence. this has a deeper and a wider significance than perhaps is apparent, for it holds, if rightly interpreted, the key to manifestation, the clue to the great cycles, and the revelation of the purpose underlying prala

centre (not in any case whatsoever a physical centre) will be watched, and the life thereby influenced and regulated. the whole question of the study of sound and of words, sacred or otherwise, has to be taken up by applicants for initiation. this is something which must be faced more strenuously by all eventuating occult groups. rule 8. when the disciple nears the portal, the greater seven must awaken and bring forth response from the lesser seven upon the double circle. this rule is a very difficult one, and one which holds in it the elements of danger for the man who undertakes too early to tread the final path. literally it can be interpreted thus: the would-be initiate must develop somewhat the vibration of the seven head centres, and thus sweep into increased vibratory activity the


ALICE A BAILEY04 A TREATISE ON COSMIC FIRE

owth till the consciousness suddenly blazed forth owing to the interposition of force, apparently from an extraneous source, 1. the logos..solar system..sirius 2. seven heavenly men..planetary scheme..p. leiades 3. heavenly man..earth chain..venus this second method therefore is that which is brought about by the hastening of the evolutionary process through influences from outside; these tend to awaken consciousness, and to bring about the merging of the poles. the first method touched upon was that of the earlier solar system. the method we are now considering is the distinctive one of this solar system and will persist till the end of the mahamanvantara- 204- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust that the earlier method was seen in the moon-chain is only evidence of the s

han the quick results brought about by the use of sound. the "words" are used for the manipulation of matter and its bending into form along the line of evolution. until the inner faculty of clairvoyance is somewhat developed, this knowledge of mantrams remains practically useless and may be even a menace. when a man can see a need for correction and for adjustment in a brother's vehicle, and can awaken in his brother a desire to adjust that which is amiss, wise assistance can be given by the one who sees and sounds. think this out, for it holds the key to the reason for the safeguarding of the words. selflessness, sight, and sincerity of purpose must all three exist before the sounds can be imparted. selflessness and sincerity are sometimes found but the occult use of the inner vision is

stage of vibratory capacity, and of consciousness before a similar happening occurs in its fullness in the solar system, and the lower four and higher three are synthesised. the logoic heart is thrilling, and response comes already from all the schemes, as three spirillae are vibrating in all of them, but the son of god is not yet fully and cosmically self-conscious. as response comes the centres awaken. one logoic centre is responding fully to the heart stimulation, and that is venus, who is passing through the final round. if the student endeavours to dissociate our solar system from that which preceded it, and if he considers the pralaya at the close of this mahamanvantara to be a final one, and the utter consummation of all things, he errs. in the preceding system the cosmic physical p

beyond mentioning this fact, we cannot enlarge, for the subject is stupendous, and beyond a man's comprehension; it is only necessary for him to appreciate his dependence in this matter upon the planetary logos. from the group centre, therefore, emanates an urge to renewed activity, and this spreads throughout the group lotus until the units who respond to that particular ray vibration occultly "awaken" all this time (as far as the jivas are concerned) this aspect of force has been that of the first aspect, and has passed from the central points to other central points. the positive nuclei in each case are affected by this flashing forth of electric fire, or energy. each point concerned responds by a primary contraction followed by an outgoing or expansive display of energy. each identity

the central circle of petals in the egoic lotus (the fourth or inner circle) unfolds. the significance of the four circles in the egoic lotus, and the eight circles of twelve petals each in the etheric lotuses on the mental plane is of great importance. the centres with which man has to deal are necessarily five at this stage owing to the following facts, which must be studied if a man desires to awaken his centres according to plan, and if he wishes safely to follow along the line of the true psychic unfoldment: the fact that the energy starts from the fifth plane, the mental, where man is concerned, the fact that it is through the agency of the fifth principle that man can consciously work at his own unfoldment, the fact that the path of evolution is for man a fivefold one, covering the

t it is the fifth when viewed from another angle, that of the lesser cycles. it corresponds to the fifth period in human evolution, that in which man treads the path. the logos is now treading the cosmic path. the fact that the fifth spirilla is in process of awakening. this has to be effected before the interplay of energy between the egoic lotus and the etheric centres becomes so powerful as to awaken man's physical brain, and cause him to become aware of the inner currents. this takes place usually when the fifth petal is organised. this whole question can also be viewed in a larger manner from the standpoint of the five kumaras. it must be remembered that the aggregate of the etheric centres of any particular group of men form the force centres or minute "energy units" in the larger pe

icle of a heavenly man, and of the grand man of the heavens. by a close scrutiny of these conditions in the macrocosm and in the microcosm will come a comprehension of the reason why the physical vehicle is never considered a principle at all by occultists. the holy spirit, the one who overshadows and who implants the germ of life in the waiting acquiescent virgin mother or matter (causing her to awaken and to commence her great work of producing the divine incarnation) is a primary factor from the standpoint of the second solar system. in a way incomprehensible to modern thinkers, the mother, or the divine aspirant to the mysteries of the cosmic marriage, was (in a previous system) the dominant factor. in this system in connection with substance it is the holy spirit. the work, therefore

re will be found a revolt against law and order, a refusal to be governed, and an ability evidenced to follow out an individual concept at the expense of the group, great or small. this apparent defect, evolution itself and experience will remedy, and as the consciousness becomes alive to higher vibrations the man will become aware of the purpose and plan of the intelligence of his group. he will awaken to the beauty of that plan and will begin to submerge his own interests in the greater, and to co-operate intelligently. the creative power which had before been of a separative nature will be offered as a willing sacrifice to the greater energy, and his small plans and ideas will be merged in the greater ones. he will no longer, however, be a passive unit, swept hither and thither by the e

the whole life of the personality is subjected to the will of the ego "the star absorbs the light of the moon, so that the rays of the sun may be reflected back" is the occult way of expressing the truth anent this point in evolution. it might be of value here also to point out the condition of the etheric centres during this process of direct solar control. before the three physical head centres awaken, man is largely subjected to force flowing through the four minor etheric centres; later the three major centres the head, the heart, and the throat begin to vibrate, gradually assuming a greater sweep of activity, till their energy tends to negate that of the lower centres, to absorb their vitality and deflect the direction of their vitality, until the three higher wheels are in full fourt

ive, thus utilising them as a vehicle. we have noted also that there are also three forms of energy which we call the sheaths of the personal self, and which have also to be actively functioning before the triple egoic force can make itself felt through their medium. added to these factors, must be mentioned the seven centres in etheric matter which find their place in the etheric body, and which awaken and become active as the sheaths swing into rhythmic activity. of these centres the three major are of the main importance where egoic alignment is concerned, and their vital force only begins to make itself felt after the lower four are fully active. a second factor which works into the general scheme here is the latent triple kundalini fire which is aroused and mounts through the triple s


ALICE A BAILEY05 THE LIGHT OF THE SOUL

a proper study of the bodily conditions of that pupil. it is not possible nor right to give in a book intended for the general public those rules, practices and methods which enable the trained disciple to bring his dense physical vehicle into instantaneous synchronization with his etheric body, to densify and irradiate his aura so as to produce certain magnetic results in his environment, and to awaken his centres so that certain psychic powers are displayed. the methods for arousing the kundalini fire and blending it with the downpouring egoic force must also be left for direct teaching by a master in this science to his pupil. there is extreme danger attendant upon the premature awakening of the fire, and the consequent destruction of certain protective structures in the etheric body an

: immediate karma or future karma. by perfectly concentrated meditation on these, the yogi knows the term of his experience in the three worlds. this knowledge comes also from signs. 23. union with others is to be gained through one-pointed meditation upon the three states of feeling compassion, tenderness and dispassion. 24. meditation, one-pointedly centered upon the power of the elephant, will awaken that force or light. 25. perfectly concentrated meditation upon the awakened light will produce the consciousness of that which is subtle, hidden or remote. 26. through meditation, one-pointedly fixed upon the sun, will come a consciousness (or knowledge) of the seven worlds. 27. a knowledge of all lunar forms arises through one-pointed meditation upon the moon. 28. concentration upon the p

ness and enables the aspirant to arrive at the life side of manifestation instead of the form side. he begins however with the form or "object" objects upon which to concentrate are of four kinds: 1. external objects, such as images of the deity, pictures or forms in nature, 2. internal objects, such as the centres in the etheric body, 3. qualities, such as the various virtues, with the intent to awaken desire for these virtues and thus to build them into the content of the personal life, 4. mental concepts or those ideas which embody the ideals lying back of all animated forms. these may take the form of symbols or of words. in one of the puranas the idea embodied in concentration is expressed most beautifully. the aspirant is told, after he has made use of the first five means of yoga (d

ed meditation upon the distinction between these aspects there will eventually- 150- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust come a hearing of the voice of the silence and contact with a man's own second aspect. he will know himself as the "word made flesh" and will recognize himself as the aum. when this is the case he will then hear the word in other units of the human family, and will awaken to a recognition of the sound, as it is emanated by all forms in all the kingdoms of nature. the realm of the soul will stand open to him and this, when it includes recognition of the sound in all the four kingdoms, will lead him to know himself as master. soul knowledge and the power to work with the soul of all things in the three worlds is the distinctive mark of the adept. 18. knowledge

out into physical manifestation of the two other states. it is the practical ability to identify oneself with another in all the three world conditions. this union is the result of the egoic oneness brought down into full activity in the three worlds through meditation- 158- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust 24. meditation, one-pointedly centred upon the power of the elephant, will awaken that force or light. this sutra has given rise to much discussion and its usual interpretation has given the idea that meditation upon the elephant will give the strength of the elephant. many commentators infer from these words, that meditation upon other animals will give their characteristics. it should be remembered that this is a scientific text-book, having for its objective the follo


ALICE A BAILEY07 FROM INTELLECT TO INTUITION

the imposition of the will of the soul, upon the mind, begins to be felt. little by little the soul, the mind and the brain are swept into a close rapport. first, the mind controls the brain and the emotional nature. then the soul controls the mind. the first is brought about through concentration. the second through meditation. out of this sequence of activities, the interested investigator will awaken to the realization that there is a real work to be done and that the primary qualification that he needs is perseverance. here it might be remarked that two things aid in the work of co-ordination: first, the endeavor to gain control of the mind, through the endeavor to live a concentrated life. the life of consecration and dedication, which is so distinctive of the mystic, gives place to t


ALICE A BAILEY08 A TREATISE ON WHITE MAGIC

der brethren of the race. when these three transfers have been consummated then an activity transpires in the head centre, the ultimate governing factor, and by an act of the will of the indwelling ruling soul, certain happenings take place which we can consider later in our studies. 2. the second fact to bear in mind is that as these changes and re-orientations take place, the disciple begins to awaken psychologically to new states of consciousness, to new states of existence, and to new states of being. it will be apparent therefore how necessary it is to go slowly in these matters, so that the mental apprehension and ability to reason logically and sanely may parallel the growth of the intuition and of spiritual perception. many schools are simply forcing schools, prematurely developing

y, and devitalise or vitalise the etheric body correspondingly. d. there is the effect upon the centres, which is most effectual and which follows the trend of the aspirant's thought. if, for instance, a man thinks upon the solar plexus, that centre will inevitably be vitalised and his emotional nature be strengthened. hence the need for students to hold their meditation steady in the head and so awaken the head centre. let no one doubt the effect of breathing exercises upon the vital body. as surely as eating and drinking build or destroy the physical body, and aid or hinder its right functioning, so do breathing exercises produce potent effects, if rightly used over a long enough period of time. and what shall i say about the last three requirements? nothing much, for the time is not yet

way or other. they in their turn constitute what might be symbolically called the "pineal gland" of humanity. as in individual man this is usually dormant and asleep, so, in humanity, this group of cells within the brain of the body corporate is dormant, but thrilling to the vibrations of the head centre the occult hierarchy. some of the cells are awake. let them intensify their endeavour and so awaken others. the pioneers of the human family, the scientists, thinkers and artists constitute the pituitary body. they express the concrete mind but lack that intuitive perception and idealism which would place them (symbolically speaking) in the pineal gland; they are nevertheless brilliant, expressive and investigating. the objective of the hierarchy (again symbolically speaking) is to make t

evelopment so will come response. it is in this fact that the roots of mass psychology and of mob rule lie. also the roots of public opinion, so-called, are to be found here, but it will be long before the psychologists of the academic schools will recognize these four factors. it is with this type of sentient response that the leaders of men seek to work, moulding the thoughts of men in order to awaken desire for this, that and the other. they work with this type of sentient matter without the least understanding of the situation, and without any comprehension of the factors with which they are dealing; they work magnetically if on the second ray, and with the inspiring of fear through destruction if on the first ray. if on the third ray, they use the law of expediency. thus all three wor

ace. it is found (and sometimes in its purest form) in the humblest peasant. words of wise counsel fall from the lips of the illiterate, and a knowledge of god and a belief in the soul's immortality are discovered to be latent in the hearts of the most unlikely and oft of the most sinful. but when the highly evolved and the most intelligent of the race discover in themselves the divine flame, and awaken the power of the supreme controller, seated at the heart of their being, they are very apt to place themselves in a higher category than other people, and to classify those who do not have their mental grasp of the differentiations of the evolutionary development as differing so widely from them as not to deserve the name of sons of god. they regard all not working in mental energy as lacki

ice of a disciplined life and by the purification of the thought life, the seven centres are automatically brought into a right condition of rhythm, vitality and vibratory activity. this stage involves no danger and there is no directed thought in connection with the centres permitted to the aspirant. by that i mean he is not allowed to concentrate his mind upon any one centre, nor may he seek to awaken or energize them. he must remain engrossed with the problem of purifying the bodies in which the centres are found, which are primarily the astral, etheric and physical bodies, remembering ever that the endocrine system and the seven major glands, in particular, are the effectual externalisations of the seven major centres. in this stage, the aspirant is working all around the centres and i

vitalise all the centres, and through the other, the vision can be seen and the inner worlds sensed and known. i would here like to point out two other matters, and so clarify the entire situation. there is much confusion on the subject of the centres and much erroneous teaching leading many astray and causing a great deal of misapprehension. first, i would state that no work such as an effort to awaken the centres should ever be undertaken whilst the aspirant is aware of definite impurities in his life, or when the physical body is in poor condition or is diseased. neither should it be undertaken when the pressure of external circumstances is such that there is no place or opportunity for quiet and uninterrupted work. it is essential that for the immediate and focussed work on the centres

ng, a disciple finds that his group lacks those factors and those people who would have rounded it out, who would have balanced his endeavour, and given to his undertaking those qualities which he himself lacks. this is, in itself, a sufficient punishment, and quickly brings the honest disciple to his senses. let a disciple who is intelligent, honest and basically true so err, and in time he will awaken to the fact that the group he has gathered around him are moulded by him or he is moulded by them; they are oft embodiments of himself and repeat him. the law works rapidly in the case of a disciple, and thus adjustments are speedily made. i would like to point out to the student that, having with steadfastness gone forward he will discover that the exoteric and esoteric linking of the oute


ALICE A BAILEY09 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME I ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY I

ough the work of all the craftsmen of the lord extend the temple's walls and thus irradiate the world. sound forth the word creative and raise the dead to life. thus shall the temple of the light be carried from heaven to earth. thus shall its walls be reared upon the great plains of the world of men. thus shall the light reveal and nurture all the dreams of men. then shall the master in the east awaken those who are asleep. then shall the warden in the west test and try all the true seekers after light. then shall the warden in the south instruct and aid the- 60- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust blind. then shall the gate into the north remain wide open, for there the unseen master stands with welcoming hand and understanding heart

nt development of clairvoyant powers by the intelligentsia of the world leaves as yet much to be desired, but it will come as the result of mind control and illumination. men will learn to subject the mechanism of the body to a downflow of spiritual energy and stimulation, and thus will bring the powers of the psychic nature into activity, and the old method of sitting for development in order to awaken the centres will be seen as dangerous and unnecessary. in the field of modern psychology we can look for a gradual recognition of the fact of the self. the problem of the psychologists is to comprehend the relationship or the identity of that self with the soul. it is, however, from the field of science that the greatest help will come. the fact of the soul will eventually be proved through

treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust major rays. a. will or power. red b. love-wisdom. blue c. active intelligence. yellow we have then the subsidiary rays: d. orange. e. green. f. violet. and the synthesising ray, indigo. 4. it is of course to the human interest that a study of the rays makes its main appeal. it is this study that will vivify and awaken psychologists to the true understanding of man. every human being finds himself upon one of the seven rays. his personality is found, in every life, upon one of them, in varying rotation, according to the ray of the ego or soul. after the third initiation he locates his soul (if one may use such an inappropriate word) on one of the three major rays, though until that time it may be found in

other group which enforces a standardised and uniform condition through the use of power in some form or another. the work indicated, and therefore set before the new group of world servers, is to enunciate those principles of national relations which underlie a world state or federation, and their instructions were to get the ear of the leaders in various countries, and thus slowly and gradually awaken the masses (through them) to the true significance of that easily spoken, but little understood word- 110- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust brotherhood. this work is perhaps one of the hardest of the tasks which the society of organised minds has ever set itself. racial hatreds and national aspirations are so strong, and the ignorance

ivity, and is thus aroused only when the head centre is awakened and alive, so this lowest of all the kingdoms will be rightly understood only when all the seven kingdoms vibrate in unison. until such time as this occurs, this kingdom and its life will remain an enigma, except to the initiate of high degree. all i can do is to make such suggestions as will arouse the abstract mind to activity and awaken interest to such a degree that the work of analysis and study will proceed. conclusions cannot be reached, however, and this must be realised. two rays are of prime importance in the life of god as it pours through this basic substance of our planet. in the work of the seventh ray, we have earthy substance, the solid material of our planetary life, organised into the varying mineral forms

spiritual force is flowing, and these are the planetary correspondences to the five senses in man, both subjective and objective. but we find the rays pouring through humanity as a whole, and through the five races of men (our present race, the aryan, being the third two are yet to come. this particular aspect of ray energy is that which stimulates the consciousness aspect, and it will raise and awaken the consciousness hidden in all material forms, both in man and in the three subhuman kingdoms. these five points, with their fire "elevating" influences, are as follows, omitting the two earlier and intangible races which are not strictly human at all, and beginning with the first of the five races which are human throughout: 1. the lemurian race .f ifth ray. the coming of the sons of fire

ose, and in the harem and the kraal such conditions are always to be found. in the west, a man has legally one wife, but through his promiscuity and his so-called "romantic" adventures, he really has as many as an african chieftain; and today, women are little better. i have enumerated the above conditions with no thought of criticism in my mind, but simply as a statement of fact, and in order to awaken in the average reader a realisation of a world-wide condition which is probably quite different to their ordinary surmise. i write not for the specialists, but for the average intelligent student who needs a world-wide picture of existing conditions. it is divinely true that the trend of men's thoughts and desires is towards an established monogamy, but as yet this has never been universall

rward on the path of progress. it marks indeed a point of retrogression, the swinging back into an ancient rhythm, and the resumption of ancient practices. these perversions are ever found when a civilisation is crumbling and the old order is changing into a new. why should this be? it is due to the fact that the newer impulses pouring into the old, and the impact of the new forces upon humanity, awaken in man a desire for that which is, for him, a new and untried field of expression, and for that which is unusual and oft abnormal. weak minds then succumb to the impulse, or strong experimenting souls fall victim to their own lower natures, and investigate in unlawful directions. you have, then, under these new energies, a definite progress forward into new and untried spiritual realms, but

the case of the human being, in whom the senses (slowly developed in the lower kingdoms) are already functioning, the outer agency whereby he grows is the world of experience, the tangible physical plane world. there he dwells in the flesh, and it is for him an adequate field of unfoldment; in the process of developing group consciousness he finds that multiplicity of contacts which is needed to awaken his response to his environment. this environment itself is part of the life and expression of deity, and through its means he arrives at a knowledge of some aspects of god's manifestation. using the five senses, and working with earth, air, fire and water, he thereby gathers to himself all that is available for his use, and works in, and with, and through the outer world of daily living. s


ALICE A BAILEY10 FROM BETHLEHEM TO CALVARY

nds. in the human family particularly the vision is saddening, so little have we learnt to understand that for which christ stood, and so little have we gained from the purificatory processes of modern living. the will to betterment can be seen working in many fields where individuals are concerned, but the impulse is still weak in humanity as a whole. however, it can be aroused and we shall thus awaken to our environing responsibilities when we study anew the message of love which christ gave. it is probably true that christ came to us with a wider and deeper message than any previous messenger from the centre, but this in no way detracts from the status and work of those who preceded him. he came at a crucial time, and in a period of world crisis, and embodied in himself a cosmic princip

major problem. our study in connection with sin and evil will, as dr. grensted tells us, serve "in the main to reveal the fundamental character of our problem as resulting from a failure of faith and a refusal of love. the psychologists do not escape from this view of sin when they deal with it as moral disease, for their one hope of treating such moral disease successfully rests in an attempt to awaken the latent personal resources of the ego, through processes in themselves personal. where, as in certain of the major psychoses, this appeal cannot be made, there is no human hope of a cure. the key to psychological healing lies in the transference and there is the closest possible parallel between this and the christian way of forgiveness. both methods are wholly personal, both depend upon


ALICE A BAILEY11 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME II ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY II

able glory to aid them to carry on. this treatise is, therefore, somewhat abstruse and quite symbolical. it may appear difficult to comprehend, and it may mean little to some and nothing at all to others. if the disciples of the world are truly struggling and if they are applying practically the teaching given, as far as in them lies, they will find as time elapses, and their reason and intuition awaken, that such symbolic and abstruse statements become clearer and clearer, serving to convey the intended teaching. when this happens, the angel of the presence approaches ever closer, and lights the disciple on his way. the sense of separateness diminishes until, at last, light permeates the darkness, and the angel dominates the life. 2. the two cycles of egoic appropriation- 31- a treatise o

idea of service is, at this time, the major idea to be grasped for (in grasping it) we open ourselves wide to the new incoming influences. the law of service is the expression of the energy of a great life, who, in cooperation with him "in whom we live and move and have our being, is subjecting the human family to certain influences and streams of energy which will eventually do three things: 1. awaken the heart centre in all aspirants and disciples. 2. enable emotionally polarised humanity to focus intelligently in the mind. 3. transfer the energy of the solar plexus into the heart. this unfolding of what we might call "the consciousness of the heart" or the development of true feeling is the first step towards group awareness. this group awareness and this identification with the feelin

uter and inner manifestation of the sacrifice of the divine manasaputras (as they are called in the secret doctrine, and its members respond to their sensed vision of the plan for the whole. the hierarchy is essentially the germ or nucleus of the fifth kingdom in nature. 6. the quality, innate in man, to idealise. this is founded upon the success of the plan itself. this plan sought originally to awaken in man the following responses: right desire, right vision and right creative activity, based upon right interpretation of ideals. this triplicity of purpose merits thoughtful consideration. a. on the form side, this has worked out as material desire, leading eventually to cruelty and frequently to an extreme sadistic expression. on the life side, it has led to sacrifice, one pointed purpos

e. it is the macrocosmic correspondence to the continuance and the continuity found in man when after a night of sleep and of unconsciousness he proceeds with his daily avocation and consciously resumes his planned activities. from the hints given above it will be seen how the work of the hierarchy in connection with mankind falls into two parts: the work with individual human beings, in order to awaken them to soul consciousness, and then the work with them, as souls, so that (functioning then on soul levels and as conscious units in the kingdom of god) they can begin to vision the objective of god himself. this second division of their effort is only now becoming possible on a wide scale, as men begin to respond to the trend towards synthesis, and to react to the divine principle of cohe

of men will become aware in their brain consciousness of that early appropriation. this is being brought about by a fresh approach by the soul and an advance towards its reflection, the personality, and it produces in time a consequent recognition upon the part of man. b. the approach of acquiescence will be equally well recognised by the intelligent and more highly evolved sons of men. they will awaken to the relationship which exists between their personalities and the soul, and between the forces of the lower nature and the energy of the soul. it is with this particular task that the new group of world servers is primarily occupied, looking at their activities from the standpoint of the hierarchy. their work is to facilitate the entrance of soul energy, which energy expresses itself in

l point of energy are fully and dynamically alive. christ symbolically expressed these three stages for us at the birth experience, the transfiguration enlightenment, and the ascension liberation. in summarising, it might be said: 1. at the stage of individualisation- 186- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust a. the centres throughout the body awaken and begin to function faintly. b. the centres below the diaphragm receive the major impact and effect of the incoming life. c. three of the petals in all centres are "awake" and demonstrate activity, quality and light. 2. at the stage of intellection wherein a man is a self-conscious, self-directed being, and a definite personality, a. all the petals in all the centres are awake, but the ce

call self-consciousness is gradually unfolded and perfected until the ajna centre, or the centre between the eyebrows, is awakened. the latent group-consciousness, which brings realisation of the greater whole, is quiescent for the greater part of the evolutionary cycle, until the integrative process has proceeded to such a point that the personality is functioning. then the head centre begins to awaken and the man becomes conscious in the larger sense. head and heart then link up, and the spiritual man appears in fuller expression. this, i know, is familiar teaching to you but it is of value briefly to recapitulate and get the picture clear. bearing these premises in mind, we will not deal with the earliest difficulties but will begin with those of modern man, and with those conditions wi

rld of being and phenomena which lie beyond. i am phrasing this in this manner so as to convey the ideas of expansion, of inclusion, and of enlightenment. such expansions and attitude should not render a man anti-social or incarcerate him in a prison of his own making. they should make him a citizen of the world; they should induce in him a desire to blend and fuse with his fellowmen; they should awaken him to the higher issues and realities; they should pour light into the dark places of his life and into that of- 282- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust humanity as a whole. the problems which arise as a result of illumination are practically the reverse of those just considered. nevertheless, they in their turn constitute real proble

about the fecundation of the race by the cosmic principle of love, so that love and intellect can proceed hand in hand and thus balance each other. it is for this reason that the fact of the existence of the spiritual hierarchy must be brought to the attention of the masses. this must be done in order to enhance the magnetic power of the love aspect of the hierarchical effort and not in order to awaken fear or awe, for that is of the old order and must disappear. i might here touch upon the paralleling activity of the forces which are working to prevent the externalisation of the hierarchy of light since such a happening as that would mean increased because proven power. as you know, on the astral and mental planes centres exist which are called "dark centres" because the emphasis of thei

e etheric constitution of man and teaching must be given as to the nature of the centres of force so that the aryan psychic has some intelligent background upon which to work. the effort must be made to build a healthy body. b. higher goals must be emphasised and the necessity for the life of service must be stressed. i would remind you that service is a scientific method whereby the forces which awaken stimulate and control the solar plexus are directed to the heart centre, thus causing the closing of the astral door and a decentralisation of the interests of the psychic. this decentralisation is technically fulfilled when the central plexus is no longer the dominant factor and the thought interests of the man are of a different nature. c. one other practical hint may be useful here. when


ALICE A BAILEY12 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME I

erywhere meet in a spirit of cooperation. may forgiveness on the part of all men be the keynote at this time. let power attend the efforts of the great ones. so let it be, and help us to do our part. 1935 let the lord of liberation issue forth. let him bring succour to the sons of men. let the rider from the secret place come forth, and coming, save. come forth, o mighty one. let the souls of men awaken to the light, and may they stand with massed intent. let the fiat of the lord go forth: the end of woe has come! come forth, o mighty one. the hour of service of the saving force has now arrived. let it be spread abroad, o mighty one. let light and love and power and death fulfil the purpose of the coming one. the will to save is here. the love to carry forth the work is widely spread abroa

ing in the life of humanity as a whole, for humanity is at the crossroads and its consciousness is being rapidly focussed on the mental plane. a death blow must be struck at the world illusion for it holds the sons of men in thrall. by learning to break through the glamour in their own lives and to live in the light of the intuition, disciples can strengthen the hands of those whose task it is to awaken the intuition in man. there are many and different kinds of glamour and disciples are frequently surprised when they learn what is regarded as glamour by the masters. i will enumerate a few of the more general glamours for you, leaving you to make any needed application and expansion of the idea from the individual to humanity as a whole. here are the names of some of these glamours: 1. the

l try to picture to you in a tabulation: the head centre. 40% awakened the ajna centre. 15% awakened the throat centre. 60% awakened the heart centre. 50% awakened the solar plexus centre. 75% awakened- 83- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust you see, therefore, that for the present the ajna centre is the one which should receive immediate attention. our problem is to awaken it and set its two major activities into motion. these are, in your case: 1. its power to project thoughtforms. 2. its capacity to act as an organ of clairvoyance. i will ask you to do the following breathing exercise every day prior to doing your meditation work. you can do this exercise twice a day but no more because it is very powerful. it will soon bring into greater vibratory activity

sible, and attempting to hold the mind steady in the light and aligned with the brain. 1st month may the light of the soul illumine my mind, and shed a light upon the way of others. 2nd month may the love of the soul control my lower nature, and guide me in the way of love- 144- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust 3rd month may i act as a soul in all my ways, and thus awaken others to a right activity. 4th month i teach the way to others. i seek to contact souls, not minds. 5th month as a soul, i serve my fellowmen. 6th month i place the torch of truth in other hands, and from my torch they light their light. if you follow these simple suggestions, my brother, you will be surprised at the results which will appear in a year's time. simplicity is the way of soul

h i have chosen for you. i have chosen them for you because rightly used and understood they can act as focal points for spiritual energy, breaking up that which hinders and pouring a cleansing tide through your personality. you seek to be a channel and you long adequately to serve. this i know. be willing, therefore, to let the "forces of light" enact their will within your life, e'en though you awaken with surprise to unknown and unrealised aspects of yourself both good and not so good. first month. a barrier of stone. a flood of cleansing water, and then the vision. the pilgrim then can chant: i stand in love. second month. a boat at rest upon a sea of blue. and then a tidal wave. but after that the calm. the boatman chants: the storm has brought me here. third month. a mountain top. sn

our range of influence, and this you well know and it bewilders you. the fault lies primarily in you and not in them. you see, my brother, i am seeking to begin your training as a worker; hence my emphasis upon this first ray characteristic of your soul (as it vitalises your sixth ray nature. you must begin to handle it wisely if you are ever to be of use. in an earlier teaching, i endeavoured to awaken you to the risk of constantly assuming the position of the "one in the centre" that attitude, as well as the one to which i today refer, is also distinctive of a first ray soul and the presence of these two attitudes (of the one in the centre and the one who stands alone) are indicative of the fact that your first ray soul is beginning to assume some control over your personality. is this n

re that it is not a freedom demanded because group affiliation irks you. the more your soul grips your personality, the less you will be concerned with the problems of isolation and of freedom. feel free, but be sure that it is not a freedom demanded because the steady discipline of occult training frets a temperament still essentially mystic. the more your soul grips you, the more your mind will awaken, and feeling (in the personal sense) fades out. feel free, but be sure that it is not a freedom demanded because the sense of failure to organise your time and reduce your personality to rhythmic living hurts your pride. the more your soul grips you, the more assuredly you will learn to use time as a responsibility. i did say earlier that in all group effort some would have to slow down the

t and teach. remember that your function as a teacher in no way resembles that of those who are on the second ray of love wisdom. it is not the teaching aspect which is primarily yours but the awakening aspect. the group meets ostensibly for teaching and you give them what they need but your prime function is to charge the group members with dynamic energy. through the power of your soul you must awaken their souls into selfless activity. you can touch them dynamically and then never again will their orientation be purely personal. the task of re-orienting people can be yours. some people work with groups and, through the inclusiveness of their auras and the potency of their souls, they sweep large numbers of people into a higher aspirational attitude and into a deeper spiritual tide. othe

speech and the elimination of all reference to personality activities. this must be achieved, not by the processes of inhibition, but by a true lack of self-interest. if my reference to the buddhic-astral nature of your life direction is not clear to you, take the matter up with r.v.b. your technical knowledge of these terms may not be adequate to true comprehension. you need to study in order to awaken your mental grasp, without losing at the same time your intuitional wisdom. r.s.u. needs to study less and to be more. power can flow through you, my brother. as a channel, you can be potent once that channel has been better cleared. you can act as a distributor of strength and power to your brothers once you have freed yourself from the centre of your stage and can move with greater freedo

ving you a definite meditation till later. but i particularly beg you to concentrate attention each month at the time of the full moon. for one full week each month make your conscious, dynamic and intelligent approach and let nothing interfere with this. it will be the best method for your first ray nature and will enable you to preserve your spiritual integrity; it will also serve each month to awaken your consecration and your dynamic spiritual will so that your dedication to service, your consecration to the life of meditation and your pledged obedience to your soul may move forward "from strength to strength" you will thereby be enabled (in the rush of new undertakings) to preserve yourself ever at the inner point of peace and from that spiritual centre go forth to the day's task, ser


ALICE A BAILEY13 PROBLEMS OF HUMANITY

, higher pay and more leisure. this the employers have constantly fought; they organized themselves against the demands of the awakening mass of men and precipitated a condition which forced labour to take action. groups of enlightened men in europe, great britain and the united states began to agitate, to write books which were widely read, to start discussions, and to urge the monied classes to awaken to the situation and to the appalling living conditions under which the labouring class and peasantry lived. the abolitionists fought slavery whether of negroes or of whites, of children or of adults. a rapid developing free press began to keep the "lower classes" informed of what was going on; parties were formed to end certain glaring abuses; the french revolution, the writings of marx an

you that this technique of invocation and evocation has its roots in past methods of human approach to deity. men have long used the method of prayer with important and deeply spiritual results, in spite of its frequent misuse for selfish purposes; people, more intelligent and more mentally focussed, have employed more generally the method of meditation in order to arrive at knowledge of god, to awaken the intuition and to understand the nature of truth. these two methods of prayer and of meditation have brought humanity to the various spiritual recognitions which distinguish human thinking; through their means also the scriptures of the world have been produced and the great spiritual concepts which have conditioned human living and which have led man on from one revelation to another ha

ng of a true peace on earth, as the result of these two expressions of divinity. the world today is full of warring voices; everywhere there is an outcry against world conditions; everything is being dragged out into the light of day; abuses are being shouted from the housetops, as the christ prophesied they would be. the reason for all this outcry, discussion, and noisy criticism is that, as men awaken to the facts and begin to think and plan, they are aware of guilt within themselves; their consciences trouble them; they are conscious of the inequality of opportunity, of the grave abuses, of the entrenched distinctions between man and man, and the factor of racial and national discriminations; they question their own individual goals as well as national planning. the masses of men in eve


ALICE A BAILEY14 THE REAPPEARANCE OF THE CHRIST

ing to his promise) for twenty centuries. let us, therefore, endeavour to get a truer picture of christ's activities and life and consequently of our future hope. let us try and realise the ever-present yet divine person, laying his plans for the future helping of humanity, assessing his resources, influencing his disciples and organising the details which will attend his reappearance. we need to awaken faith in the factual nature of divine revelation, and galvanise the church of christ into a truer appreciation of him and of his work. it is the living, acting, thinking christ with whom we must deal, remembering always that the gospel story is eternally true and only needs re-interpreting in the light of its place in the long succession of divine revelations. his mission on earth two thous

major task of the new group of world servers. as we study and learn to recognise the new group of world servers in all its branches and spheres of activity scattered all over the world and embracing true and earnest workers and humanitarian people in every nation, every religion and every organisation of humanitarian- 100- the reappearance of the christ copyright 1998 lucis trust intent we shall awaken to the realisation that there is on earth today a body of men and women whose numbers and range of activities are entirely adequate to bring about the changes which will enable the christ to walk again amongst us. this will come about if they care enough, are ready enough to make the needed sacrifices and are willing to sink their national, religious and organisational differences in the ca


ALICE A BAILEY16 GLAMOUR A WORLD PROBLEM

the comprehension of a truth for which a line or a series of lines composing a symbolic form may stand is not all that has to be done. a good memory may remind you that a series of lines forming a triangle or a series of triangles signifies the trinity, or any series of triplicates within the macrocosmic or microcosmic manifestation. but that activity and accuracy of the memory will do naught to awaken the dormant brain cells or call into play the intuition. it must be remembered (and here becomes evident the value of a certain amount of technical or academic occultism) that the plane whereon the intuition manifests and where the intuitional state of consciousness is active is that of the buddhic or intuitional plane. this plane is the higher correspondence of the astral or emotional plan

's thoughts. the disciple can therefore be swept into a wrong activity and a wrong application of ideas because the general illusion (growing out of the six types of illusion to which i have referred above) is over-dominant in his mind- 39- glamour: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust i could continue enlarging on the ways whereby illusion traps the unwary disciple but this will suffice to awaken in you that constructive analysis which leads from knowledge to wisdom. we have noted that the seven major ways of illusion are as follows: 1. the way of wrong perception. 2. the way of wrong interpretation. 3. the way of wrong appropriation. 4. the way of wrong direction. 5. the way of wrong integration. 6. the way of wrong embodiment. 7. the way of wrong application. these are the third s

desire from the world in which the personality habitually works, and the centering of the consciousness in the world of the soul, there silently and patiently to await developments, knowing that the light will shine forth, and illumination eventually take place- 49- glamour: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust a deep distrust of one's reactions to life and circumstance, when such reactions awaken and call forth criticism, separativeness or pride, is of value. the qualities enumerated above are definitely breeders of glamour. they are occultly "the glamorous characteristics" ponder on this. if a man can free himself from these three characteristics, he is well on the way to the relinquishing and the dissipation of all glamour. i am choosing my words with care in an effort to arrest y


ALICE A BAILEY17 TELEPATHY AND THE ETHERIC VEHICLE

ast mentioned type of communication, there will be found mixed certain messages or impressions from the ashram which the disciple will be apt to confuse with group telepathy, soul communication and direct relation with the master a relationship at this stage non-existent. this will not greatly matter, because when the disciple begins to realise certain differences, a new type of registration will awaken and guide the disciple's consciousness. this stage, which embraces the second type of impression in its earliest forms, can be quite a long one, for it covers a very definite period of transition from the astral plane to the mental plane. the time equation varies according to ray and the age of the soul. sixth ray people, for instance, are very slow in making this transition, owing to the p

list the four cosmic ethers and then list the four ethers of the physical plane as we know them, and then make the statement that the average person is controlled by the centres below the diaphragm, which are responsive to the physical plane ethers as they transmit energies from the three worlds of human evolution, and that the initiate is responsive to the cosmic ethers, as they play through and awaken the centres above the diaphragm. it must at the same time be remembered that the seven centres in the etheric vehicle of man are always composed of the physical ethers, but become upon the path of discipleship the vehicles of the cosmic ethers. to retain the picture with clarity, it might be well to consider very briefly the four aspects of the centres as i have listed them above, or that t

humanity is concerned the name of hierarchy, for it is the controlling factor of the great chain of hierarchy. the prime activity of this centre is related to the unfolding consciousness of the planet, and therefore of all forms of life within or upon the planet; it is not related to the life aspect in any sense. the task of the "units of energy" who constitute the personnel of this centre is to awaken and arouse the sense of awareness and of consciousness which is sensitive in its response to the life within all forms. just as the basic mode of activity in and through shamballa could be called the science of life or of dynamic livingness, so the basic science by means of which the hierarchy works could be called the science of relationships. consciousness is not only the sense of identit

refore imprisoned thinker. it must, however, be one of which the whole integrated man is the instrument and which will be of such a large nature that it will call all his creative faculty into expression. in this solar system, the heart centre is the first usually to be awakened and active; as soon as there is life in that centre and a measure of activity, the other two major centres can begin to awaken. the correspondence to this can be seen in the fact that the hierarchy is the mediating or middle factor between the planetary head and throat centres, between shamballa and humanity. that is why the emphasis is laid upon the heart aspect in all the teachings. there are two centres which are regarded as "receptive and distributing agents" in an unique manner: 1. the ajna centre (the centre


ALICE A BAILEY18 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME III ESOTERIC ASTROLOGY

at entities to the manner in which an advanced individual can offset the influence of the planets and thus so dominate his personality life that prediction and certainty, as to activity and circumstance, are no longer possible. the soul is dominating, and the planets cease to condition the life. so it is with the constellations and the planetary logoi. they can offset the lower influences as they awaken to and respond to the infinitely higher vibrations of the three major constellations. 2. the creative hierarchies. it might here be appropriate if i interpolated a chart or a tabulation which may be found suggestive of some of these interlocking energies which play through, traverse, return, stimulate and energise every part of our solar system. they only evoke conscious response where the

e. exoteric astrology deals with the characteristics and qualities of the personality and of the form aspects, and also with the events, happenings, circumstances and the conditioning environment which appear in the personal horoscope, indicative of planetary control and not of solar control. esoteric astrology concerns itself primarily with the unfoldment of consciousness, with the impacts which awaken it to the peculiar "gifts" of any particular sign and ray endowment and with the reaction of the man and his consequent enrichment through his response to the influence of a sign, working through the esoteric planets from the angle of humanitarian awareness, of discipleship and of initiation. this deals basically with his experiences from the angle of the three crosses, which involves first

the difficulties of the man upon the path of discipleship. when he becomes an initiate, this range of vibrations is rapidly increased and he becomes receptive to those energies which we have tabulated under the term hierarchical and which have reference to the twelve creative hierarchies. the forces of these hierarchies (neither planetary nor systemic, then sweep into and through the initiate and awaken those major group responses which eventually give him systemic consciousness and make him a world server in aquarius and a world saviour in pisces. a hint is here conveyed to you anent the world period into which we are now entering and it will be increasingly apparent to you (if you reflect upon my words) why we are progressing into a sign wherein the ranks of initiates will be greatly aug

influences which are brought to bear upon the cancer subject and thus lead to the unfoldment of the form of life and of the emotional-astral body. the supreme usefulness of these aspects will be grasped if you will intelligently realise that without the form and without the ability to bear in mind the need to respond sensitively to the environing conditions and circumstance, the soul would never awaken to knowledge in the three worlds and, therefore, would never know god in manifestation. indirectly, and via the influences of the cardinal cross (of which cancer is a part, the cancerian subject is affected by or influenced by five other planets, which are mars, mercury, uranus, venus and saturn. the cancerian subject becomes responsive to the uses of conflict (mars, to the functioning of t

ss, within the planetary sphere of influence, to conceive of conditions as they exist apart from the earth because that small planet is inevitably for that unit the very centre of his known universe and under the great illusion the constellations with their rulers and with their prototypal counterparts revolve around the earth. when man has progressed further and his consciousness is beginning to awaken to reality, the nature of this illusion will become apparent to him, but at present this is not possible. even theoretically it is not possible. study, for instance, what i can still further add as to the influence of these related constellations and see whether it truly conveys to you any exact knowledge beyond a general idea of focussed energies and related forces. let me, therefore, add:

all hope. looking at the world today if you could but see it as we the teachers on the inner side can see it, you would become aware of such a re-focussing and re-orienting on all sides. again, however, the time element comes in (that brain-conditioned sense of awareness) and the problem with which the hierarchy is now concerned is to see that the present conflict does not persist unduly long, to awaken all the nations, without exception, to a sense of the dramatic import of the present time and of their right share and their responsibility and thus to engineer a climax wherein the correct world lesson may be learnt; whereby the world may be purified by the elimination of the undesirable elements which hinder the new era and the upspringing of a more spiritual civilisation; and whereby the

sharp division between body and soul which is so marked a characteristic of the taurian subject. it prepares the inner man for the sharp interplay and conflict in the next sign, gemini. the presence, therefore, of the exalted moon and the fallen uranus gives a marvellous picture of man's history during the stage of personality development and power. the task of uranus, hidden in the depths, is to awaken and evoke the intuitive response of taurus to an ever-increasing light until such time that full illumination is achieved and also the development of the spiritual consciousness substituting these higher soul aspects for the lower form reactions. it is interesting to note that in scorpio, uranus is exalted which gives indication of the success of the task which the uranian forces undertook

dequacy to the will of deity, expressing itself through the gradually unfolding consciousness aspect. i am explaining this situation in these simple words because it must be apparent to you that only as the soul illumines the mind can the significance of the teaching be grasped. it is only when the stage of initiation is reached that the true meaning will emerge. in the meantime, i have sought to awaken in your minds a reaction to the abstract truth lying behind the two following statements: 1. the science of triangles is related to the total expression of the divine triplicity of manifestation: will, love and intelligence or life, consciousness and form. until, therefore, the disciple can express in himself the integrated resemblance to these three aspects, he will not be able to grasp th

tional comfort can be attained and the recognition of the mystical vision becomes possible. the second stanza was given out later and was intended to be a test and a "decision point in a time of crisis" let the lords of liberation issue forth. let them bring succour to the sons of men. let the rider from the secret place come forth, and coming, save. come forth, o mighty one. let the souls of men awaken to the light, and may they stand with massed intent. let the fiat of the lord go forth: the end of woe has come! come forth, o mighty one. the hour of service of the saving force has now arrived. let it be spread abroad, o mighty one. let light and love and power and death fulfil the purpose of the coming one. the will to save is here. the love to carry forth the work is widely spread abroa

esotericists of the world know much and this for three reasons: 1. the emphasis of all the teaching given out during the past three hundred and fifty years has been upon it. 2. the two great exponents of this ray energy are the two best known world teachers and saviours from the human point of view in both the east and the west: the buddha and the christ. 3. the two masters who have attempted to awaken humanity in the west to a realisation of the hierarchy are the masters morya and k.h, the two working in the closest relation and expressing first and second ray energy. the keynotes of illumination, of vision, of sight or of spiritual perception and of the fusion of the occidental or the mystic way are dominant in this cycle. the buddha summed up in himself all the light of the past as far


ALICE A BAILEY19 THE UNFINISHED AUTOBIOGRAPHY

nderstanding will matter more. religious differences and sectarian dislikes must eventually vanish and we shall eventually recognise "one god and father of all, who is above all and through all and in us all" these are no idle and visionary dreams. they are slowly emerging facts. they will emerge more rapidly when the right educational processes condition the coming generations; when the churches awaken to the fact of christ not to the fact of theological interpretations and when money and the products of the earth are regarded as goods to be shared. then these critical international problems will assume their rightful place and the world of men will move forward in peace and security towards the new culture and the future civilisation. maybe my prophesies don't interest you. but these mat

bedroom meant breaking down two doors in each case and the risk of noise was too great. i discovered then that there comes a point in fear when you are so desperate that you will take any chance. i walked across my room and opened the door only to find the two managers on the other side, wondering whether i was alive or dead and consulting with each other whether they should knock on the door and awaken me. they had been sleeping in the garden in tents and had caught the two hill men but most stupidly had not had the sense to hammer loudly on my door and call out, in which case i would not have been frightened. for the time being, after that, my bearer, old bugaloo, slept outside on the verandah and i could easily call him. two or three months after that i went back to the old country and


ALICE A BAILEY20 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME IV ESOTERIC HEALING

mplishing really at this time? let your service lie within the field of contact where you find yourself, and reach not out over the entire planet. is there any greater or more important task than to fulfill your task and carry it to completion in the place where you are and with your chosen comrades? believe me when i assure you that i am not seeking to evade answering any questions, but if i can awaken you to the realisation of the necessity for "spiritual limitation (as it is esoterically called when defining the career of a disciple within the limits of his task) and bring to your attention the need for achieving the goal you set yourself when you started to work, i shall have aided you far more than if i had defined vibration or pointed out to you just how much progress, through what p


ALICE A BAILEY21 EDUCATION IN THE NEW AGE

ger world of meaning. this, in reality, concerns the true science of the centres to which i have frequently referred. they are modes of conscious entry (when developed and functioning) into a world of subjective realities and into hitherto unknown phases of the divine consciousness. esotericism is not, however, concerned with the centres as such, and esotericism is not an effort scientifically to awaken the centres, as many students think. esotericism really is training in the ability to function freely in the world of meaning; it is not occupied with any aspect of the mechanical form; it is occupied entirely with the soul aspect the aspect of saviour, redeemer and interpreter and with the mediating principle between life and substance. this mediating principle is the soul of the individua


ALICE A BAILEY22 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME II

age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust next to be done. may i ask for your real interest, service and cooperation? your personal instructions i have placed at the end to indicate to you its relative importance and so impress upon you the necessity for your individual teaching taking a secondary place; it is of less importance than the group development and the service of humanity. you will all awaken some day to the realisation that the science of service is of greater importance than the science of meditation, because it is the effort and the strenuous activity of the serving disciple which evokes the soul powers, makes meditation an essential requirement, and is the mode ahead of all others which invokes the spiritual triad, brings about the intensification of the spiritual life, forc

the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust march 1949 my brothers: i have no group instructions for you now. nor shall i have again. when the instructions on the designated themes are completed, i will write an instruction upon group work which will close all that i have to say on the subject in the two volumes of the book discipleship in the new age. the major intention of this book is to awaken the aspirational public to the opportunity for training which is theirs if they so choose; it should make them think with greater clarity of the hierarchy and its functions; much good may come of sending forth its teachings and a new era in the field of spiritual instructions may result. my present objective is now to help a.a.b. conclude the important teaching which i have with her aid bee

cations and intentions behind this meditation would develop in the disciple's consciousness a realisation of a living world of intelligences, linked together from sanat kumara downwards until the chain of hierarchy reaches the individual disciple, leading him to a later realisation that he too is but a link, and that there are those whom he also must reach and relate to the world of realities and awaken to their responsibilities. in the training of all disciples, one of the goals is to make the world of phenomena recede into the background of consciousness whilst the world of meaning becomes more vital and real. this world, in its turn, is the antechamber to the world of causes, where conscious relationship can be established with the initiator. the second purpose of the meditation was to

. this distinction is very real, for one quality grows out of love, and the other out of the recognition of the universality of life; one is an expression of the christ consciousness and life, and the other is a responsiveness to monadic inflow, and yet the two are one. more anent this will be indicated as you study the teaching upon the antahkarana. one of the tasks which i have undertaken is to awaken the aspirants and the disciples of the world to the new possibilities and to the new incoming potencies which can become available for use, if they will pass on to a fuller grasp of the developments since 1425 a.d. much that i am giving and shall in the future give anent initiation, its methods, processes and application will- 187- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis

is imminent in man, in nature, or latent in manifestation. speculation along this line might be and frequently is of no true importance. it is what is spiritually imminent which concerns the true disciple, if i may be permitted this play on words. one of the first lessons in the esoteric field is the sense of timing, with which that which is imminent or impending is connected; the disciple has to awaken to that which is on the very verge of precipitation into human thinking, life and circumstance; he has to take those occult steps which will enable him to recognise not only that which is hovering over humanity on the point of revelation or of karmic usefulness (note the phrase, but also enable him to handle himself so correctly and wisely that he becomes a cooperator, step by step, in the

ich i referred and for two reasons: 1. your judgment is clouded by your resentment to what you, perhaps naturally, regarded as a criticism. 2. your sensitivity and your reaction to glamour tunes you in very frequently on a certain section of public opinion and when this happens (as it is happening today) you are no longer a free agent. my underlying thought when giving you that instruction was to awaken you to the fact that your feelings and loyalties are based on a class idea and on class resentment and not on clear thinking through to the facts which should condition all loyalties and partisanships. it is not the objectives or the decisions of those loyalties with which i am dealing. those are entirely your own affair- 477- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trus

nd on class resentment and not on clear thinking through to the facts which should condition all loyalties and partisanships. it is not the objectives or the decisions of those loyalties with which i am dealing. those are entirely your own affair- 477- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust and are of no real importance in the light of eternity, but i am endeavouring to awaken you to the condition of your emotional reactions and to the quality which motivated you not clear thinking and then decision, but prejudice, resentment and fear. but today i shall not deal with this. you know enough to deal with it yourself or at least to realise the truth of my criticism of your attitude but not of your decision. that which works out into expression upon the physical plane

nd meditate that your brain will be the recipient of your planned thinking, and not simply a sensitive registering instrument. through right meditation, the- 521- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust energy from your soul and mind must be focussed, via the head centre. speaking in symbols which you easily understand "the lighted triangle of soul and mind and head will awaken the centre between the eyes and bring into activity the eye of direction; this is at present closed, and only occasionally opened. you have been greatly concerned for years over the direction of your thoughts and the trend of your thinking; shift now your attention to directed service. undertake a task for me and bring it to accomplishment. the second thing you have to do is to assess your


ALICE A BAILEY23 THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY

ywhere meet in a spirit of cooperation. may forgiveness on the part of all men be the keynote at this time. let power attend the efforts of the great ones. so let it be, and help us to do our part. 1935 let the lords of liberation issue forth. let them bring succour to the sons of men. let the rider from the secret place come forth, and coming, save. come forth, o mighty one. let the souls of men awaken to the light, and may they stand with massed intent. let the fiat of the lord go forth: the end of woe has come! come forth, o mighty one. the hour of service of the saving force has now arrived. let it be spread abroad, o mighty one. let light and love and power and death- 1- copyright 1998 lucis trust fulfil the purpose of the coming one. the will to save is here. the love to carry forth

n on the brain cells for it brings quiescent cells into activity and awakens the brain consciousness to the light of the soul. this process of ordered meditation, when carried forward over a period of years and supplemented by meditative living and one-pointed service, will successfully arouse the entire system, and bring the lower man under the influence and control of the spiritual man; it will awaken also the centres of force in the etheric body and stimulate into activity that mysterious stream of energy which sleeps at the base of the spinal column. when this process is carried forward with care and due safeguards, and under direction, and when the process is spread over a long period of time there is little risk of danger, and the awakening will take place normally and under the law

s. the forces which are contacted by the use of this great invocation, in conjunction with trained hierarchical effort, are thereby attracted or magnetically impelled to respond and then potent energies can be sent direct to the waiting planetary centre, humanity. two effects of an immediate nature are consequently induced over a specific period of time: a. the energy of the will of god serves to awaken the illumined but latent will-to-good in men and this, once dynamically awakened, will flower forth as goodwill. there is so much of this which remains latent and unexpressed because the will to demonstrate goodwill activity has not been aroused; it will be automatically aroused in the general public once the world disciples have invoked and evoked the inflow of this higher dynamic energy

nity. we start with the premise that two opposing world visions confront humanity and that two world orders are presented to mankind. between these man must choose, and his choice will determine the future. the years 1941 and 1942 will be years of crisis and of tension. those who perceive the risks, the opportunity, and the important decision to be made are struggling with almost frantic haste to awaken the masses to the uniqueness of this moment. what mankind decides during the next twelve months will condition the future as no other human decision has ever before done in the history of mankind. there have been points of crisis before in history, but not one that involved the entire planetary population. there have been periods of danger, difficulty, war, famine and distress, but none whi

hat might was right. therefore, the forces fighting for progress and civilisation had to meet force with force. the challenge was taken up by the democracies who stand for human rights and liberty. because of the decision to fight on the side of spiritual progress, the spiritual forces of the planet had no alternative but to align themselves on the side of the allied democracies, and endeavour to awaken the neutral nations to the issue. they ranged themselves against the leaders of the aggressor nations, though not against their poor deluded or subdued peoples. they too must be liberated by the allied democracies. on the basis of an active will-to-good, the men and women of goodwill, acting under the- 117- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust inspiration of the n

ncy of a trained and alive public opinion which desires the greatest good of the greatest number, are beyond belief. this dynamic power has never been employed. it can, today, save the world. the world crisis from hierarchical viewpoint april-may 1940 another wesak festival will be close at hand when you receive this communication. its urgency, imminence and finality prompt me again to attempt to awaken those of you who receive it to the present opportunity and to the spiritual urgency of this high moment in human affairs. the three full moon periods of april, may and june are most significant and determining, and upon what happens during the next few weeks, whilst the sun is still moving northwards, much will depend. in this communication i would like to do two things: first of all, give

r reservations in your consciousness. that action has to be taken, at times, which hurts or damages the form side of life or the physical forms, is entirely compatible with the constant preservation of soul love a thing which it is hard for the disciple to learn and master, but which is nevertheless a governing principle in evolution. this world crisis and the present world war will, it is hoped, awaken men to the realisation that the form side of manifestation, with its aggressive selfishness, its cruel emphases and its separative tendencies, carries inevitably with it the seeds of its own eventual elimination and the unavoidable results of pain, suffering, war, disease and death. this situation is therefore of man's own making and the result of his material nature and lack of soul contro

re to be found in a lesser extent in many other nations and selfish nationalism is to be found in all to some degree, even when unaccompanied by militancy or paralleled by a true idealism. it is self-interest, short vision, and prejudice that basically govern neutrality and make the neutral nations, including the americas, arm for defence but refuse to fight for human welfare. how, then, shall we awaken the world to the realities of the situation and so focus and direct a great world effort to throw off the yoke of the dictators as they seek to dominate the lands outside their own? how shall we free humanity to take its next step forward, without fear and terror and only conditioned by a world which is seeking unitedly to do that which is best for the whole, and not simply that which is be

of power which you may thus succeed in setting up may come that which is needed to release humanity from the thraldom of evil, provided the nature of the sacrificial will is somewhat understood by you. let the lords of liberation issue forth. let them bring succour to the sons of men. let the rider from the secret place come forth, and coming, save. come forth, o mighty one. let the souls of men awaken to the light, and may they stand with massed intent. let the fiat of the lord go forth: the end of woe has come! come forth, o mighty one. the hour of service of the saving force has now arrived. let it be spread abroad, o mighty one. let light and love and power and death fulfil the purpose of the coming one. the will to save is here, the love to carry forth the work is widely spread abroa

ict is outstandingly an aerial one. students and those using this invocation would be wise to bear this in mind or they may fail to see and recognise the deliverer when he comes a thing which has happened before. we come now to the second stanza, with its direct references to human attitudes and recognitions. for decades, i, as one of the spiritual teachers, along with many others, have sought to awaken all to the fact of light light in the world, light coming from the plane of desire (called the astral plane quite often, light illumining science and human knowledge, the light of the soul, producing in due time the light in the head. you have been carefully taught that the right use of the mind in meditation and reflection will lead to the correct relation of soul and personality, and that


ALICE A BAILEY24 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME V THE RAYS AND THE INITIATIONS

eeds on the fourth. let then the group merged in the fifth be nourished by the sixth and seventh and realise that all the lesser rules are rules in time and space and cannot hold the group. it onward moves in life. rule vii. for applicants: let the disciple turn his attention to the enunciating of those sounds which echo in the hall where walks the master. let him not sound the lesser notes which awaken vibration within the halls of maya. for disciples and initiates: let the group life emit the word of invocation and thus evoke response within those distant ashrams where move the chohans of the race of men. they are no longer men as are the masters but having passed beyond that lesser stage, have linked themselves with the great council in the highest secret place. let the group sound a du

ving passed beyond that lesser stage, have linked themselves with the great council in the highest secret place. let the group sound a dual chord, reverberating in the halls where move the masters but finding pause and prolongation within those radiant halls where move the lights which carry out the will of god. rule viii. for applicants: when the disciple nears the portal, the greater seven must awaken and bring forth response from the lesser seven upon the double circle. for disciples and initiates: let the group find within itself response to the greater seven groups which carry out the hierarchical will with love and understanding. the group contains all seven, the perfect group. the lesser seven, the greater seven and the planetary seven form one great whole, and these the group must

the relationship between humanity and the hierarchy, and between the hierarchy and the highest centre, shamballa, is completely covered in rule vii in its two forms for applicants, and for disciples and initiates. rule vii. for applicants: let the disciple turn his attention to the enunciating of those sounds which echo in the hall where walks the master. let him not sound the lesser notes which awaken vibration within the halls of maya. for disciples and initiates: let the group life emit the word of invocation and thus evoke response within those distant ashrams where move the chohans of the race of men. they are no longer men as are the masters, but, having passed beyond that lesser stage, have linked themselves with the great council in the highest secret place. let the group sound a

rite; their numbers are even today more than are suspected, and their ranks will be steadily increased in the post-war period, both through the strenuous effort of disciples in training to "make the grade" and through the coming into incarnation of initiates of all degrees some of whom are the children of today. rule viii. for applicants: when the disciple nears the portal, the greater seven must awaken and bring forth response from the lesser seven upon the double circle. for disciples and initiates: let the group and within itself response to the greater seven groups which carry out the hierarchical will with love and understanding. the group contains all seven, the perfect group. the lesser seven, the greater seven and the planetary seven form one great whole, and these the group must k

lso the field of salvation. it is the field of force in which the two other forces must work. it has been produced by the past. as these three constellations pour their energies into the great ashram of sanat kumara, the hierarchy, they are there concentrated and retained until released under "the swift design of mercury" into the field of the human consciousness. the effect of this release is to awaken the intuition (governed as you know by mercury, and to enlighten advanced humanity. it is through intuitive human beings that knowledge of the plan is given to humanity and the work of restoration can be carried forward. at this time and in a peculiar manner, the initiate-consciousness sees the hierarchy as primarily energised by life, and by the energy of aquarius, carrying a hitherto unkn

seful purpose. my task has been for a long time the giving out, in book form, information anent the next stage of intelligent and spiritual recognition for humanity. therefore, again, the understanding of the method of building the antahkarana is essential if humanity is to move forward as planned, and in this moving forward the disciples and aspirants must and do form the vanguard. humanity will awaken steadily and as a whole to the incoming spiritual urge; an overwhelming impulse towards spiritual light and towards a major orientation will take place. just as the individual disciple has to reverse himself upon the wheel of life and tread the way counter-clockwise, so must humanity; and so humanity will. the two-thirds who will make the goal of evolution in this world cycle are already be

ble" by the masses a thing hitherto unknown. in the past, it was the intelligentsia or the elect who were privileged to have the vision. today, it is the mass of men. humanity, therefore, as a whole stands ready for a general alignment process, and that is the spiritual reason which lay behind the world war. the "sharp shears of sorrow must separate the real from the unreal; the lash of pain must awaken the sleepy soul to exquisite life; the wrenching away of the roots of life from the soil of selfish desire must be undergone, and then the man stands free" so runs the old commentary in one of its more mystical stanzas. thus it points prophetically to the close of the aryan race not a close in the sense of completion, but a closing of a cycle of mental perfecting, preparatory to a cycle whe

s of consciousness of the spiritual triad: the buddhic or the state of pure reason and the atmic or state of spiritually direct will intention. in giving you some insight into the relationship of the rays and the initiations, i find it essential to discover new and arresting words and word phrases by which to express the familiar hints and indications given by the occult groups who have sought to awaken the modern consciousness to the fact and purposes of initiation. initiation is a progressive sequence of directed energy impacts, characterised by points of crisis and of tension and governed in a sense not hitherto realised by the law of cause and effect. this law of cause and effect (from the spiritual angle) appears to the progressing initiate to reverse the process which has up till now

r in one of my books that it is france which will eventually reveal the true nature of the soul or of the psyche and inaugurate the era of true esoteric psychology. to do this she must inevitably find her own soul, and in finding it through the medium of the illumined mind she will bring light to humanity. the conflict now raging in france will eventually be resolved into harmony, and france will awaken to the higher spiritual values. once her soul ray of pure knowledge is active, it will dominate her personality or material ray of active intelligence, once the most powerful of all the rays. the task of the ray of harmony through conflict is to bring this about, thus releasing france into the light. in the united states, this fourth energy is peculiarly active, because of the conflict of r

no exception. humanity can, however, learn its lesson and turn thankfully to the "way of righteousness" and to the hitherto unknown technique of right human relations. i seek not to deal in detail with the evil which holds the world in thrall. enough is already known and a small handful (small in comparison to the many millions) of hierarchical workers in all departments of life are struggling to awaken humanity to the risks they are running, and to the finality of the decision which the next two generations will be forced to make. more will come to the surface as we study present-day happenings from the angle of renunciation and resurrection. i would like first of all to point out that: 1. the mass of the people are sound, but ignorant of the higher values; that can be slowly righted. the


ALICE BAILEY THE LABOURS OF HERCULES

reat presiding one. the third great test provided much of teaching sustenance to a learner such as he. he ponders and reflects "provide a test which will evoke his wisest choice. send him to labor in a field wherein he must decide which voice, of all the many voices, will arouse the obedience of his heart. provide likewise a test of great simplicity upon the outer plane, and yet a test which will awaken, on the inner side of life, the fulness of his wisdom and the rightness of his power to choose. let him proceed with the fourth test" before the fourth great gate stood hercules; a son of man and yet a son of god. at first was silence deep. he uttered not a word or made a sound. beyond the gate the landscape stretched in contours fair and on the far horizon stood the temple of the lord, the


ANATHEMA OF ZOS

tude and it sorry vainglory, for the wrath of heaven is heavy on easy self-indulgence. in your desire to create a world, do unto others as you would-when sufficiently courageous. to cast aside, not save, i come. inexorably towards myself; to smash the law, to make havoc of the charlatans, the quacks, the swankers and brawling salvationists with their word-tawdry phantasmagoria; to disillusion and awaken every fear of your natural, rapacious selves. living the most contemptible and generating everything beastly, are ye so vain of your excuse to expect other than the worst of your imagining? honesty is unvoiced! and i warn you to make holocaust of your saints, your excuses: these flatulent bellowing of your ignorance. only then could i assure your lurking desire-easy remission of your bowdle


APOCRYPHON OF JOHN

re and the spirit which originates in matter, which is the ignorance of darkness and desire, and their counterfeit spirit. this is the tomb of the newly-formed body with which the robbers had clothed the man, the bond of forgetfulness; and he became a mortal man. this is the first one who came down, and the first separation. but the epinoia of the light which was in him, she is the one who was to awaken his thinking "and the archons took him and placed him in paradise. and they said to him 'eat, that is at leisure' for their luxury is bitter and their beauty is depraved. and their luxury is deception and their trees are godlessness and their fruit is deadly poison and their promise is death. and the tree of their life they had placed in the midst of paradise "and i shall teach you (pl) wha

ia (is) she who came down in innocence in order to rectify her deficiency. therefore she was called life, which is the mother of the living, by the foreknowledge of the sovereignty of heaven. and through her they have tasted the perfect knowledge. i appeared in the form of an eagle on the tree of knowledge, which is the epinoia from the foreknowledge of the pure light, that i might teach them and awaken them out of the depth of sleep. for they were both in a fallen state, and they recognized their nakedness. the epinoia appeared to them as a light; she awakened their thinking "and when yaltabaoth noticed that they withdrew from him, he cursed his earth. he found the woman as she was preparing herself for her husband. he was lord over her, though he did not know the mystery which had come t


ARADIA GOSPEL OF THE WITCHES

ur, and as the deity to be especially invoked for such love-making. the one invokingsays that the window is opened, that the moon may shine splendidly on the bed, even as our love isbright and beautiful. and i pray her to give great rapture sfogo to us.the quivering, mysteriously beautiful light of the moon, which seems to cast a spirit of intelligence oremotion over silent nature, and dimly half awaken it raising shadows into thoughts and causingevery tree and rock to assume the semblance of a living form, but one which, while shimmering andbreathing, still sleeps in a dream could not escape the greeks, and they expressed it as dianaembracing endymion. but as night is the time sacred to secrecy, and as the true diana of themysteries was the queen of night, who wore the crescent moon, and


BEHOLDERS OF NIGHT

the black flame itself is illuminated through the work of the left hand path, through the development of ones own self-divinity, through our famulus and servitors, the guardians and angels of our temple, the arcana of self as revealed in essence. each individual is a model of lucifer, whom is the imagination, or self. that we must shadow forth the adversary to rebel against the natural order, to awaken the black flame of self-knowledge. we are thus iblis, the children of the fire djinn whom shall taste from the skulls of the sleeping. ii) the adversary oh moon nourished haunters of dreams, who have tasted the souls blood of life, from the graves of corpse-sleep from which ye emerge, from the pools of blood beneath the fountains of red sea, that emerge from the dreaming sleep of azrail, mo


BLAVATSKY H P ANTHROPOGENESIS

is certainly any greater- while it is far more comprehensible to the mind of the true metaphysical thinker- than the mystery of the conception of the foetus, its gestation and birth as a child, as we now know it. now to the curious and little understood corroboration in the puranas about the "sweat-born" 2. kandu is a sage and a yogi, eminent in holy wisdom and pious austerities, which, finally, awaken the jealousy of the gods, who are represented in the hindu scriptures as being in never-ending strife with the ascetics. indra, the "king of the gods* finally sends one of his female apsarasas to tempt the sage. this is no worse than jehovah sending sarah, abraham's wife, to tempt pharaoh; but in truth it is those gods (and god, who are ever trying to disturb ascetics and thus make them los

icked (followers, or people 'may every yellow face send sleep from himself (mesmerize) to every black face. may even they (the sorcerers) avoid pain and suffering. may every man true to the solar gods bind (paralyze) every man under the lunar gods, lest he should suffer or escape his destiny 'and may every yellow face offer of his life-water (blood) to the speaking animal of a black face, lest he awaken his master 'the hour has struck, the black night is ready, etc, etc 'let their destiny be accomplished. we are the servants of the great four* may the kings of light return[[footnote(s* wrote the late brahmachari bawa, a yogi of great renown and holiness "extensive works on ashtar vidya and such other sciences were at different times compiled in the languages of the times. but the sanskrit


BLAVATSKY H P COSMOGENESIS

; the abstraction called parabrahm alone- whether we call it ensoph, or herbert spencer's unknowable- being "the one absolute" reality. the one secondless existence is adwaita "without a second" and all the rest is maya, teaches the adwaita philosophy[[vol. 1, page] 55 the absolute knows itself not. condition of the universe when it goes to sleep, or ceases to be, during the "nights of brahma- to awaken or reappear again, when the dawn of the new manvantara recalls it to what we call existence (b) the "breath" of the one existence is used in its application only to the spiritual aspect of cosmogony by archaic esotericism; otherwise, it is replaced by its equivalent in the material plane- motion. the one eternal element, or element-containing vehicle, is space, dimensionless in every sense;

discovers in a "rector of light" as soon as he is called by another name than the one she addresses him by. it is not the "rector" or "maharajah" who punishes or rewards, with or without "god's" permission or order, but man himself- his deeds or karma, attracting individually and collectively (as in the case of whole nations sometimes, every kind of evil and calamity. we produce causes, and these awaken the corresponding powers in the sidereal world; which powers are magnetically and irresistibly attracted to- and react upon- those who produced these causes; whether such persons are practically the evil-doers, or simply thinkers who brood mischief. thought is matter* we are taught by modern science; and "every particle of the existing matter must be a register of all that has happened" as

ntiated matter("five years of theosophy" p. 276) therefore it becomes evident why that which is pertinently called in esoteric buddhism "wave of evolution" and mineral, vegetable, animal- and man-"impulse" stops at the door of our globe, at its fourth cycle or round. it is at this point that the cosmic monad (buddhi) will be wedded to and become the vehicle of the atmic ray, i.e, it (buddhi) will awaken to an apperception of it (atman; and thus enter on the first step of a new septenary ladder of evolution, which will lead it eventually to the tenth (counting from the lowest upwards) of the sephirothal tree, the crown. everything in the universe follows analogy "as above, so below; man is the microcosm of the universe. that which takes place on the spiritual plane repeats itself on the cos

onsciousness, revealed and explained in both schools only to the initiates, the lower ones represent the four lower planes- the lowest being our plane, or the visible universe. these seven planes correspond to the seven states of consciousness in man. it remains with him to attune the three higher states in himself to the three higher planes in kosmos. but before he can attempt to attune, he must awaken the three "seats" to life and activity. and how many are capable of bringing themselves to even a superficial comprehension of atma-vidya (spirit-knowledge, or what is called by the sufis, rohanee! in section the viith of this book, in sub-section 3[[footnote(s* the reader is reminded that kosmos often means in our stanzas only our own solar system, not the infinite universe* this is purely

and emotions, all the learning and knowledge, revealed and acquired, of the early races, found their pictorial expression in allegory and parable. why? because the spoken word has a potency unknown to, unsuspected and disbelieved in, by the modern "sages" because sound and rhythm are closely related to the four elements of the ancients; and because such or another vibration in the air is sure to awaken corresponding powers, union with which produces good or bad results, as the case may be. no student was ever allowed to recite historical, religious, or any real events in so many unmistakable words, lest the powers connected with the event should be once more attracted. such events were narrated only during the initiation, and every student had to record them in corresponding symbols, draw

nd threatens- without abandoning the central position to which his mother, aditi, relegated him- his seven brothers, the planets "he pursues them, turning slowly around himself. and follows them from afar, moving in the same direction that they do, on the path that encircles their houses- or the orbit (see comment to stanza iv, book i) it is the sun-fluids or emanations that impart all motion and awaken all into life, in the solar system. it is attraction and repulsion, but not as understood by modern physics and according to the law of gravity; but in harmony with the laws of manvantaric motion de[[vol. 1, page] 530 the secret doctrine. signed from the early sandhya, the dawn of the rebuilding and higher reformation of the system. these laws are immutable; but the motion of all the bodies

s extract is a clear proof of its grand mistake. but this "physical something" that we call life-fluid- the liquor vitae of paracelsus- has not deserted the body, as dr. richardson thinks. it has only changed its state from activity to passivity, and become latent owing to the too morbid state of the tissues, on which it has no more hold. once the rigor mortis absolute, the "liquor vitae" will re-awaken into action, and begin its work on the atoms chemically. brahma-vishnu- the creator and the preserver of life- will have transformed himself into siva the destroyer. lastly he writes on p. 387 "the nervous ether may be poisoned; it may, i mean, have diffused through it, by simple gaseous diffusion, other gases or vapours derived from without; it may derive from within products of substances

on an abutment, such as the piston of a steam-engine. my engine has neither piston nor eccentrics, nor is there one grain of pressure exerted in the engine, whatever may be the size or capacity of it "my system, in every part and detail, both in the developing of my power and in every branch of its utilization, is based and founded on sympathetic vibration. in no other way would it be possible to awaken or develop my force, and equally impossible would it be to operate my engine upon any other principle .this, however, is the true system; and henceforth all my operations will be conducted in this manner- that is to say, my power will be generated, my engines run, my cannon operated, through a wire "it has been only after years of incessant labour, and the making of almost innumerable exper


BLUE EQUINOX

ter which he seems to have recorded very little until march 25 in the following year, viz, 1912. he then experimented with sss section of liber hhh, from the equinox, vol. v and obtained automatic rigidity. he writes.(1) brain became charged with electric fluid or prana, in fact whole face and hands became as if connected with an electric battery, also brain seemed luminous but void (2) could not awaken spine from .yoni; but, after persisting, the part just below small of back became enlivened, then under ribs, then breast and nape of neck. the current became very strong and almost unbearable. whole body became perfectly and automatically rigid. hands seemed to feel gnarled and misshapen, contorted by the force in them (i noticed this as a side issue. feet also became filled with life, etc

inciple of activity, and so on. to the advanced student a simple ordinary thought, which seems little or nothing to the beginner, becomes a great and terrible fountain of iniquity, and the higher he goes, up to a certain point, the point of definitive victory, the more that is the case. the beginner can think .it is ten o.clock. and dismiss the thought. to the mind of the adept this sentence will awaken all its possible correspondences, all the reflections he has ever made on time, as also the equinox 8 accidental sympathetics like mr. whistler.s essay; and if he is sufficiently far advanced, all these thoughts in their hundreds and thousands diverging from the one thought, will again converge, and become the resultant of all those thoughts. he will get samadhi upon that original thought

upon the earth. on the left hand path, the adept, wishing to keep all that he has, shuts himself up in a tower of silence, there to suffer the progressively degrading agony of slow dispersion. for on the right hand path the master of the temple is.momentarily.after a fashion.at rest. his intellectual and physical forces are acting in the world, but his blood is in the cup of babalon, a draught to awaken the eld of the all-father, and all that remains of him is a little pile of dust which only waits the moment when it shall be burnt to ashes. 49. to perish doomed is he, who out of fear of mara refrains from helping man, lest he should act for self. the the equinox 56 pilgrim who would cool his weary limbs in running water, yet dares not plunge for terror of the stream risks to succumb from


BUCKLAND RAYMOND COMPLETE BOOK OF WITCHCRAFT

blue light. in the group in which i work, we use a westinghouse 100-watt 'colortone' floodlight. it is available just about everywhere and is ideal for the purpose. this blue light should remain on throughout the meditation. practical color magick raymond buckland, llewellyn, 1983 84 i buckland's complete book of witchcraft head, face, jaw, tongue, neck, throat, etc. command each in succession to awaken refreshed, vibrant and healthy. shoulders, upper and lower arms, wrists, hands, upper back, chest, chest cavity, stomach, sides, lower back, groin, awaken refreshed, relaxed and vibrant with life. buttocks, thighs, knees, calves, ankles, heels, arches, balls of the feet, toes. go through all parts of the body. command each and every muscle, vein, fiber and nerve to awaken healthy, refreshed

l yourself, very firmly, three times "i will remember my dreams. release the thought. then for the third time, repeat the three commands "i will remember my dreams. so you instruct yourself nine times in all. the second step in interpretation is recording the dreams. place a pad and a pencil by your bed for this purpose. this very act, in itself, reinforces the command to remember. when you first awaken even before that eye-opening cup of coffee! jot down notes on what you remember. don't worry about trying to get everything in perfect order at this point. the important thing is to capture what you can, even if you only have time to make a few brief notes. you will find that later on you will be able to recall more of the details of the dream.then write down all the details that you can re


CALLING TO THE FIRST OF WITCH BLOOD

lood of my shell encircled me, and alone did i first summon forth my father of whom i knew by dream did that dragon come and ignite within, my soul, my initiator by giving to the daemon did my eyes open anew. i conjure thee, o wanderer who bears a black thorn stick i adjure thee, who the blood of abel did ignite your senses who lifted thee up into the flames of your father in iblis shadow did you awaken in the arms of lilith, the moon. i summon thee, cain of old, whose words open the gates of hell i invoke thee, cain of the serpent skin, who is the first of witch blood i conjure thee, cain who is the earthly devil, who is the master of spirits encircle and awaken within my flesh, my blood, my mind. by thy depths of which i walk herein shall i become reborn in the name and mark of the devil


CASSANDRA EASON A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGIC

nal music, talk about christmas past, its highlights and disasters* when it is midnight or just before you are ready to go to bed, light the next candle, saying: the light increases, as the new sun streams forth within the cave, soon to herald the new day; we offer this light, joining with our ancestors and those as yet unborn to call forth radiance* leave the candles in a safe place and when you awaken, even if it is not fully day, light the third candle, replacing and re-lighting the others if they are almost burned down, saying: the sun comes forth from the cave, in joy and glory and promise; we join our light with the rays of the new morning* spend the morning out of doors, if possible, collecting greenery, or making tiny clay figures of the nativity figures, santons as they are called


CASTING THE CIRCLE

ve soil) on the altar, places the point of her athame in it and says "i exorcise thee, o creature of water, the my sacred will exorcises from this all things unwilling to manifest according to my desire. bring the warmth and stillness of the great unconscious, that my flesh becomes a mirror of my waking in the dream. the athame should now be held and the magician enters the grand sabbatic circle. awaken now from the sleep of the mind, that i summon the spirits of strength and silent victory, from which my being shall emerge. guarded in the light of prometheus, the state of self- love shall produce kindness and love for those around me. so much that i may fortify myself through the emergence of godhood. facing the north, anthame pointed: angels of the north, which walks of light and fiery s


CHAOS MAGICK AND LUCIFERISM

ily as i change my shoes. the current state of chaos magick in the present time has only maneuvered to some certain state due to lack of imagination and vision. chaos magick is an egocentric ideology that has no specific doctrine or form. lack of dogma can often lead to emptiness of concepts and then the boat literally runs aground. chaos magick must be defined in a certain context in order to re-awaken the luminous possibilities contained therein. austin osman spare was the founder of what is today chaos magick. his study and practice of magick developed early on and was later subject to formal training with aleister crowley. spare understood the importance of ritual and ceremony yet at the same time found it repulsive and idiotic. however, by viewing spare s paintings and pastels one is

ony. austin spare s developments began essentially with earth inferno, but reached no ground on sorcery until the atavism of remembrance manifested through his meeting with crowley. spare began work on the book of pleasure and it s concepts in 1909. while not completed and published until 1913 he developed immensely during this period. the activated psychic censor spare was so famous for began to awaken and develop during this period. austin was well versed in classical grimoires such as grimoirium verum, the grand grimoire, abramelin the mage and various works by levi and agrippa. spare developed his alphabet of desire from these formulas, something that was groundbreaking and lesser understood by his peers. spare, just as crowley, wanted to usher forth a new magickal system. as aleister


CHYMICAL WEDDING OF CHRISTIAN ROSENKREUTZ

est are already presented to the king. i did not know what else to do but weep outright and curse my own slothfulness; yet i dressed myself, but my page was ready long before me, and ran out of the chamber to see how affairs might yet stand. but he soon returned, and brought with him this joyful news, that indeed the time was not yet, but i had only overslept my breakfast, they being unwilling to awaken me because of my age. but now it was time for me to go with him to the fountain where most of them were assembled. with this consolation my spirit returned again, so i was soon ready with my habit, and went after the page to the fountain in the aforementioned garden, where i found that the lion, instead of his sword, had a pretty large tablet by him. now having looked well at it, i found th

the same several times, and to lay them in a box of cypress wood. here i cannot conceal what a trick was played on myself and three others. after we had thus diligently taken up the ashes, the virgin began to speak as follows: my lords, here we are in the sixth room, and we have only one more before us, in which our trouble will be at an end, and then we shall return home again to our castle, to awaken our most gracious lords and ladies. now i could heartily wish that all of you, as you are here together, had behaved yourselves in such a way that i might have commended to our most renowned king and queen, and you might have obtained a suitable reward; yet contrary to my desire, i have found amongst you these four lazy and sluggish workers (herewith she pointed at me and three others. yet

y, as soon as we came near they brought our ships together, and so made a stand. immediately the old atlas stepped forth on the king s behalf, making a short but handsome oration, in which he welcomed us, and asked whether the royal presents were ready. the rest of my companions were in great amazement, where this king should come from, for they imagined nothing other than that they would have to awaken him again. we allowed them to continue in their amazement, and acted as if it seemed strange to us too. after atlas oration out stepped our old man, making a rather longer reply, in which he wished the king and queen all happiness and increase, after which he delivered up a curious small casket. what was in it, i do not know, but it was committed to cupid to keep, who hovered between the ki


DAVID ICKE AND THE TRUTH SHALL SET YOU FREE

s also no coincidence that the declaration of independence and the founding of adam weishaupt's bavarian illuminati both happened in 1776. numbers and years represent energy vibrations, as do planets, sounds, colours, and symbols. we see some of these symbols in the crop circles and patterns. the genuine ones (those not hoaxed by the forces of disinformation, speak to our subconscious and help to awaken us in ways we cannot yet fully understand. at the higher levels of the global elite, this esoteric knowledge is used to decide when and where events will happen to give them the best chance of success. you will find the same numbers and sequences throughout ancient texts and beliefs. the lists of sevens in revelation have esoteric, not literal, meanings. the bible is packed with such numero

day as more wake up and realise who they are. they are reconnecting across the jamming vibration to wholeness and their lives and perceptions are changing dramatically. they are remembering. the same opportunity is available to everyone on the planet. in the years to come, the masks will be removed. we are going to see how many spiritual volunteers there are within the system of control. as they awaken, they will bring down these elite bastions from within. at the same time, we will see that many of those who have spoken the words of the new age, the environmental, and the 'radical, are in fact tuned to a rather less pleasant consciousness. by their deeds we shall recognise them, not by their words. the process of diffusing and removing the jamming frequency is very simple in one way, but

mental, and the 'radical, are in fact tuned to a rather less pleasant consciousness. by their deeds we shall recognise them, not by their words. the process of diffusing and removing the jamming frequency is very simple in one way, but, in this misguided world, it can involve some vast emotional and spiritual upheavals in our lives to deprogramme us to the point where we can achieve it. as people awaken and let go of the programming, their consciousness also lets go of that programming's vibratory suppression which is holding down their own frequency. when the mind and feeling centres are opened and allowed to expand, their frequency rises and if this is allowed to continue, it will reach the point where it can synchronise with frequencies of reality outside the vibratory prison. this allo

continue, it will reach the point where it can synchronise with frequencies of reality outside the vibratory prison. this allows these higher frequencies to be filtered down our levels of being to this conscious level, and then broadcast out into this physical world. when this state of being is achieved, those people become walking, talking, transmitters of a higher frequency. the more people who awaken to do this, the more the cumulative effect is raising the frequency of the planet as a whole. this is allowing non-physical frequencies within the prison to rise, because in some way, this dense physical level will hold back the others if it doesn't shift and raise itself. it acts like a drag or an 446..and the truth shall set you free anchor on the other frequencies within the prison and u

ch knowledge has been kept from us and so much limited thinking has been imposed. many people, more than ever before in modern times, are being attracted to ancient sacred sites and most are unsure of exactly what is happening when they go there and feel often powerful energies pass through them into the earth. they know something has happened because they can feel it and they know as more people awaken that the same experiences can be retold by millions around the world. i was asking the same questions when it began to happen to me in 1990.1 believe that the energies we feel passing through us at such moments are the higher frequencies filtering down our levels of being and we are grounding them on this frequency so quickening its vibration. in 1987, hundreds of thousands of people gather


DAVID ICKE CHILDREN OF THE MATRIX

aleister crowley, which split the membership. crowley then became involved with the order of oriental templars or oto in 1933, the rocket expert, willi ley, fled from germany and revealed the existence of the vril society and the nazi's belief that they were to become the equals of the supermen in the bowels of the earth by use of esoteric teachings and mind expansion. they believed this would re-awaken the vril force sleeping in the blood. the initiates of the vril society included two men who would become famous nazis, heinrich himmler and hermann goering. vril members were convinced they were in alliance with mysterious esoteric lodges in tibet and one of the so-called unknown supermen, who was referred to as the "king of fear. rudolf hess, hitler's deputy fuhrer until he made his ill-f


DAVID ICKE THE BIGGEST SECRET

number to the templars was 13 and this will become more and morerelevant as the story unfolds. i have long believed there were originally 13 signs to thezodiac. the text of le serpent rouge, which appears to mention the landscape aroundrennes-le-chateau, presents a version of the sleeping beauty story in which the princess(female energy) is condemned to sleep until the handsome prince arrives to awaken her.this is also highly relevant to the number 13 for reasons i will later outline. le serpentrouge also confirmed that mary magdalene was another symbol for isis. it said. formerly some called her isis, queen of the beneficent sources, come to me allyou suffer and who are overwhelmed and i will comfort you, others:magdalene, of the famous vase full of healing balm. the initiates know her t


DAVID ICKE RELATED THE HIDDEN GEARS OF FREEMASONRY

rie universelle on page 588 "lucifer, the light-bearer! strange and mysterious name to give to the spirit of darkness! lucifer, the son of the morning! is it he who bears the light, and with it's splendors intolerable blinds feeble, sensual or selfish souls? doubt it not" morals and dogma page 321 as time goes on, people will realize who the real enemy is. the human race is asleep and it needs to awaken. if you really want to learn more, nevermind the red pill and eat the red apple and you will learn just how deep the rabbit hole goes. all of these masons praise lucifer. it is also the biggest reason why we see luciferic designs incorporated into government center washington d.c. freemasonry is satan's religion. it is the root of their control system. more on the great seal many companies


DEMONIC BIBLE

fined. the sumerians believed the dragon of chaos, tiamat, to be the mother of the gods. the gods brought order to chaos, but they were themselves the children of chaos and subject to its laws and conditions. the devil was not originally a "rebel" against the order of creation but, the beginning and the end, the source of all creation "the dragon sleeps" we are told in the texts of old "but shall awaken" in the alchemical treatise, the kybalion, it is said that "the all is mind" and "the universe is mental" the modern physicist, in accordance with this principle of alchemy that matter and energy are mental phenomena and that "everything vibrates, has stated that the electrons and protons within the atom are composed of waves with various charges and rates of vibration. the universe is not


DIABOLUS

powerful hidden light behind ahriman. as the devil s bride she inspires and equally commands her presence, manifests her will and accomplishes that which other demons could not. ahriman was taken with her. az within zoroastrianism is not by any mentionable gender, but ahriman s assistant if you will is called in the pahlavi books called jeh, which means roughly whore. she would corrupt or rather awaken mankind and womankind to debauchery and sexual pleasure. 19 this word can be related to anticlockwise movement, or widdershins. 18 theodore bar konai20 described an interesting tale of ahriman and his sway that he held with women- after ohrmazd had given women to righteous men, they fled and went over to satan; and when ohrmazd provided righteous men with peace and happiness, satan provided

eh (a youth) of fifteen years of age. and he put him, naked as he was behind satan so that the women should see him, desire him and ask satan for him. the women lifted their hands up towards satan and said: satan, our father, give us the god narseh as a gift. the original union of az and satan came from the devil falling into a deep slumber for three thousand years. unconscious, ahriman would not awaken for any reason. numerous demons and shadows tried to awaken ahriman by telling of their deeds, nothing would stir him to consciousness. after three thousand years the whore came unto ahriman and said to him- arise o our father, for in the battle to come i shall let loose so much affliction on the righteous man and the toiling bull that, because of my deeds, they will not be fit to live. i s


DICTIONARY GLOSSARY OF OCCULT TERMINOLOGY

y. religious disciplines of hinduism (q.v. hatha yoga, which involves physical postures and breathing techniques designed to promote a unity of mind and body, and a unity between man and god, is only one of the many systems of yoga. raja yoga involves mental exercises, karma yoga relies on good works, and bhakti yoga uses religious devotion, mantra yoga involves chanting, laya yoga (q.v) seeks to awaken kundalini (q.v, and jnana yoga concentrates on philosophical analysis. yoga, kundalini: allegedly a method of exciting the kundalini energy at the base of the spine and causing it to rise up to the head, bringing enlightenment. yoga, laya: pronounced "lie yoga" it uses breath and visualization to recreate the changes that the physical and spiritual bodies go through during sexual activity


DION FORTUNE MYSTICAL QABALA

mselves, and these are employed exclusively in the manufacture of ecclesiastical incense, in addition to these, certain essential oils possess similar properties, espocially those which are aromatic and astringent rather than sweet and spicy. these substances are of value in all operations in which the aim is increased intellectual clarity or exaltation of the mystical type. 39. the perfumes that awaken the subconscious mind are of two types, the dionysiac and the venusian. the dionysiac odours are of the aromatic, spicy type, such as smouldering cedar- or sandal-wood or pine-cones. the venusian odours are of a sweet, cloying nature, such as vanilla. in actual practice these two types of odours shade one into the other, and mystical qabala page 190 characteristic flower odours are to be fo


DION FORTUNE PSYCHIC SELF DEFENSE

of occult indigestion. in both cases the treatment is the same- temporary restriction of the diet which has caused the disturbance. 48 of 103 another cause of psychic upset may lie in the partial recovery of the memories of past incarnations if these include any painful episodes, especially such as are connected with esoteric studies. the entry of occult concepts into the conscious mind tends to awaken the subconscious memory of similar experiences in past lives. the emotion surrounding a memory is invariably recovered before the actual image of the incident (this is one of the best tests for the accuracy of memories of past lives) this foreshadowing emotion may hang about for a long time on the threshold of consciousness before the images clarify sufficiently to became tangible. if the e


DONALDTYSON CHAKRAS

ndalini is awakened by postures that stimulate the muladhara, primarily a sitting posture in which one of the heels is pressed against the perineum. in conjunction with this posture, breathing exercises in which the breath is held and compressed into the lower abdomen are used while the anus is rhythmically contracted. this causes a sheen of sweat over the entire surface of the body. also used to awaken kundalini is a technique known as pore breathing, during which the vital energy of the air is visualized to enter the body through the pores of the skin, and internal chanting of a mantra (word or phrase that embodies occult power. the visualization of power symbols such as yantras is also often used. most important of all in awakening kundalini is a technique that is almost never openly de

les, or facial muscles, sensations of floating or sinking, feelings of touching or weight upon different parts of the body, excitation of the nerves similar to that caused by too much caffeine, lethargy or lassitude, and physical pleasure that is widely distributed through the body. this last is not as intense as the bliss of the sahasrara. it is a false belief that kundalini is very difficult to awaken. it only requires sincere and regular practice of the correct exercises, both physical and mental. these must be done daily for several hours. it also requires the formation of a genuine personal relationship with the goddess. once initially awakened, kundalini may easily be aroused thereafter in a matter of minutes, or even moments. various siddhis or occult powers are traditionally associ


ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 1

ed in a limited edition under the title bacstrom s alchemical anthology, edited by j. w. hamilton-jones (1960. bad a jinni (or genie) of persia (modern-day iran, supposed to have command over the winds and tempests. he presided over the twenty-second day of the month. badger to bury the foot of a badger underneath one s sleeping place is believed by voudou worshipers and some gypsies to excite or awaken love. bael a demon cited in the grand grimoire; head of the infernal powers. it is with him that johan weyer commenced his inventory of the famous pseudonomarchia daemonum. he alluded to bael as the first monarch of hell and said that his estates are situated on the eastern regions thereof. he had three heads, that of a crab, a cat, and a man. sixty-six legions obey him. sources: weyer, joh

yoga positions, and proper breathing facilitates the advanced techniques. also with the development of pranayama, a mystical force known as kundalini is aroused and led from the lowest chakras to the highest, culminating in a mystical center in the head, conferring higher consciousness. sources: bernard, theos. hatha yoga. london: rider, 1950. reprint, new york: samuel weiser, 1970. chia, mantak. awaken healing energy through the tao. new york: aurora press, 1983. dvivedi, m. n, trans. the yoga-sutras of patanjali. london: theosophical publishing house, 1890. gopi krishna. the secret of yoga. new york: harper& row, 1972. huard, pierre, and ming wong. oriental methods of mental and physical fitness: the complete book of meditation, kinesitherapy, and martial arts in china, india, and japan

ers cruises with cayce and his colleagues for the edgar cayce cruise of enlightenment, on a regularly scheduled basis. in the redwood interview, cayce emerged the idealist along with his role as the benevolent administrator when he stated that .my fondest dream for the a.r.e .would be for the a.r.e. to go out of business .the role of the a.r.e, through my grandfather s readings, is to help people awaken to their spiritual nature, to help people see ways to manifest that spiritual nature in this physical world .it would just be wonderful if that were to happen more and more, to the point where those structures weren t necessary, including the a.r.e. sources: association for research and enlightenment. http/ www.are-cayce.com. april 11, 2000. redwood, daniel. a daniel redwood interview with

vittorio centurione, of whose tragic death neither valiantine nor bradley knew. in seances held in new york a similarly noisy manifestation, apparently for identification, was noted in the spring of 1928. after the london seances, valiantine had presented the marquis with an aluminum trumpet and begged him to sit for direct voice mediumship in his own house. whether this acted as a suggestion to awaken latent faculties or not, the marquis obtained much success from subsequent seances. however, it was not his dead son who communicated but one named cristo d angelo, who said he had been a sicilian shepherd. this spirit control took charge of the manifestations from the other side. direct voice was the main feature, but many other supernormal manifestations were also witnessed. direct writin

al inquirer (12, no. 4, summer 1988. sources: academy of traditional chinese medicine. an outline of chinese acupuncture. china books, 1975. carus, paul. chinese astrology. lasalle, ill: open court, 1907. cerney, j. v. acupressure, acupuncture without needles. virginia beach, va: cornerstone, 1975. chee soo. chinese yoga: the chinese art of k ai men. london: gordon& cremonesi, 1977. chia, mantak. awaken healing energy through the tao: the taoist secret of circulating internal power. new york: aurora press, 1983. iron shirt chi kung i. huntington, n.y: healing tao books, 1986. chia, mantak, and maneewan chia. healing love through the tao: cultivating female sexual energy. huntington, n.y: healing tao books, 1986. da lui. t ai chu an and i ching. new york: harper& row, 1972. huard, pierre, a

ogram. however, the evening before the proceeding, as a result of prayer, he was healed of his heart problems. the angiogram could find none of the artery blockages previously reported. tawa s coming was to inaugurate the second coming of christ whom he said was then living in the middle east. the person did not yet know he was the christ and the christ essence had yet to enter him. he would soon awaken to his mission and identify himself and would be much revered. however, before that happened, the antichrist, living in england, would identify himself, and exercise power for one year. the fletchers were told that they were part of a chosen circle of followers who are messengers of the second coming. spirit in his mind and several other lesser volumes published soon afterward were the mean

re held in an isolated building over a stable behind bolted windows and doors. a curtain was thrown across one corner of the room to improvise a cabinet. as a rule a young black woman, aischa, sat with beraud behind the curtain, but richet has said that in the more effective experiments aischa was not present. beraud was not tied and wore a thin dress. by making magnetic (i.e, mesmeric) passes to awaken her from her trance, richet passed his hand all over her body and made sure that she had nothing hidden on her. the presence of aischa, of which mrs. noel made a point, greatly annoyed the medium, who complained that in the tropical heat the odor of the woman was unbearable. the materializations produced were very complete. bien boa appeared five or six times and offered opportunities for m

bed their work as temporary, as preparing the way for savizar and silarra. under the guidance of the couple known as savizar and silarra, the extraterrestrial earth mission matured into a new age organization announcing the planetary shift of humans from dense physical bodies into bodies of light. according to savizar and silarra, there are many masters present on earth today. it was their job to awaken these masters to the nature of their true selves and to cooperate with them in the co-creation of a new earth. assisting in this process, the pair taught a technique, the superconscious technique, which allowed people to manifest their desires by altering their picture of reality. in 1990, savizar and silarra were replaced by zavirah and ziva rah. each change was believed to announce a new

ople, then to france, where the group became firmly established at a chateau in fontainebleau. many well-known intellectuals spent time with the group, including katherine mansfield, clifford sharp (editor of the new statesman, and a. r. orage (editor of the new age. gurdjieff s system was a flexible one, employing both systematic and variable techniques to break habits of thought and emotion and awaken a higher consciousness. he would often shock his pupils out of routine reactions by a kind of westernized zen technique. fastidious intellectuals might be obliged to clean out stables, teetotalers to drink alcohol. in addition gurdjieff devised psychophysical group exercises, involving breathing techniques, music, and dance. he called his system the fourth way, as distinct from that of the

ice of the teachings of mystic g. i. gurdjieff (1872.1949) in transforming inner and outer life. address: p.o. box 27901-113, san francisco, ca 94127. gurdjieff studies group the london-based gurdjieff studies group is a fourth way group formed in 1994 by british gurdjieffean teacher james moore. georgei gurdjieff, a mystic and spiritual teacher, believed that there had been three classic ways to awaken the self and encounter spiritual reality, that of the yogi, the monk, and the fakir. the fourth way, symbolized in the ninepointed diagram called the enneagram, was the way of encounter with ordinary life. in his life gurdjieff used a combination of specific spiritual exercises along with the placement of students in conflict-laden, tension-filled situations to facilitate the awakening of t


ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 2

sions and enhanced consciousness. he described his remarkable experiences in his book guru (1971, which were similar to those reported by pandit gopi krishna. muktananda became spiritual head of shree gurudev ashram at ganeshpuri, near bombay, and attracted followers from all over india. he taught a traditional hindu mystical doctrine of sadhana or spiritual discipline, enhanced by his ability to awaken spiritual force in others through shaktipat. he first visited the united states in 1970, and four years later made a triumphal tour in california, where he gave an address to a convention of 500 psychologists and psychotherapists in san diego. charles garfield, clinical psychologist at the university of california, described muktananda as a highly developed being. american ashrams were esta

lso known as out-of-the-body travel. his first experience was at the age of twelve, stimulated by a visit with his mother to a spiritualist camp at clinton, iowa. after going to sleep, he apparently awoke to discover himself outside his physical body, looking down at it, and connected by a kind of elastic cord or cable. he thought at first that he had died, and prowled through the house trying to awaken members of his family, but was eventually drawn back into his physical body. this was the first of hundreds of other projections. in 1927, muldoon read some books on the occult and psychical science by the famous researcher hereward carrington, in which carrington had stated that the book le fantame des vivants by charles lancelin covered practically all that was known on the subject of ast

ding to onec, a set of teachings called om-notia zedia, the laws of the supreme deity, exists on venus. these teachings start with the utterly transcendent supreme deity from whom there issues an audible life stream of spirit. this life stream sustains the existence of all worlds and universes. human beings are soul existing in the ocean of spirit. souls have been placed in physical embodiment to awaken to their true nature. the soul may learn to exist apart from its physical body and to travel in the planes of existence between the physical world and god, beginning with the astral, causal, and mental planes. wendelle stevens has noted the similarity of these teachings with eckankar. onec believed in reincarnation and karma and accepted the idea of coming to earth to balance her personal k

brium would constitute the normal condition.seriousness and gaiety; optimistic tendencies and pessimistic; goodness and egoism; instincts of prudery and lasciviousness; the taste for solitude and the love of nature, and the attractions of civilization, etc. the differences, in which the spiritists see a striking proof of an absolute distinction between the spirits and their so-called instruments, awaken, on the contrary, in the mind of the psychologist the irresistible suspicion that these pretended spirits can be nothing but the products of the subconsciousness of the medium himself. f. w. h. myers argued that the first symptom of disintegration of personality is an idee fixe, the persistence of an uncontrolled and unmodifiable group of thoughts or emotions, which, from their brooding iso

et cult. london: lion, 1984. school of economic science. http/ www.schooleconomicscience.org. april 6, 2000. school of natural science see the great school of natural science school of universal philosophy and healing british spiritualist organization founded in 1946 by the medium grace spearman-cook, based on the teachings of her spirit guide ra-men-ra. the purpose of universal philosophy was to awaken the soul to its spiritual destiny so that it may participate actively in the working and unfolding of the cosmos. the school also published the monthly the occult gazette, last known address: 6 phillimore place, kensington, london, w8, england. schrenck-notzing, baron albert von (1862.1929) german pioneer of psychical research, a physician of munich who specialized in psychiatry, which even

e of what is termed taoist esoteric yoga. in distinction to the philosophical esoteric concept of the tao, but growing out of it, taoism as a religious system complete with temples and popular worship, became one of the three major religious systems of china, together with confucianism and buddhism. sources: chang, chung-yuan. tao; a new way of thinking. new york: harper& row, 1975. chia, mantak. awaken healing energy through the tao. new york: aurora press, 1983. chia, mantak, and michael winn. taoist secrets of love: cultivating male sexual energy. new york: aurora press, 1984. ch u ta-kao, trans. tao te ching. london: allen& unwin; new york: samuel weiser, 1937. lu k uan yu. taoist yoga: alchemy and immortality. london: rider& co, 1970. soo, chee. the chinese art of k ai men. london: go

sal law of life that creates, sustains, and progresses to eternal life; christ as the perfect demonstration of divine mind; the holy spirit as the action of divine mind within; the variety of forms of worship; the discovery of spiritual truth in the bible and all spiritual truths; and the immortality of humans. the church teaches that it is the essential duty of people to look within and begin to awaken the christ spirit. as one comes to understand universal law, oneness with god can be attained. address: 5030 n. drake, chicago, il 60625. tempon-teloris (ship of the dead) among the dayaks of borneo, the ship of the dead, the vessel that carried the souls of the departed in search of the hereafter, was generally represented in the shape of a bird, the hornbill (rhinoplax vigil. accompanying

n is restriction. orridge also began to identify what he was doing with magic. orridge identified the human problem as the narrowing of choice by society and the movement of most people into a sleep-like state in which they lose awareness of their vast potential. he believes that religion and politics are vast systems that operate to put people to sleep. temple members are those who have begun to awaken to their potential and are attempting to explore it even as they become more aware. a first step is coming to grips with one s mortality. members also seek to discover their true will (a basic concept of thelemic magic) and generally accept the basic thelemic notion, do what thou will shall be the whole of the law. topy has generally prescribed an intuitive approach to life rather than the


EXTRAORDINARY ENCOUNTERS AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EXTRATERRESTRIALS AND OTHERWORLDY BEINGS

a second, e ven stranger encounter. he was suffering fro m the effects of an assault by three men at his job, and as a consequence he was on strong medication and mostly bed-ridden. on the morning in question, he managed with considerable difficulty to drive his wife he was now married to the train station so that she could get to w o rk. once home he crawled back into bed and passed out, only to awaken a few minutes later. he was sitting straight up and staring at two nude women sitting on the bed. they we re strange-looking, with a we i rd, g l a s s y- e yed expression. one looked generally asian, something like an east indian; the other was blond, with eyes two or three times larger than normal. their cheekbones seemed abnormally high. the dark woman was watching her companion closely


FAUST

. i find no trace remaining of any spirit; it is all mere training. wagner by any dog, if he but be well trained, even a wise man s liking may be gained, yes, he deserves your favour thoroughly, a clever pupil of students, he. they go into the gateway of the town. study faust [entering with the poodle. meadow and field have i forsaken, that deeps of night from sight enroll; a solemn awe the deeps awaken, rousing in us the better soul. no wild desires can longer win me, no stormy lust to dare and do; the love of all mankind stirs in me, the love of god is stirred anew. be quiet, poodle! don t make such a riot! why at the threshold do you sniff the air? lie down behind the stove in quiet! my best of cushions i will give you there. as on the hillside pathway, leaping and running about, you am

ined the splendour of this festive german court. flowers in our chestnut tresses we are wearing gay and bright, silken threads and silken jesses also play their part tonight; for we think we are deserving all your praises full and clear. see the flowers we made, preserving all their bloom throughout the year. scraps of every tint we ve taken, each with due symmetric form; though each may your wit awaken, see the whole and feel its charm. fair are we in every feature, flower maidens gay of heart; for the ways of women s nature are so near akin to art. herald. let us see your baskets riches; head and arms bear lovely treasure, bear gay beauty that bewitches. let each choose what gives him pleasure. hasten till we see appearing gardens in each nook and alley. pedlars, wares, such beauty beari

ewd, in council wise, thus jason ruled, a joy to women s eyes. then orpheus, gentle, still, and contemplating, but, when he smote the lyre, all subjugating; keensighted lynceus who by day and dark past reef and shallow steered the sacred bark. danger is tested best by banded brothers: when one achieves, then praise him all the others. faust i beg, of hercules i would be learning! chiron. oh, woe! awaken not my yearning. phoebus i ne er had seen, nor yet seen ares, hermes, as they re called, in fine, when my enraptured vision met a form that all men call divine. a king by birth as was no other, a youth most glorious to view, a subject to his elder brother and to the loveliest women too. his like will gaea bring forth never nor hebe lead to heaven again; songs struggle in a vain endeavour, m


FELDMAN DANIEL QABALAH THE MYSTICAL HERITAGE OF THE CHILDREN OF ABRAHAM

the book was limited to those who had the psychic skill to see/read it in yetzirah (astral world of formation, and the strength to survive the impact of its power without shattering their shells.13 the powerful sefer hashmoth resurfaced in the early 1970 s, when it was transmitted through the gentleman responsible for the creation of the work of the chariot trust. for a series of nights, he would awaken in the early hours and record the succession of sinatic hebrew divine names and trees of life he would see as intense light patterns, using the level of psychic mediation described in the sefer hazohar (book of splendor) as one-twentieth cloudy mirror (the various designations regarding the mirror of consciousness in the zohar refer to different degrees of vision. clear mirror denotes the c

er one, the tantric texts (called shastra) on the chakras describe the chitshakti (energy of consciousness, known as the goddess kundalini, as a coiled snake asleep at the base of the chakric tree. the shekhinah of the qabalah is said to be in exile in the lower worlds. the kundalini and the shekhinah are two distinctly different allusions for the same thing. the snake of the kundalini is said to awaken and ascend the chakric tree, opening the chakric lotuses on her way to unite with her husband shiva in the ajna chakra at the forehead. the ascent by the kundalini is also called the satchakrabheda, the piercing of the six centers. the ascent of the tree of life by the shekhinah is called shabat (tbs, sabbath. on the sabbath, shekhinah ascends the tree of life and unites with her husband hv

to get the consciousness of small face xthe male and female active principle of the ayn(]ya. small face is the power of the ayn to project, preserve, and dissolve a unified small face universe. it is also the immense i-ness of the divine personality endowed with all possible attributes. when this i-ness is turned outward to the creation, it is stationed in the consciousness that i am all. when we awaken to the consciousness of small face, we% e2 2 e" 2' 8: h f e 2 4 realize that we (and all beings) have always been small face, not a little individual plagued with suffering. once a meditator unites with the consciousness of small face, there are two options. one is to remain fixed in it for the remainder of this small face universe. the second option is to renounce it xmeaning you renounce

he world of yetzirah. most such individuals access this station of consciousness by exiting the waking state; some are able to access it while simultaneously maintaining an operative awareness in the waking state. either way, there is some danger that attachment to this type of psychic ability can be an entrapment that inhibits further spiritual growth. among advanced devotees, there are some who awaken to a condition of continuous awareness of their chosen small face ideal within the context of a particular bhava. as with the lower psychic condition described above, most access this state by exiting their bodies in sleep or trance. a smaller number are seen to maintain a simultaneous awareness in the waking state of asiyah, and the higher astral states of yetzirah. hence, while in the wak

uality) regards all name and form as illusory, and that brahman (i.e. the ayn) alone exists. theravada, hinayana, tendai, shingon, tibetan, ch an, and zen buddhists perform variations of vast face meditation practices taught by gautama buddha (regarded as the eighth incarnation of vishnu by hindus) and other bodhisattvas (souls who reach enlightenment but remain incarnate to teach and help others awaken. the buddha practiced jnana yoga (lit. union through direct perception of the ayn) and taught ashtanga yoga (lit. eight-limbed yoga of concentration and discrimination. he sat under the bodhi tree, renouncing all experiences on all planes of existence. seeing that all the koshas (sanskrit word for shells of embodied existence) were empty, he perceived the ultimate truth of pure being in nir

of one s chosen small face ideal, or by a high level gatekeeper, or may even become transparent i.e. clear. when the reflection in the mirror of the gimel g is transparent i.e. cleared of reflection, the soul becomes invisible to the gatekeepers in the side columns of the tree, and all paths can be traversed without conflict or obstruction. such a soul is master of the tree. a good tip is: if you awaken in the geviyah in yetzirah and become aware of the watcher, instead of running from it, ignore any intrepidation you feel and proceed to go right through it' 8: h" 2: 2 2:e 8% many people get side tracked by attachment to psychic powers that can come when they awaken in their geviyah and elect to move from sefirah foundation/below into either of the side columns. one is well advised to resi

mit the amount of mantric repetition you do in the beginning. go slowly, and increase the amount in small increments over a substantial period of time. each individual should test the water to determine how much they are comfortable doing at the onset, and how much and how often to increase the amount. when you start silent mantric repetition, limit the duration to ten to fifteen minutes when you awaken in the morning, and that much again before you go to sleep. if you tend to wake up very groggy, you may wish to apply some cold water to your face before you begin, so that you do not fall back to sleep while sitting up. this is not an uncommon occurrence. if you have a hard time staying awake while you are meditating before you go to sleep, you may wish to do your practice a little earlier

protector, thou art my guide and my healer. i humbly pray that i may become worthy of thy grace and useful in service to thy purposes. gracious one, do not let me live this life spiritually in vain. fill this heart, mind, and soul with pure love, unconditional devotion for thee; renunciation of the fruits of all work unto thee; vigilant remembrance of thee, and whole-hearted surrender unto thee. awaken this soul to its divinity, and the divinity of all beings, and grant that it not remain deluded by thy world-bewitching play of illusion. and at the moment this life comes to an end, please grant me the vision of thy glory, as my last breath carries thy holy name. beloved lord, thank you for this day of life. please accept every worthy thought, word, and deed as a humble offering of love an

ve, whereby you float or fly. this is why many people report the sensation of flying in their dreams. once you get accustomed to being awake in your geviyah, it becomes possible to travel (and see and hear at) considerable distances, move through apparently solid objects, make contact with beings who dwell in this plane, and even read the earth s akashic record. a variety of psychic abilities can awaken. this can be quite stimulating, and is potentially an addictive distraction. if such abilities do arise in the course of your spiritual awakening, it is generally recommended that you renounce and ignore them in order to avoid the potential pitfalls. when you awake in your geviyah, it is best to commence the same meditation practice of repetition of root mantra and visualization that you do

encourage the reader to recognize and avoid psychic enslavement to wizards posing as advanced central column yogis. such shepherds do not tend their flocks as servants of the lord, but rather act for the enhancement of their own power, fame, and wealth. the lord doesn t need your money to accomplish his/her works, and doesn t need temples and rabbis, churches and priests, and mosques and imams to awaken the hearts of the children. the lord just wants the faithful intention of your mind, and the complete surrender of your heart. to quote a bengali devotional chant, holy mother, because thou lovest the burning ground, i have made a burning ground of my heart, that thou mayest come there and dance thy eternal dance. and, as it says in the last line of the last psalm 150:6, kol haneshamah tuhh


FRATER U D PRACTICAL SIGIL MAGIC

a lot from our standardized and smoothed-up everyday environment of glossy machines and industrial pseudo-aesthetics. since we are working with magis, or the original magical power which belongs, according to current theories, to a further exploration of the word method/ 19 praeter-conscious, i,e, gprimitive h stage of being, everything which reminds us of the times of amateurish handicraft will awaken primordial impulses in our reptilian brain. this will virtually automatically liberate the magical power in this section of the brain or awaken it in the first place. of course, all this depends largely on the mag our elings (i.e, your intuition) rather than in rules which other magicians have set up according to their own subjec but more frequently it will provoke total failure, my own ici

ry rarely, and the risk is comparatively small. it also happens mainly to sigil fanatics who don ft do anything else all day long but inoculate their unconscious, cramming it full with glyphs. the sigil of figure 3, however, is an example of a construction which n additional border. another aspect of putting a border around the sigil is that mandala structures (as depth psychology has shown) will awaken and activate archetypal material in the unconscious. thus, a border will facilita o spiritual and simsaid of most in a state 24/ practical sigil magic not be a problem as long as you actually have the sigil in front of you, such as hanging it on a wall or painting it onto a mirror, but even then it could be difficult to internalize a glyph with too many details to it. there are no limits to


FULL MOON RITUALS

earth. her mind fills with the fog of the early evening and smells of deers tongue and frankincense, the woods and the castle and the full moon. she sways back and forth to a music she hears and she sings this music to the north. ancient one of the north you who are earth she who is mother you who sleeps now the deep sleep of winter you who reminds us that we will all sleep and that we shall all awaken again. she who wraps us now in a cloak of cold yet warms us with the fires of the hearth from whom we come, and to whom we return come, ancient one of the north you who are earth she who is mother step lightly as the new fallen snow come dance with us this evening tinkle as icicles upon our roofs join us in our songs, laugh with us, fill our hearts with merriment as we celebrate together th


GILBERT AE WAITE A MAGICIAN OF MANY PARTS

dherstillfurtherfromherfamily.mymotherwas not in any considerable sense awomanled by emotions, even a woman of_'thechurchofromeifoundwouldsuit'21sentiment, and still less a person of intellectual life.idonotknowhow she came to change her form of so-called faith; andwheni saw him once on a day in my first twenties it didnotstrike me that father rooke could be called a persuasiveman, or onewhowould awaken personal devotion, even in susceptible girls.(sly,p.20)beforeherreception she hadwatchedthelayingofthefoundationstoneofthedominicanprioryat haverstockroad,and itmaybethatthesplendouroftheoccasion impressedhersufficiently to lead to herseekingoutthechurch.whatever the immediate causeofher conversion,emmawaite 'never doubted foronemomentthatshehaddonetherightthing'andif therehadbeen anydoubts


GILBERT THE GOLDEN DAWN TWILIGHT OF THE MAGICIANS

ned with magical utterance, he is neither ignorant nor evil. he explains his theory to his assistant:'by repeating your outer name in a certain way until it disappears in the mind, i can arrive at the real name within. and to utter it is to call upon the secretsoul-tosummon it from its lair..by certain rhythms and vibratory modulations of the voice it is possible to produce harmonicsofsound which awaken the inner name intolife-andthen to spell it out. note well, tospellit,spell-incanta255tion-themagical use ofsound-themeaning of the word of power used with such grand effect in the old forgotten hebrew magic. utter correctly the names of their forces, or angels..pronounce them with full vibratory power that awakensallthe harmonics, and you awaken also their counterpart in yourself; you summ


GNOSTIC HANDBOOK

the nature of the material plane, so a new current, a new vibration was available which offers redemption from our false perceptions and our self created imprisonment. the gnostic handbook page 79 the aim of life the aim of life is to offer man a chance to gain salvation, to enter the path of transfiguration. since time immemorial the pleroma has outlined an escape route, a path by which man may awaken the true self and grasp the gift of immortality. and immortality is a gift, in all mythologies we find a quest for immortality, a trial that leads to a reward of life eternal. in the twelve labours of hercules we have a series of initiations which lead to eternal life, while in the quest for the golden fleece (of immortality) we have jason overcoming immense odds to grasp it. the divine wil

:5 transfigurism aims at nothing more nor less than demolition of the old microcosm, including the lower and higher self and building a totally new lower and high self, from the root substance of the original kingdoms. the coming revolution, j.van rijckenborgh. the mechanism and aim of reincarnation is clear. reincarnation is a process by which the divine will uses the experiences of our lives to awaken us to his spiritual truth. the opportunities for liberation are limited and the clock of cause and effect (the book of judgement) is ticking away. if we ignore the opportunities enough, then at the omega day we may end up simply ceasing to exist. if we accept the opportunity, then our names are transferred to the book of life and our transformation begins. heaven and hell having studied thi

r you want as long as you say sorry to god and get forgiven. however, this is not what the gnostic tradition or for that matter the bible really says. the actual term repentance means to turn about, to reverse, to change. it means a point where an individual decides his life is going the wrong way and turns it about and heads in another direction. the term repentance in the gnostic sense means to awaken to the fact that one's life; being, mind and emotions are chained to the dialectic field and whatever ones does, one cannot escape. hence, only through transfiguration can liberation be achieved. the first stage of transfiguration is to turn away, to repent, to give-up the path of the world (the dialectic field) and begin the trek to redemption. this change of direction starts with the simp

r death and so forth. feasts and festivals. these are various religious celebrations which occur during the year. communion. this is celebrated as required to symbolise the life of jesus and his role in our entering the covenant with lord of wisdom. other sacraments include sacraments of healing and blessing. the gnostic handbook page 124 conclusions the goal of the gnostic apostolic church is to awaken mankind and bring him to a realisation of his true nature. mankind is moving towards the omega point, the great day when all must graduate or fall. this day is also the day of judgement in that only those who have entered the path of transfiguration and are being reborn can return to the treasury of light. those who are pursuing the path of transfiguration are truly new men, homo novus and


GNOSTIC STUDIES THE GNOSTIC HANDBOOK II GNOSTIC THEURGY

matter contra spirit: the nature of the alpha event. omega point chart of evolutionary technological cycle versus yuga/spirit cycle. fig three gnostic theurgy page 21 become dualites of an ethical nature. humanity can critically reason beyond genes and memes, beyond the archons, beyond the alpha event and return to the higher spiritual worlds. this means that mans error cannot be excused. he must awaken himself and achieve a rectification of the scheme of things. this rectification, however, can only occur after the nature of the system has been truly comprehended. the scheme of things in the gnostic worldview, however, goes far beyond the physical, or for that matter even the mental. if we accept the hypothesis that other dimensions, planes, even worlds exist, then there must be hierarchi

when we examine the cycle of eternal re-occurrence and the nature of transfiguration, we can see how wrong traditional views of reincarnation are. reincarnation is not some carefully graded developmental process, but an opportunity to escape the lower worlds, to return to the dimension where real evolution takes place. luckily for us, there is a knowledge, a wisdom, a gnosis. a knowledge that can awaken us to the falseness of our everyday masks and personas, and assist in the process of breaking free to become what we really are. this transformation is never easy. to go beyond everything that exists in the lower worlds takes a special awareness, a special will and that is what being a gnostic is all about. real integration is a complete existential disappearance from this entire nature fie

nd adept, and sense the hga as a far away goal. in many traditions (such as bhakti yoga) the hga is seen as a focus of devotion and veneration. it is even sometimes visualized as a deity or personal spirit. this stage of the spiritual path is where we mind body emotion life out of balance work etc life centred on the true self fig 16 gnostic theurgy page 69 work to subjugate the mind and body and awaken the hga. this stage is probably one of the most misunderstood aspects of the mystical tradition. christians talk about giving their life to jesus, making christ the centre of their existence and yet do not have any idea of what this really means. the christian concept of conversion is a corruption of the mystical transformation that happens when we enter the path of transfiguration. the chr

dging the people. its name suggests the immense and awesome power of this centre, it is that of divinity, godhood and deification. through this enlightened state the whole universe and world is seen for what it really is- and judged accordingly. gnostic theurgy page 83 the characteristic of the city is a final warning, arrogance, compromise and destruction will be the "reward" of those who do not awaken to this state correctly. the characteristic of those who have grown correctly is godhood. the commendation has also been removed from the description. there is no second chance here, either perfection or destruction. the counsel and warning is similar, be zealous and not lukewarm. so then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, i will spew thee out of my mouth. revelation 3:16

, the solar sphere transmits both pure and fallen vibrations, in religious terms it trans- mits the energies of the treasury of light and the forces of the archons. in the terms of esoteric science, it transmits x and y factors (fig 32) to explain this point further, the treasury of light, which exists beyond and behind the sun, uses the solar logos as a gateway through which higher forces can re-awaken man. these forces are, in gnostic terms, the logos and sophia. when they are manifested within the life of a gnostic the true self is awakened and the student becomes christed. the logos and sophia are the twin poles of the x factor. at the same time however, the sun also transmits the destructive currents of the demiurge, these must be resisted and controlled if liberation is to be achieve

our energy forces (fig 33) the solar sphere is, hence, the focus of the mystery tradition, whether it be apollo, mithra, christ, horus or ra, we can see the secret teachings in application. the solar sphere itself became a symbol of the hidden mysteries. at rising it is the logos, at the height it is the christ, at setting it is sophia. this represents the doorway through which fallen mankind can awaken. i am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture. john 10:9 the imagery of the solar sphere is central to our understanding of the technology of the gnosis. these forces control mankind and influence our religion, philosophy and way of life. we can see in the many sun based cultures of the past, both destructive and constructive facets

n. like the physical sun, it can heal or hurt, it can scorch the earth or foster life. the world is a chessboard, on which the battle between light and darkness is played out, the physical world is both a cage and an opportunity for growth. on a practical level we may understand the world as a school or educational facility, through which we gain experience, and through this experience, hopefully awaken the innermost self. various ideologies and perspectives are played off against each other through many incarnations offering a chance, a glimpse of immortality. we must study, learn and apply the knowledge we gain so that we can graduate to the higher worlds. as we are reborn through the transfiguration process, we must accelerate the receipt of the light energy (x factors) and gnostic theu

with works. salvation is a process through which the treasury of light works in conjunction with you! it is not a one way street! the actual term repentance means to turn about, to reverse, to change. it represent the stage at which an individual decides his life is going in the wrong direction and turns it gnostic theurgy page 134 totally about. the term repentance in the gnostic sense means to awaken to the fact that one's life; being, mind and emotions are chained within the world of the archons and whatever ones does, one cannot escape. only by entering the path of transfiguration can liberation be achieved. the first step on the path (transfiguration) is to turn away, to repent, to give-up the ways of the world (the dialectic field) and begin the journey to redemption. this change of

are fully relaxed you can either just enjoy it, probably a good idea for the first few time or undertake some spiritual work. affirmations are useful here, for example, you may wish to repeat some of the things i want to develop from our early exercise. affirmations should be in a positive frame where possible (i wish to be healthy and slim not i wish to lose weight) and given in short phases. to awaken, slowly move the body and bring awareness back to the muscles, sit up. turn off the music, turn on the phone and return. gnostic theurgy page 151 in the above technique we used a range of visualisations, these are an important part of gnostic practise and we need to consider their value and use. pranayama and relaxation as an adjunct to relaxation, pranayama (or breath control) is a useful

have originated about the same time as the the knight templars. while their teachings are similar, the rosicrucians had a much stronger mystical emphasis. the name rosicrucian is from the image of the rosy cross, a single red rose superimposed on a crucifix. this icon had a wide spectrum of interpretations, but the primary emphasis was on the pain and suffering required to find the true self and awaken it. in the fourteenth century the brothers of the rose cross made a somewhat public appearance by creating the myth of christian rosencrantz, a superhuman figure who had supposed lived for 106 years and left his secrets to the order. this had the desired effect and many rosicrucian orders arose. in the seventeenth century a range of manifestoes were penned by many members gnostic theurgy pa


GOETIA LUCIFERIAN

a, encircling the self in the announced conjurations of the four quarters. azazel i summon thee fire-djinn of the southern quarter, be the torch which would ignite me, immolate me in your presence, as your child on the path of shadow unto light. samael great dragon transformed, i summon thee as fulmino-lucifer, the morning star of the east, the serpent-angel of the emerald crown who fell to earth awaken now and open forth the gates of the imagination by air and dream. mahazael father of the witch spirit, who blesses and curses under the hidden and bright moon, i do summon thee forth unto me, initiator of flame and iron, come thou forth unto this circle. horned beast and angel perfected, awaken to my northern calls of the earth! in hearth and forest shall you walk with me; in shadowed valle

er or azal ucel, a lightning flash comes from his left eye into yours. as this flash strikes you, a voice is heard within your mind, a single question is asked. you will know this question as this moment occurs. move yourself and your body of light into this angelic being, and allow your self to become engulfed in his fire. let the eyes open in the astral plane with the eyes of lucifer; you shall awaken in this light. practice this frequently, until you feel an instinctual communication with this force. you are becoming in the luciferian light. the body of light is used in scrying and of tarot workings as well. allow the self to listen to the instincts which grant you foresight, this shall be a powerful tool in all that you do in daily life. it is highly recommended to work with the spirit


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS VENUSZAM16

return to the altar so that the latter is between the operator and the previously ascertained position of venus. say "o thou divine one, who dwellest in the majesty and desire of netzach, the seventh sephira. yhvh tzboath, lord of hosts, ruling in glory, magnificence and grace, look upon me, i beseech thee, as i perform this consecration ceremony. let a ray from thy perfection descend upon me, to awaken within my 4 being that which shall prove a channel for the working of thine abundant power. may this venus talisman which i have made be a focus of thy light and life and love so that it may awaken within my soul a clear vision and a stronger aspiration to the light" step 9 draw the letters yhvh tzboath in hebrew and its sigil in the air. then, trace the same over the heart region and vibra


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS Z1

ily to inhabit himself as its temple. 18 another formula of vibration is here hidden. let the adept, standing upright, with his arms stretched out in the form of a calvary cross, vibrate a divine name, bringing with the formulation thereof a deep inspiration into his lungs. let him retain the breath then mentally pronouncing the name in his heart, so as to combine it with the forces he desires to awaken. he then sends it downwards through his body past dwsy, not resting there, but taking his physical life for a material basis, and sends it on into his feet. there he shall again momentarily formulate the name- then, bringing it rushing upwards into the lungs, then shall he breathe it forth strongly, while vibrating that divine name. he will send his breath steadily forward into the universe

then sends it downwards through his body past dwsy, not resting there, but taking his physical life for a material basis, and sends it on into his feet. there he shall again momentarily formulate the name- then, bringing it rushing upwards into the lungs, then shall he breathe it forth strongly, while vibrating that divine name. he will send his breath steadily forward into the universe so as to awaken the corresponding forces of the name in the outer world. standing with his arms out in the form of a cross, when the breath has been imaginatively sent to the feet and back, bring the arms forward in the sign of the enterer, while vibrating the name out into the universe. on completing this, make the sign of silence and remain still, contemplating the force you have invoked. this is the sec

four cardinal points at the four quarters, and the equation of the elements. this is the baptism of the place and, as it were, the preparation of a fitting shrine for the forces of the divine light. while all this goes forward, especially after the hierophant s for by names and images are all powers awakened and reawakened, the officers become clothed in their godforms and the invisible stations awaken. the procession of officers is then formed in the north in readiness for the mystic circumambulation in the path of light. it is formed in the north, beginning from the station of stolistes, the symbol of the waters of creation attracting the divine spirit, and therefore alluding to the creation of the world by the spirit and the waters. the mystic reverse circumambulation forms its process

e sign of silence, were there placed affirming the concealment of that central atom of the wheel, which alone revolves not. the mystic circumambulation is symbolic of the rise of light and from it is drawn another formulation for the circulation of the breath. this formula should be preceded by that of the middle pillar as described previously. by this method, having invoked the power you wish to awaken in yourself, and having contemplated it, begin its circumambulation thus: fill the lungs and imagine the name vibrating in the contained m. imagine this vibration going down the left leg to the sole of the left foot- then passing over to the sole of the right foot then up the right leg to the lungs again, where it is exhaled. do this four times to the rhythm of the fourfold breath. the obje


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS Z2

, save that the conjurations, etc, are to be made to the appropriate plane of the form instead of to hnyb. 14 c spiritual development a. the sphere of sensation. b. the augoeides. c. the sephiroth, etc. employed. d. the aspirant, or natural man. e. the equilibration of the symbols. f. the invocation of the higher. the limiting and controlling of the lower and the closing of the material senses to awaken the spiritual. g. attempting to make the natural man grasp the higher by first limiting the extent to which mere intellect can help him herein and then by purification of his thoughts and desires. in doing this let him formulate himself as standing between the pillars of o and cloud. h. the aspiration of the whole natural man towards the higher self, and a prayer for light and guidance thro


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM16

altar so that the latter is between the operator and the previously ascertained position of k. say "o thou divine one, who dwellest in the majesty and love of dsj, the fourth sephira. la, source of the river gihon, god strong and mighty, ruling in glory, magnificence and grace, look upon me, i beseech thee, as i perform this consecration ceremony. let a ray from thy perfection descend upon me, to awaken within my being that which shall prove a channel for the working of thine 4 abundant power. may this k talisman which i have made be a focus of thy light and life and love so that it may awaken within my soul a clear vision and a stronger aspiration to the light" step 9 draw the letters la in hebrew and its sigil in the air. then, trace the same over the heart region and vibrate la several


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM20

i may behold only the holy vision that descends from that divine brilliance, the scintillation and coruscation of the divine glory. that divine brilliance, that light which lighteth the universe, that light which surpasseth the glory of the sun, beside which the light of mortals is but darkness, that in the closing of my physical senses to the vibrations of the outer and the lower, i may learn to awaken those spiritual faculties by which i may attain at length to perfect union with the divine and unalterable being" step 14 consider the divine ideal, circulate the divine white brillance through and around the body keeping the rtk sphere glowing above your head, and say slowly "from thine hands, o lord, cometh all good. from thine hands flow down all grace and blessing. the characters of nat


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM22

with the analysis of the keyword. step 2 return to the altar so that the altar is between the operator and the previously ascertained position of cmc. recite the following: o thou divine one who dwellest in the majesty and beauty of trapt the sixth sephira, tudw hwla hwhy look upon me, i beseech thee, as i perform this consecration ceremony. let a ray from thy holy perfection descend upon me, to awaken within my being that which shall prove a channel for the working of thine abundant power and beauty. may this talisman of a which i have made, be a focus of thy light, life, and love and beauty, so that it may awaken within my soul a clear vision and a stronger aspiration to the light divine. step 3 trace letters and rose cross sigil of tudw hwla hwhy in the air, and visualize these letters


GRIMM JACOB TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 3

the repenting culprit begs (6, 48, post ti'iduum corpus touatis ut ipsum et comburatis, in aquani cineres jaciatis, nejuhar ahscondat sol, aut aer necjet imhrem, ne per me grando dicatur laedere mundo. let her body be taken off the gallows and burnt, and the ashes he strown on ivater, lest, being scattered in air, it should breed clouds, drought and jiail. just so the devil's ashes are sti'own to awaken storm and tempest, p. 1071-3; the chronicon s. bertini states that richilde, before her fight with robert the frisian, threw dust in the air against the frisians with formulas of imprecation, but it fell back on her own head in token of her speedy overthrow. she meant, like thorger^r and irpa, to destroy the enemy by tempest. justinger's chron. of bern p. 205 relates how a woman, secretly s


GRIMM TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 2 1883 COMPLETE

that he proceeded out of matter which he rolled into globules and buried in manure (see suppl. on. literature deals in no prose terms, but at once comes out with the poetic name iotunox iotunoxi (giant-ox; as that giant maiden took the ploughman with his oxen and plough for crawl ing beetles (p. 540, finn, sontiainen, sondiainen, dung-beetle from sonda, fimus, so conversely the real beetle might awaken the notion of a iotunox. to liken the small animal to the large was natural. our biggest beetle, the stately antlered stag-beetle, the romans called lucanus, nigid. in pliny 11, 28 (34, with which i suppose is connected the well-known luca los, lucanus or lucana bos, a name wrhich got shifted from the horned beast to a tusked one, the elephant (varro 7, 39. 40. 0. mull. p. 135. but we call


H SPENCER LEWIS ROSICRUCIAN MANUAL AMORC 1990

of these rules as possible. 1. upon arising in the morning start the day with a prayer of thankfulness to god for the return of consciousness, because of the opportunities it affords to continue the great work and mission of your life. face the geographical east, inhale fresh air with seven deep breaths, exhale them slowly with mind concentrated upon the vitality going to each part of the body to awaken the psychic centers. then bathe, and drink a glass of cold water before eating. 2. upon retiring, and after conducting all psychic experiments scheduled for the night, or attending to any special psychic or rosicrucian work contained in your weekly lesson or program, give thanks [156] to god for the day and its fruits; ask the cosmic hosts to accept your psychic services while you sleep, to

ut we will not touch upon the use of the word to indicate one who is an officer of a lodge or director of a degree of the work. otherwise the term is used to represent one who has attained some degree of perfection in evolution, or a high sense of mastership of laws and principles. cosmic masters are not deities. they are intelligences who were once mortals. they became masters by learning how to awaken and apply the powers of self so they could direct the affairs of their life consonantly with cosmic purpose. by such development, they rose to that soul personality development where it became no longer necessary for them to incarnate in physical form. invisible masters, on the other hand, are those who have passed from this plane to the cosmic plane and from there project their personaliti


HELENA BLAVATSKY NIGHTMARE TALES

f the love of all- what could the soul-ego desiremore for the form it dwelt in. and so the soul-ego goes on enjoying existence in its tower of strength, gazing quietly at the panorama oflife ever changing before its two windows- the two kind blue eyes of a loving and good man. iiione day an arrogant and boisterous enemy threatens the father's kingdom, and the savage instincts of thewarrior of old awaken in the soul-ego. it leaves its dreamland amid the blossoms of life and causes its egoof clay to draw the soldier's blade, assuring him it is in defence of his country. prompting each other to action, they defeat the enemy and cover themselves with glory and pride. they makethe haughty foe bite the dust at their feet in supreme humiliation. for this they are crowned by history withthe unfadi

itative faculties ofthe fast disorganizing body, haunting the thinker daily, nightly, hourly. the sight of his snorting steed pleases him no longer. the recollections of guns and banners wrested from theenemy; of cities razed, of trenches, cannons and tents, of an array of conquered spoils now stirs but little hisnational pride. such thoughts move him no more, and ambition has become powerless to awaken in hisaching heart the haughty recognition of any valorous deed of chivalry. visions of another kind now haunt hisweary days and long sleepless nights. what he now sees is a throng of bayonets clashing against each other in a mist of smoke and blood;thousands of mangled corpses covering the ground, torn and cut to shreds by the murderous weapons devisedby science and civilization, blessed t

test, aye, even with hell itself! but there is an end to everything, and very soon franz had to give up uninterrupted dreaming. he had reachedthe university town where dwelt his old violin teacher, samuel klaus. when this antiquated musician foundthat his beloved and favourite pupil, franz, had been left poor in purse and still poorer in earthly affections,he felt his strong attachment to the boy awaken with tenfold force. he took franz to his heart, and forthwithadopted him as his son. the old teacher reminded people of one of those grotesque figures which look as if they had just stepped outof some mediaeval panel. and yet klaus, with his fantastic allures of a night-goblin, had the most lovingheart, as tender as that of a woman, and the self-sacrificing nature of an old christian martyr


HELENA BLAVATSKY THE KEY TO THEOSOPHY

with this object in view, it is the duty of all theosophists to promote in every practical way, and in all countries, the spread of non-sectarian education) see remark on the use of the word aryan a couple of pages back page 24 the key to theosophy- hp blavatsky.txt q. what do the written statutes of your society advise its members to do besides this? on the physical plane, i mean? a. in order to awaken brotherly feeling among nations we have to assist in the international exchange of useful arts and products, by advice, information, and cooperation with all worthy individuals and associations (provided, however, add the statutes "that no benefit or percentage shall be taken by the society or the 'fellows' for its or their corporate services. for instance, to take a practical illustration

piritual vision and clairvoyance. we can only perceive that, if things with us ought to have been different, they would have been different; that we are what we have made ourselves, and have only what we have earned for ourselves. q. i am afraid such a conception would only embitter us. a. i believe it is precisely the reverse. it is disbelief in the just law of retribution that is more likely to awaken every combative feeling in man. a child, as much as a man, resents a punishment, or even a reproof he believes to be unmerited, far more than he does a more severe punishment, if he feels that it is merited. belief in karma is the highest reason for reconcilement to one's lot in this life, and the very strongest incentive towards effort to better the succeeding rebirth. both of these, indee

, and i must have my say. i quite agree that there is a great advantage to a small child bred in the slums, having the gutter for playground, and living amid continued coarseness of gesture and word, in being placed daily in a bright, clean schoolroom hung with pictures, and often gay with flowers. there it is taught to be clean, gentle, orderly; there it learns to sing and to play; has toys that awaken its intelligence; learns to use its fingers deftly; is spoken to with a smile instead of a frown; is gently rebuked or coaxed instead of cursed. all this humanizes the children, arouses their brains, and renders them susceptible to intellectual and moral influences. the schools are not all they might be and ought to be; but, compared with the homes, they are paradises; and they slowly are r


HP LOVECRAFT A DARK LORE

regain command of my muscles. arising with a caution more impulsive than deliberate, i found and donned my hat, took my valise, and started downstairs with the flashlight s aid. in my nervousness i kept the revolver clutched in my right hand, being able to take care of both valise and flashlight with my left. why i exerted these precautions i do not really know, since i was even then on my way to awaken the only other occupant of the house. as i half-tiptoed down the creaking stairs to the lower hall i could hear the sleeper more plainly, and noticed that he must be in the room on my left- the living-room i had not entered. on my right was the gaping blackness of the study in which i had heard the voices. pushing open the unlatched door of the living-room i traced a path with the flashligh


HP LOVECRAFT HYPNOS

time to the shadow which had now grown so frightful a menace. then came one january of fog and rain, when money ran low and drugs were hard to buy. my statues and ivory heads were all sold, and i had no means to purchase new materials, or energy to fashion them even had i possessed them. we suffered terribly, and on a certain night my friend sank into a deep-breathing sleep from which i could not awaken him. i can recall the scene now-the desolate, pitch-black garret studio under the eaves with the rain beating down; the ticking of our lone clock; the fancied ticking of our watches as they rested on the dressing-table; the creaking of some swaying shutter in a remote part of the house; certain distant city noises muffled by fog and space; and, worst of all, the deep, steady, sinister breat


HP LOVECRAFT THE MUSIC OF ERICH ZANN

wn his bow i asked him if he would render some of them. as i began my request the wrinkled satyrlike face lost the bored placidity it had possessed during the playing, and seemed to show the same curious mixture of anger and fright which i had noticed when first i accosted the old man. for a moment i was inclined to use persuasion, regarding rather lightly the whims of senility; and even tried to awaken my host s weirder mood by whistling a few of the strains to which i had listened the night before. but i did not pursue this course for more than a moment; for when the dumb musician recognized the whistled air his face grew suddenly distorted with an expression wholly beyond analysis, and his long, cold, bony right hand reached out to stop my mouth and silence the crude imitation. as he di


HP LOVECRAFT THE THING IN THE MOONLIGHT

e words he wrote, though others have laughed. he was alone the evening it happened. suddenly an unconquerable urge to write came over him, and taking pen in hand he wrote the following: my name is howard phillips. i live at 66 college street, in providence, rhode island. on november 24, 1927--for i know not even what the year may be now, i fell asleep and dreamed, since when i have been unable to awaken. my dream began in a dank, reed-choked marsh that lay under a gray autumn sky, with a rugged cliff of lichen-crusted stone rising to the north. impelled by some obscure quest, i ascended a rift or cleft in this beetling precipice, noting as i did so the black mouths of many fearsome burrows extending from both walls into the depths of the stony plateau. at several points the passage was roo

t came, i still wandered, hoping for awakening. but suddenly i parted the weeds and saw before me the ancient railway car--and to one side a cone-faced thing lifted its head and in the streaming moonlight howled strangely! it has been the same each day. night takes me always to that place of horror. i have tried not moving, with the coming of nightfall, but i must walk in my slumber, for always i awaken with the thing of dread howling before me in the pale moonlight, and i turn and flee madly. god! when will i awaken? that is what morgan wrote. i would go to 66 college street in providence, but i fear for what i might find thed the tomb by h.p. lovecraft 1917 in relating the circumstances which have led to my confinement within this refuge for the demented, i am aware that my present posit


INFERNAL SABBAT LIVE

zation and the strength to become something better. this black mass, as performed in two parts through the musick of psychonaut 75, is that of two aspects of the dragon the light and the grave, unto earth the fallen angels descend, the earth opens and the vampyric shades and the dead walk the earth. this ritual was designed as a means of opposition to bigotry and oppression, that lucifer rises to awaken each with the black flame of perception and self-love, while the vampyric archetype announces the communion of the cthonic forces of the earth, the demonium of the earth. this ritual is thus in two parts i the ritual of lucifer ii- the ritual of lilith join with us, summon with us awaken the black light and master the primal darkness! designed to induce the symbolic role of the vampyre and

enerally shuns. musickally psychonaut 75 is an industrial and ritualistic band which embodies the essence of not only chaos sorcery and luciferian witchcraft, but experimentation and extreme electronic and hybrid soundscapes. gate of black earth, nephillmic tomb in the sunless palace of azrail, open forth the dreaming fields of night, from thy vessel, born of lilith s womb shall the vampyre shade awaken before us lilith, queen of those who walk the shadows- i come before you, night born as the queen of the dead. behold unto my death mask, the temple of azothoz as a current of the living flame. i shall bless each one of you with the devil s sight, the serpents tongue shall speak of the secret alphabet which ye all shall scribe on the walls of the sunless palace, scribe your name in the blac


INTRODUCTION TO THE SEVEN FACES OF DARKNESS

ting sentimental attachments to cultural norms, which most non-thinking people call "good" but by actively making fun of such attachments in symbolic ways such as a black mass, a black seder, eating beef (if raised hindu, and so forth. this antinomian stance is no different than the stances above, but it draws the most fire from the public, because it is a reminder to the sleepers that they could awaken, and such reminders are always painful. for those of us along the lhp, we often forget how painful the light was to our eyes when we first left the cave. after the initiate has broken with the symbol systems that teach obedience, he or she must create his or her own cosmology. it is at this point when a unified, coherent picture of the universe begins to emerge from the four areas of body


JASMUHEEN THE FOOD OF GODS

unconditional love etc. walk hand in hand with the higher aspects of our thinking on the mental plane. these are the thoughts that say to us, why we are here? can we live in harmony? can we co-exist in peace? can we all get along? and when we sincerely want to know, the intelligent universe that surrounds us gives us the food we need to actualize it all and grow. these are the thoughts that also awaken and feed our dow. mind mastery versus boxing& limitations: in my mid teens i met an indian guru who i saw regularly over the next decade as i was hungry for not just what he had to say but also for the energy that radiated from him, an invisible force field that seemed to touch and feed my soul. yet i realized over time that he always had the same thing to say, it was just delivered via dif


JESSUP MK THE CASE FOR THE UFO

state of existence and cognizance? are, therefore, our current troubles, domestically and internationally, but the excruciating birth pains of such a renaissance, as we could not have imagined one short generation ago? will we, then perhaps be welcomed rather than repelled by the intelligences which inhabit the ufo's or which may even be the ufo's? man's emotional structure is such that he cannot awaken to powers of 'true-'thinking' alright so it was not thougth that man would ever mature, don't worry, jemi. probably the oldest, and almost surely the most prolific of sources bearing on wingless flight, are the records of the indian and tibetan monasteries. these in themselves are almost conclusive. records of 15,000 years ago imply wingless flight at least 70,000 years prior to that. add t


K AMBER THE BASICS OF MAGICK

hou wilt (crowley) is an axiom of magick; for the true will expresses our exact desires. and what we truly want('down deep) we tend to automatically get. this isn't always in our best interests, since the true will can be conditioned (tricked) by the illusion; and then we might desire and obtain that which is not ultimately good for us (karma strikes again) the task of the magician therefor is to awaken his awareneess of the true will, to be free of conditioning, and thereby to transcend maya('my will unconditioned is magical- spare. happiness is being happy there is no great secret to changing behavior or habits. it is largely a matter of determination. it requires that you ignore the 'pull' of the model when you strive for changes within yourself. the model is, after all, a collection of

ght (about every 2 hours. the longest dreams occur in the morning. everyone dreams. you are more likely to remember the details of your dream when you first wake up. by keeping a dream diary you will improve dream recall. have writing equipment or a tape recorder at your bedside for this purpose; also a light which isn't too bright. suggest to yourself several times before you go to sleep "i will awaken with the knowledge of a dream" then when you do awaken, move quietly (sometimes just turning over drives the idea away. remember first, then write the dream down, and then add as many details as possible. the next day check for objective facts and expand if you can (by remembering 'what happened before that. once you start remembering your dreams in this way, it will become easier to do so


KETAB E SIYAH

s tongue is so clever that it thus deceives we whose wisdom can know all truth. yet i am not so befuddled by the serpent and his cunning speech for i am less in power to only him and god and so cannot be thus enspelled by him but there is no shame for you lesser ones who had not the wisdom or the strength, given to you by birth and blood, to penetrate the falsehood of the wholly false. yet let me awaken you from satan's glamour and show you the truth in what has come to be. cast back your minds with knowing eyes to pierce through all the perjurer's design and see the truth of both his hand and voice. thus you all are witnesses to his crime, though well he has concealed it. is there one amongst this throng that cannot recall the wyrm's approach, beguiling them with subtle words, inciting th

s tongue is so clever that it thus deceives we whose wisdom can know all truth. yet i am not so befuddled by the serpent and his cunning speech for i am less in power to only him and god and so cannot be thus enspelled by him but there is no shame for you lesser ones who had not the wisdom or the strength, given to you by birth and blood, to penetrate the falsehood of the wholly false. yet let me awaken you from satan's glamour and show you the truth in what has come to be. cast back your minds with knowing eyes 72 to pierce through all the perjurer's design and see the truth of both his hand and voice. thus you all are witnesses to his crime, though well he has concealed it. is there one amongst this throng that cannot recall the wyrm's approach, beguiling them with subtle words, inciting

well is it in my power to conquer mot but for ereshkigal's standing with him. i cannot oppose both these archons without then weakening myself to heaven. yet by some stratagem shall i win. mot is a greedy spirit and hungers for warmth as only those that abide in the chill of death might hunger for the warmth of life. yet by giving him some small part of that which he would desire of me may i then awaken in him an appetite to dull his wit and make incautious one who is most arrogant to oppose, unopposed himself for so long a time. if he would think himself the stronger of us two that do contend then he shall find himself the weaker. yet first, before my victory, there is a price that must be paid that later it might be won back. ishtar you must go to the land of mot and demand for me these

t in darkens and made it apparent to us. now we bring you a brand in darkness. we bring hope to you that have long despaired. will you not take up the brand and lead? surely chadel has not come to this shame 373 that you have forsaken the battle and yielded before you are defeated. this is the moment of the brave soul. let the shedim and the nephilim awake. the night is over and the dawn is nigh. awaken, satanael, and live once more. a bright road burns before us and we might now return to the earth and walk once more amongst the nephilim. let us strive together and drive the elohim from earth. do not be defeated by despair but take up the sword and fight. we go to earth to seek out gabriel. do you stand with us" like a spear cast or a bolt, burning, shining flew these words. they struck m


LAITMAN M BASIC CONCEPTS IN KABBALAH

n from our ordinary senses. hence, this book is intended to foster the contemplation of spiritual terms. to the extent that we are integrated with these terms, we can begin to see with our inner vision the unveiling of the spiritual structure that surrounds us, almost as if a mist had been lifted. again, this book is not aimed at the study of facts. instead, it is a book for beginners who wish to awaken the deepest and subtlest sensations they can possess. michael laitman 13 i n t r o d u c t i o n open slightly your heart to me, and i will reveal the world to you--the book of zohar who am i? why do i exist? where did we come from? where are we going? and what is our purpose here? have we been in this world before? why is there suffering in this world and can we avoid it? how can we attain

he beyond. as the light enters the point, we perceive a wider and clearer picture of the upper world and see our past and future. in the introduction to the study of the ten sefirot, item 155, it is written: why do kabbalists obligate each person to study kabbalah? this is because even when people who study kabbalah do not understand what they are learning, through their desire to understand they awaken upon themselves the light that surrounds their souls. this means that every person is guaranteed to attain all that the creator has prepared in the thought of creation. one who has not achieved it in this life will be granted it in one of the next lives. until one becomes capable of receiving this light within, it continues to shine outside and wait for that person to create a sense of its


LAITMAN M FROM CHAOS TO HARMONY

r the mutual guarantee) and following it came the third, and last treatise, the peace. baal hasulam s intention to disseminate the wisdom of kabbalah to the masses was disagreeable to some public leaders, and they halted the publication of these essays to prevent the spreading of the wisdom. baal hasulam was not the first kabbalist to receive this treatment. the ramchal, for example, who tried to awaken the people prior to the end of the exile, suffered from a similar attitude to his attempts. in the gates of ramchal, essay: the debate, p.97, he wrote: rashbi (rabbi shimon bar-yochai) had so screamed about it, and calls upon those who engage in the literal torah, that they are asleep it is the fruit of the exile that israel, through our many faults, have forgotten this path and remained as


LAITMAN M KABBALAH REVEALED

nt reshimo, but since now we re going back up the ladder, the present reshimo is awakening its original creator. thus, we should never expect to end our present state so we can rest, because when the present our universe 83 state is over, it will lead to the next in line until we complete our correction. when we try to become altruistic (spiritual) we come closer to our corrected state because we awaken the reshimot more quickly. and since those reshimot are records of higher spiritual experiences, the sensations they create in us are more spiritual sensations. when that happens, we begin to vaguely sense the connectedness, unity, and love that exist in that state, much like a distant, faint light. the more we try to reach it, the closer we come to it, and the stronger it shines. moreover


LAITMAN M KABBALAH ATTAINING THE WORLDS BEYOND

ominate us, egoism or altruism? but when does such a neutral state occur in which we are able to make a free choice? thus, there is no other path for us but to attach ourselves to a teacher, to delve into kabbalah books, to join a group that aspires to reach the same goals, to open ourselves to the influence of thoughts about altruism and spiritual strength. consequently, the altruistic seed will awaken in us the seed, which was implanted in each of us, but which sometimes remains dormant for many life cycles. this is the essence of our free will. once we begin to feel the awakened altruistic desires, we will try to perceive the spiritual without much effort. a person who strives to attain spiritual thoughts and actions, but is not yet firmly attached to certain personal convictions, must


LAITMAN M KABBALAH SCIENCE AND THE MEANING OF LIFE

ual world. everything we perceive in reality is through an equivalence of qualities. therefore, we see and discover new things in the world according to the qualities within us. as we mature, we acquire new qualities, both from our parents and from our surroundings. after absorbing them, we can use them to study our surrounding reality. we acquire many different kinds of attributes, some of which awaken in us naturally in time, and some that are acquired by the influence of our environp r e s e n t i n g k a b b a l a h 25 ment. however, some qualities cannot be acquired naturally, and must be developed within us through a special method. the wisdom of kabbalah builds such qualities. the act of studying authentic texts by genuine kabbalists affect us as readers in a unique way, evoking sub

this world. when the point in the heart a genuine desire to reawaken the sensation of the spiritual world awakens in people, they come to the wisdom of kabbalah. the study of the wisdom of kabbalah is the study of our true state: the pre-shattering state. this is the only state that exists. even now we are in it, though we are unaware of it. by wanting to come out of the dark state we are in and awaken to feel our real existence, we draw to ourselves the effect of the light within that state. our efforts to unlock our tools of sensation and to perceive our actual state of being, develop new vessels in us. thus we begin to feel how we are all connected as parts of a single system. there is endless light and fulfillment flowing continually through each part of the system. the reason for all

therefore we must ask, why then, did the kabbalists obligate each person to study the wisdom of kabbalah? indeed there is a great thing in it, worthy of being publicized: there is a wonderful, invaluable remedy to those who engage in the wisdom of kabbalah. although they do not understand what they are learning, through the yearning and the great desire to understand what they are learning, they awaken upon themselves the lights that surround their souls. when one engages in this wisdom, mentioning the names of the lights and the vessels related to one s soul, they immediately shine upon us to a certain measure. however, they shine for him without clothing the interior of his soul for lack of the able vessels to receive them. despite that, the illumination one receives time after time dur

evate to it. hence, prior to the state of ein sof, where all the ends come together, there is no absolute creator. the only definition we can give to the term, creator, is (until we reach ein sof) higher than i am. the upper degree builds, creates, begets, corrects, and fills the lower degree. the creator appears as a blend of higher qualities than those one presently possesses. the reshimot that awaken cause one to picture a higher degree every time. nevertheless, the depiction of the creator is always the projection of one s present qualities on the abstract light. the abstract light s pressure is constant; the changes and movements are only within. although only the reshimot change within us, it seems to us as if it is the creator who is changing. r e a l i z i n g t h e r e s h i m o t

l i z i n g t h e s p i r i t ua l g e n e 164 using them along the way. this is a preparatory phase whereby one accumulates numerous impressions regarding one s will to receive, and experiences the realization of the reshimot within. although we are unaware of it, all of these impressions remain in the brain, and when a certain reshimo surfaces, the reshimot that are necessary to realize it also awaken. we cannot control this process; events we experienced many years ago suddenly resurface and we cannot understand why. moreover, because souls are interconnected in a single system, each personal impression of a person, or a group of persons, affects every other soul. processes that unfold in a certain place on earth affect all earth s inhabitants, even if they are unaware of it. we are pre

t of the unfolding reshimo, and nothing more. t h e r e s h i m o 167 t h e m e m o r y all of the pictures that make up our lives are connected to one another. thus, evoking a certain reshimo often reminds us of past experiences. we do not manage our memories, nor can we draw anything from them or forget others. the reshimo determines absolutely everything. we only move atop the experiences that awaken and work within us. if a realization of a reshimo requires it, past memories will pop up on their own. everything we ever experienced remains within us; nothing ever disappears. a reshimo that awakens in one s desire is then realized opposite the light and produces a discernment of what is happening at that moment. subsequently, another reshimo awakens, and since the reshimot are connected

t decrease in crime level. regardless, at present we wish to work with only the modus operandi of human desires, not the degree above it, which manages us. bringing a group of people together with a single goal creates a great power. this is so because everyone unconsciously uses the already existing system in which they are already connected. even if people bond for the worst of goals, they will awaken tremendous powers. thoughts change reality because a thought is an expression of the desire. by wanting reality to be one way or another, we seemingly channel our future in the desirable direction. if crime levels are due to rise and thousands of people bond in meditation to lower them, they will decrease because the participants in the experiment inserted their will into that reshimo. the

all the reshimot in the egoistic desire to receive, we are required to commence our correction in order to progress onward. kabbalah begins where our ability to research reality ends. this is so because the wisdom of kabbalah enables one to change a reshimo from egoistic to altruistic. realizing a reshimo altruistically allows the researcher to transcend the realization level of the reshimot that awaken in the researcher, which brings us to the level of the forces that coordinate the elicitation of the reshimot into the spiritual world. in the spiritual world, the researcher explores the forces that form the roots of that person s virtual reality, the very forces that scientists so desperately seek. scientists are at the highest evolutionary level of desires in this world. this is precisel

to receive in the attribute of bestowal that brings the will to receive a sensation of unlimited reception of light. k a b b a l a h, s c i e n c e, a n d t h e m e a n i n g o f l i f e 194 evolution of the will to receive this term relates not to the will to receive itself, but to the intention with which it is used. all the desires, from least to greatest, are present within us. these desires awaken in us to the extent that we attain the aim to bestow upon the creator. in other words, the evolution is in the intention; it is the intention that enables us to use additional desires. filling (fulfillment) the sensation of satisfaction in either the will to receive or the will to bestow. form clothed in matter the form of bestowal that the will to receive assumes. forms (pattern) manner of


LAITMAN M THE KABBALAH EXPERIENCE

yone must follow it. the degree, the attributes, the place to which we all must rise, is called our root. the present degree is the place where we are at the given moment, the place where our i is, which is called a branch. each root has its own branch. t h e s e n s at i o n o f t h e r e c e i v e r q: why did the creator make his creation feel deficient upon receiving? a: he did so in order to awaken in us the need to change our intent to receive into intent to give. only to those whom the creator wants near him does he send the sensation that they receive from him. t h e k a b b a l a h e x p e r i e n c e 24 in order to feel it, one must first rise to the degree of the revelation of the creator, to feel him as the giver. man can ask for that revelation because it is for the purpose of

kabbalah calls that process the revival of the dead. how can we reach the creator? we accumulate experience over our cycles in this world and evolve to the level that we are able to begin to develop consciously toward spirituality. in so doing, we learn to oppose unconscious development, as we have been led through by our past cycles. when we attain that certain level, a special desire begins to awaken within us. all of our desires are to enjoy in this world, but this new desire demands pleasure from a source of light, from a spiritual pleasure that cannot be found in our world. that desire pushes us to search for the source of that pleasure, to seek and find the creator. the soul is what leads us from that time on. c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n s u f f e r i n g a n d t h e g oa l o

eart, but many people still don t feel it, because they haven t matured enough to feel it. during one s life cycles, one comes to a situation where the point in the heart is revealed. one then begins to feel a desire for spirituality, for the upper one. if one currently does not show interest in the spiritual world, then one is still not ready for it, and it would be coercion to try to forcefully awaken that desire. but if one does feel a need to discover the upper world, then we must help such a person. there cannot be coercion in either case. kabbalists always say that only a person who cannot do without kabbalah can study it. t h e p o i n t i n t h e h e a r t q: is the development of the point in the heart considered spiritual work with the intent not for her name? a: developing the p

its source vhim. we have to ask him never to detach us from that thought, and to maintain continuous spiritual connection with us through that thought. this prayer is the single most important thing we can do. here lies the beginning of everyone s way to salvation. t h e k a b b a l a h e x p e r i e n c e 46 q: is there no need for torment in such a case? a: pain and suffering are sent to us to awaken our plea for contact with the creator. we cannot ask for this before we feel our dependency on him x which emphasizes the significance of that contact. that is precisely why he sends us the pain and suffering. but it all depends on the amount of pain, its nature, and how we can take that pain and transfer it from the animate level to that of human suffering, and use those torments for spiri

mplest of words, it is the most effective means to success. i am now referring to the beginning of the way. after that, we arrive at the degree of lo lishma (not for her name) and lishma (for her name, meaning for me and for him. at that point, i become grateful for the pain! but that will happen later on. i don t want people to wake up only under the impact of pain and disaster. i want people to awaken through studying and reading books. but they do not bother opening a book until they receive a warning. a person who experiences pain, even the smallest possible pain, can already increase it through the imagination and thus avoid greater pain and suffering in the future. after finding ourselves in even the smallest of troubles, we should start asking, what is the meaning of my life, why do

as the holy ari, rav kook and rav ashlag maintain that it is necessary for any person to study the wisdom of kabbalah, regardless of age, sex, or nationality? a: the reason studying kabbalah is important is that there is a great power in the study of kabbalah that can be of benefit to everyone. when we study kabbalah, even if we do not understand anything we study, but seek only to understand, we awaken within us an influence of the upper light. in one of our lives, we must attain the completion of our souls. if we do not achieve this, through the upper light, our torments will gradually increase until they finally make us realize the reason for our pain. it is our souls need to reclaim the light that filled it before it came down to our world. the soul of man starts its existence in the w

te about. after all, everything that s written there is written from within, from personal attainment. therefore, when we read books about kabbalah, the authors speak to us from exactly the degree they are describing. there is no time in spirituality. as the greatest kabbalist of our time, rav yehuda ashlag says, kbut out of the great desire and yearning to understand what they are studying, they awaken upon themselves the lights that surround their souls (introduction to the study of the ten sefirot, item 155. out of a great desire to attain what they are studying, the readers awaken in themselves a surrounding light from the same spiritual degrees they re reading about. t h e i n t e n t d u r i n g t h e s t u dy q: you always recommend reading more. but how is a person who simply reads

tage of your studies. in order to absorb as much as possible, it is all right to lie to yourself and set goals, specifying self-benefit. but afterwards you will realize that the result depends on the quality of the material, meaning your approach and your intentions. that is why it says, the light in it reforms. q: i don t have any desire to give, but i know that it s probably within me. how do i awaken it? do i have to give up something very dear in order to attain it? a: by no means should you do so! that would only be an egoistic measure from within you. the only way to elevate yourself spiritually is to awaken the influence of spiritual degrees upon you, study with the right aim in mind, and help circulate the kabbalah. start, and you ll see how this simple act will change you. i n n e

ve the creator? how can one learn to do that? how can one merit it? a: this is exactly what the torah teaches us. it was given for this sole purpose, and it speaks of nothing else. but only kabbalah presents this work clearly and openly, because it addresses those who have a point in the heart (a part of the creator from above, the embryo of the soul, through which man starts to feel the creator) awaken. the torah instructs how to expand this point and fill it with the creator, turning man into a vessel that contains the creator. it can be made possible only by likening one s properties to those of the creator, matching one s intentions with his. as he gives to me, so i give to him. this is the meaning of serving the creator. the greater the resemblance, the more one feels the creator. it

oughts about him within you, link anything that happens to you with him, and then you can really do anything. you will acquire confidence, and the fear will leave. there cannot be disappointments if the perfect and eternal leads you to him. so all you need to do is to demand to feel him! t h e awa k e n i n g o f f e e l i n g s q: ever since i was a kid, i believed my feelings weren t real. they awaken in me a sensation of boredom and a desire to escape them. i want to feel something real! a: this is a correct perception of the world we feel. the world is not felt for what it is, but more like a dream, as king david wrote, when the lord brought back those that returned to zion, we were like unto them that dream (psalms 126, 1. when the creator returns us to him, we feel that until that ti


LAITMAN M THE PATH OF KABBALAH

the creature. the creature discovers that it doesn t exist without the creator, but the creator cannot be called a creator if there isn t a creature, just as a woman cannot be called a mother if she doesn t have a child. it is only possible to attain spirituality when there is a desire for it. but where does one find it if one doesn t even know what it is? let s say that we are pushed a little to awaken in us an interest in spirituality, but in the end, the truth is that we still know nothing. if we knew what it was, and still wanted it, at least to a certain extent, things would have been easier. but spirituality is purposely hidden from us. if we were to enter it with our current will to receive, we would never be able to change it. in order to enter spirituality, we must want it. but wa

of the sin of the first man, were not in every egoistic desire, egoism would have been incorrigible and spiritual ascent made impossible. thus, the first man s sin was a necessity. we live in complete spiritual darkness. the surrounding light shines on the outside and awakens our egoism, our will to receive, yet cannot penetrate this egoism. this is how we are awakened to spirituality. to further awaken us, not necessarily to spirituality, but to any personal achievement, a part of the surrounding light must (seemingly) be inside us. for that purpose, the point in the heart is inserted into our selfish hearts. this point is a gift from above. it is the lowest point of a higher spiritual object, the posterior of a higher partzuf. looking from above, there is nothing but a vessel, screen, an

if a person enters a group and sees that everything revolves around one desire to find the creator and if that person sees others arriving from afar with only this objective, then, with the right books and the right teacher, the person without a point in the heart can pick up the general desire, even if the point has not yet been awakened. however, it is known that an extremely strong desire can awaken the point in the heart. even the ari mentioned it. in order for an individual to be included in the united desire of the group, that person must be in complete agreement with that desire. this is because even when this point does exist, its attributes vary from person to person. for instance, it is known that rabbi yosef karo, who wrote the shulchan aruch (the jewish code of laws, a pricele

speak to a murderer or a rapist, you will always find a person who thinks that what he did was just. simply thinking that a certain person is evil is still not considered the recognition of evil. the recognition of evil is when one sees one s self as evil. when comparing the self with the creator, meaning when one can already feel the creator to a certain extent through reading special texts that awaken the surrounding light, that sensation produces the recognition of evil. people who begin to understand themselves more deeply will not become felons. they do find seemingly appalling attributes in themselves, but they regard them as obscene and wicked, and not as qualities they would like to realize. they are presented with obscenity within them as if on a screen before their eyes, but at t

and our outlook on the world we live in. as we evolve, our thoughts will grow deeper and we will find new connections between the objects and the phenomenon of reality. the level of our development defines how perceptive we can be of that part of the world of ein sof that we can feel. pa r t t wo: p h a s e s o f s p i r i t ua l e v o l u t i o n 73 there is no other way to want spirituality and awaken ourselves to the surrounding light except by studying in a group under the guidance of a kabbalistic teacher. it is the only way to take part in the acting out of the design of creation and shortening the process by which nature leads us to attain it. only the light can help us replace our egoistic attributes with altruistic ones. that is because our egoistic attributes stand as a barrier b

n the body, a breach of the inner balance. that is why it is not good to suppress a symptom of a disease, which might actually suppress the body s ability to defend itself. our egos are highly sophisticated. if we feel a desire that we cannot satisfy, the ego immediately suppresses it to prevent unnecessary anguish. but the minute the conditions ripen to attain that pleasure, the relevant desires awaken. that applies as well to an old or sick person. such people have no other desire but to go on living. our bodies suppress unattainable desires. the wisdom of kabbalah completely denies the theory of evolution. the creature evolved according to the four phases of direct light, when behina aleph became behina bet, which turned into behina gimel etc. but when malchut of ein sof was created, it

onsists of five phases. the screen decides how much to receive in each phase. each phase is then divided into a part that receives and a part that does not, which is why there are five phases in the toch and five in the sof. summary: when the light corrects the vessel, it gives it the will of the creator. that is actually what we need for the light to come (the very same surrounding light that we awaken during the study if we want to attain the purpose of creation) and correct us to want to emulate the creator in everything we do, meaning to bestow. that is the uniqueness of the kabbalah, and that is its importance. the study awakens the surrounding light that corrects man. pa r t t h r e e: t h e s t ru c t u r e o f t h e u p p e r wo r l d s 171 c h a p t e r 3. 7 e x pa n s i o n a n d

k: why then, did the kabbalists obligate each person to delve in the wisdom of kabbalah? indeed, there is a weighty thing here, worthy of being publicized: that there is a magnificent, invaluable remedy for those who delve in the wisdom of kabbalah: that although they do not understand what they are learning, but through the yearning and the great desire to understand what they are learning, they awaken upon themselves the lights that surround their souls. meaning, everyone from israel is guaranteed finally attaining all these wonderful attainments that god has resolved in the thought of creation to grant each creature. but he who has not attained it in this life will attain it in the next and so on, until he has completed that which he preliminarily thought of. and while man has not attai

been made to stop receiving, the screen rises from the tabur to the peh and pushes the lights out of the guf of the partzuf. the screen arrives at the peh along with the reshimo of the light that filled the partzuf and a reshimo de aviut that remains in the screen. the encounter of the screen with the upper light reawakens the screen to want to receive light in order to bestow, hence new reshimot awaken in it. it performs a zivug de hakaa with the light and creates the next partzuf. in each partzuf there are two screens: one that rejects the light and one that receives it. the screen that rejects the light always remains at the peh of the partzuf. it rejects all the light that wants to enter the partzuf, and by that it adheres to the condition of the first restriction. once the first scree

de aviut shoresh, is called a fetus. there cannot be any lesser degree than that in spirituality; this is the minimal degree. once born, the partzuf descends to the place where the reshimot come from, meaning below tabur de galgalta, and expands there from tabur and below. once the partzuf of the fetus has taken its place, reshimot dalet de hitlabshut and gimel de aviut (from the sof of galgalta) awaken in it. it is over these reshimot that the gadlut of the partzuf comes out: the screen performs a zivug on reshimot 4/3 and the degree of gadlut expands from tabur de galgalta to the parsa. that partzuf is called atik (meaning detached, but also ancient, because it is detached from the attainment of the lower ones, or the souls. atik is the first of a series of new partzufim called the world


LEADBEATER C W THE HIDDEN LIFE IN FREEMASONRY 2E

eresting to note the change of colour that comes over the lodge when it is opened in this degree- not that the distinctive hues of the light-globes of the various officers are lost, but that they are all modified by the admixture of a dominant tint which blends itself with them all. that master-colour was crimson in the e.a. degree, while in the f.c. it is yellow. 590. the chakra which we seek to awaken in this degree is a centre within the astral body which gives the power to sympathize with the emotional vibrations of others, so that the man instinctively knows their feelings; and when the corresponding etheric chakra is also stimulated it brings those experiences into the physical body, so that he becomes aware even on this plane of the joys and sorrows of his fellow-men. forces from th

elves utterly, yet we must be filled with the divine fervency of love for humanity. 820. a man may feel: gthese things are too high for me; who shall be sufficient for them? h if karma puts the opportunity in his way, the achievement is within his power, even though it may mean harder work than he has ever yet undertaken. and the fiery love which is the very essence of the life of his seraph will awaken ever more and more of the latent quality in himself, until what now seems impossible has been realized, has become a part of his daily existence. 821. the 30 brings its angel also, of appropriate character- a great blue deva of the first ray, who lends his strength to the knight k.h, somewhat as the crimson angel assists the ex. and perf. bro. of the rose-croix. the 33 gives two such splend

s hands over them and said: 878. go thou most high, most strong, most wise, thou ever-shining light, from whom all light forever comes, we return to thee herein the light and life that thou hast given us. our life is in this offering; we lay it at thy feet, we pour it forth before thee. as it bears our life to thee, so may it bear thy life to us. flood thou our offering with thy life, that it may awaken thee in us. h 879. all stretched forth their hands and chanted the egyptian equivalent of: gso mote it be. h 880. the r.w.m. then drew over himself a wonderful golden robe, which his acolyte had brought from the pedestal, gave a k c and, turning slowly round, with his arms extended towards the columns, said: 881. gbrn, you have given yourselves to our lord osiris-ra; now osiris-ra will give


LEADBEATER CW GLIMPSES OF MASONIC HISTORY

the higher beings whose presence he invokes. both these paths lead to god; to some of us the first will appeal irresistibly, to others the second; it is largely a matter of the ray to which we belong. the one is more outward-turned in service and sacrifice; the other more inward-turned in contemplation and love. 24. the knowledge of the occultist 25. the student of occultism, therefore, learns to awaken and train for scientific use the powers latent within him, and by their means he is able to see far more of the real meaning of life than the man whose vision is limited by the physical senses. he learns that each man is in essence divine, a veritable spark of god s fire, gradually evolving towards a future of glory and splendour culminating in union with god; that the method of his progres

reemasonry it is not only a wonderful and intricate system of occult symbols enshrining the secrets of the invisible worlds; it has also a sacramental aspect which is of the utmost beauty and value not only to its initiates but to the world at large. the performance of the ritual of each degree is intended to call down spiritual power, first to assist the bro. upon whom the degree is conferred to awaken within himself that aspect of consciousness which corresponds to the symbolism of the degree, as far as it can be awakened; secondly to aid in the evolution of the members present; and thirdly and most important of all, to pour out a flood of spiritual power intended to uplift, strengthen and encourage all members of the craft. 38. some years ago i undertook an investigation into the hidden

as i have mentioned in connection with the preliminary trials. 130. the inner mysteries of isis 131. within and behind the outer mysteries of isis there were inner circles of students carefully chosen by the priests, the very existence of which was kept utterly secret, even from most of the initiates themselves. in these circles the practical occult teaching was given that enabled the student to awaken and train his inner faculties, so that he could study at first hand the conditions of the astral plane, and thus know for himself what was but theoretical for the majority of the brn. it was in these circles only that the severe tests which have been partially described were imposed upon the candidate, and he was definitely prepared by individual and personal instruction for the greater and

ests was required, after a preliminary bath (from which was derived the idea of christian baptism, to attire himself in a white robe, emblematic of the purity which was expected of him, before being brought before a conclave of priest-initiates in a kind of vault or cavern. he was first formally tested as to his development of the clairvoyant faculty which he had been previously instructed how to awaken; for this purpose he had to read an inscription upon a brazen shield, of which the blank side was presented to his physical vision. later he was left alone to keep a kind of vigil; certain mantras, or words of power, had been taught to him, which were supposed to be appropriate to control certain classes of entities; and during his vigil various appearances were projected before him, some o

riences in the astral world, and preached to the spirits in prison, to those who had recently left the body in death and were still fettered by their passions and desires. 199. on the morning of the fourth day of his burial, the body of the candidate was raised from its sepulchre, and borne into the outer air at the eastern side of the great pyramid, so that the first rays of the rising sun might awaken him from his long sleep. 200. it was at this initiation that the candidate was carried up into heaven, to receive an expansion of consciousness on the spiritual plane, often called the atmic or nirvanic. that is the plane of absolute union, and that consciousness knows all from within, is one with all and in all. the initiate thus was made the right hand of him from whom he came, being now

ire that tears at a man until it is burnt out by suffering. in many such ways desire is purified and the man is able to pass onwards to the life of the heaven-world, which was the subject of instruction in the greater mysteries. 357. within the lesser mysteries, just as in the mysteries of egypt, there existed an inner school for the training of specially selected candidates. these were taught to awaken the senses of the astral plane, so that the teaching given in the mysteries could be verified by them at first hand. as in egypt, the severe tests of courage were applied only to the small proportion of those who entered the mysteries who intended to take up positive occult training, and become active workers on the astral and higher planes. tens of thousands of people were initiated withou

ad also a practical use. it also indicated the spinal cord, ending in the medulla, while the serpents were symbolical of the two channels called in eastern terminology ida and pingala; and the fire enclosed within it was the serpent-fire which in sanskrit is called kundalini. it was laid by the hierophant against the back of the candidate, and thus used as a strong magnetic instrument in order to awaken the forces latent within him, and to free the astral body from the physical, so that the candidate might pass in full consciousness to the higher planes. to help him in the efforts that lay before him the priest in this way gave the aspirant some of his own magnetism. this rod of power was of the greatest importance, and we can understand why it was regarded with so much awe when we realize

g, is engaged as a whole in the unfolding of intellect; but each of its sub-races has likewise a quality to cultivate. the fourth or celtic sub-race was concerned with the evolution of intellect through the emotions, and so produced the beauty-loving peoples whom we see in greece and ireland; while the fifth or teutonic sub-race, to which the anglo-saxons and scandi-navians belong, is striving to awaken the intellect working in the concrete mind, and so is producing the scientific and industrial nations which lead the world to-day. 543. this cyclic change of ray, which is also part of the great plan, produces other, but no less definite modifications in the corporate consciousness. in greece we saw something of the fifth ray, the ray of knowledge, working upon the fourth sub-race with its


LEWIS JAMES SATANISM TODAY AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF RELIGION FOLKLORE AND POPULAR CULTURE

ining in heaven. the koran is especially focused on the day of judgement, when humankind will be bodily resurrected. when human beings die, they remain in a islam 129 sort of interworld (barzakh, a realm located closer to the luminous cosmic center, until the day of resurrection. in this interworld, which somewhat resembles dreaming, the soul of the deceased, liberated from its bodily layers, can awaken and become aware of its true nature. the interworld period is important in preparing for the day of resurrection, which occurs at the end of time when human possibilities and potential have been exhausted. the day of resurrection (referred to as qiyama, the return, or ba th, awakening, which constitutes one of the essential beliefs of the islamic faith, is believed by some to last thousands

es of responsibility for such dreams. to once again cite from pererius: if dreams that are obscene, repulsive and full of cruelty and impiety come so very often to sober, upright and religious men, it is not unjustly held that these dreams proceed from the devil. for the devil tries to pollute the bodies of sleeping men with impure dreams and defile them so that he may make their minds, when they awaken, somehow partners in his foulness (ibid. see also aquinas, thomas; demons; incubi and succubi for further reading: baskin,wade. dictionary of satanism. new york: philosophical library, 1962. eliade,mircea, ed. encyclopedia of religion. new york:macmillan, 1987. guiley, rosemary ellen. the encyclopedia of dreams. new york: crossroad, 1993 .the encyclopedia ofwitches and witchcraft. new york:

as an afterdeath realm in which all human beings reside between death and judgment 220 the pyx, a.k.a. the hooker cult murders day. when people die, they remain in a sort of interworld (barzakh, a realm located closer to the luminous cosmic center, until the day of resurrection. in this interworld, which somewhat resembles dreaming, the soul of the deceased, liberated from its bodily layers, can awaken and become aware of its true nature. the interworld period is important in preparing for the day of resurrection, which occurs at the end of time. see also limbo; zoroastrianism for further reading: cohn, norman. cosmos, chaos and the world to come: the ancient roots of apocalyptic faith. new haven, ct: yale university press, 1993. eliade,mircea, ed. encyclopedia of religion. new york:macmi


LIBER ALEPH

ent manner, and i know the word that shall rule the semester. also it is given unto my spirit to write unto thee concerning the virtue of this rite, and many another of antiquity. and it is this, that our forefathers made of these ceremonies an epitome mnemonic, wherein certain truths, or true relations, should be communicated in a magical manner. now therefore by the practice of these mayst thou awaken thy wisdom, that it may manifest in thy conscious mind. and this way is of use even when the ceremonies, as those of he christians, are corrupt and deformed; but in such a case hou shalt seek out the true ancient significance thereof. for there is that within thee which remembereth truth, and is ready to communicate the same unto thee when thou hast wit to evoke it from the aditum and sanct


LIBER CLXV A MASTER OF THE TEMPLE

ter which he seems to have recorded very little until march 25 in the following year, viz, 1912. he then experimented with sss section of liber hhh, from the equinox, vol. v and obtained automatic rigidity. he writes (1) brain became charged with electric fluid or prana, in fact whole face and hands became as if connected with an electric battery, also brain seemed luminous but void (2) could not awaken spine from yoni; but, after persisting, the part just below small of back became enlivened, then under ribs, then breast and nape of neck. the current became very strong and almost unbearable. whole body became perfectly and automatically rigid. hands seemed to feel gnarled and misshapen, contorted by the force in them (i noticed this as a side issue. feet also became filled with life, etc


LIBER DCCCLX JOHN ST

-cross. voices1.voices of strange people saying quite absurd commonplace things..here, let fs feel it .what about lunch .so i said to him: did you. and so on; just as if one were overhearing a conversation in a railway carriage. i beheld also kephra, the beetle god, the glory of midnight. but let me compose myself again to sleep, as did the child samuel. if he should choose to come, he can easily awaken me. 3.35. i have been asleep a good deal.one long dream in which pollit, lord morley of blackburn and my wife are all staying with me in my mother fs house. my room the old room, with one page torn out.for i conceived it as part of a book, somehow! oh such a lot of this dream! most of it clearly due to obvious sources.i don ft see where lord morley comes in. very likely he is dead. i have h

ssigned him promptly to the oubliette. i put down this.not as a .pose..but because the business is so gigantic. it encourages me immensely; for if my dweller on the threshold be that most formidable devil, how vast must be the pylon that shelters him, and how glorious must be the temple just beyond! 9.30. it seems that there was one more mistake to make; for i fve made it! i started to attempt to awaken the kundalini.the magical serpent that sleeps at the base of the spine; coiled in three coils and a half around the sucumna; and instead of pumping the pr.na up and down the su.umna until .iva was united with .akti in the sahasr.ra-cakra, i tried. god knows why; i fm stupider than an ass or hall caine1. to work the whole operation in m.l.dh.ra.with the obvious result. 1 a bad novellist [ms

esh be given to besz to devour! let my phallus be concealed in the maw of mati, and my crown be divided among my brethren! let the jaws of apep grind me into poison! let the sea of poison swallow me wholly up! let asi my mother rend her robes in anguish, and nepti weep for me unavailing. then shall asi being forth hoor, and heru-pa-kraat shall leap glad from her womb. the lord of ven-geance shall awaken; sekhet shall roar, and pasht cry aloud. then shall my members be gathered together, and my bonds shall be unloosed; and my khu shall be mighty in khem for ever and ever! 11.37. i return to the place of the evil triad, of ommo satan, that is before the altar. there to expiate my folly in attaching myself to all this great concourse of ideas that i have here recorded, instead of remaining fi


LIBER LLL PARADIGMAT PIRATE

be realized without dream signs, but the dream signs act as the perfect catalyst to sudden lucidity within dreams. exercise 3: mild technique 1) before you go to bed, resolve to wake after each dream cycle and record any dreams that you might have. if that is a bit steep, resolve to wake after the first dream period after dawn (usually the one immediately before the last dream cycle. 2) when you awaken from any dream period during the night, do not allow yourself to drift back asleep. record as many details from the dreams that night as possible. 3) while returning to sleep after each and every dream cycle that you have, concentrate on your intention of remembering to recognize that you are dreaming. repeat silently gthe next time i fm dreaming i will know that i fm dreaming h as a mantra


LINDOW JOHN NORSE MYTHOLOGY A GUIDE TO THE GODS HEROES RITUALS AND BELIEFS

80: 89.96. gjallarhorn (screaming-horn) heimdall fs horn, sounded at the onset of ragnarok. the relevant source is voluspa, stanza 46: mim fs sons sport, and the world tree trembles at the old gjallarhorn. loudly blows heimdall, the horn is aloft, odin is speaking to mim fs head. in gylfaginning snorri paraphrases this verse and adds the information that heimdall blows the gjallarhorn in order to awaken all the gods for a meeting to deal with the oncoming forces of chaos. snorri had mentioned the gjallarhorn twice previously in gylfaginning. in describing heimdall, he has duly ascribed the horn to him, using the word for a long brass instrument that would answer today to an unvalved trumpet. heimdall fs blast on it can be heard throughout the entire world. how odd it is, then, that in the

undary, namely, his sounding of the gjallarhorn at the outset of ragnarok. the main source is voluspa, stanza 46. mim fs sons sport, and the world tree trembles at the old gjallarhorn. 170 norse mythology loudly blows heimdall, the horn is aloft, odin is speaking to mim fs head. in gylfaginning snorri paraphrased this verse and added the information that heimdall blows the gjallarhorn in order to awaken all the gods for a meeting to deal with the oncoming forces of chaos. of all the gods, heimdall has the closest connection with an animal, namely, the ram. according to skaldskaparmal, a form of his name, heimdali, is a word for ram, and heimdali and hallinskidi turn up in the thulur for ram. see also agir fs daughters; gjallarhorn; hyndluljod; rigsthula references and further reading: my o

nt are voluspa, in which odin causes a seeress to arise and recount the mythological past, present, and future, and baldrs draumar, in which odin travels to the world of the dead to investigate baldr fs bad dreams. odin lives at valholl (carrion-hall, where the einherjar sport each day and night. he is therefore a god of the dead, and in fact in ynglinga saga snorri sturluson says that odin could awaken the dead to learn secret things from them. etymologically, odin fs name meant something like gleader of the possessed. h in viking and medieval scandinavia, few could have missed the connection with the word o.r, which could mean gpoetry h and gfrenzy. h odin has a great many alternate names.more than 150, all counted. he takes a different name in virtually each of his myths and often trave


LOGOMACHY OF ZOS

things. or my translation is faulty? efforts to surpass realism: this poor energy runs weed-like to absurdities, and plethoric unrealism shoves out the vital, the simple. here, self..1 2..q= h- e 6 3( 6. f. p 5: v' 2 'z#"d. effloresce a new surrealism. could we but smell! a finger beckons. the ruttish side-glance; we lurchingly detour to grasp the painted hussy. all fishy suspicions fade: then we awaken. wedlocked to sickly evil c give up, give up, stuttereth cowardice: crawl another ceiling? ride another ass? so mocks my own tiredness. awake, break the neck of your bloody id or ride him till he drops. i am never less than i am, but through wrong susception. g r@ r. h( d..1 e..1 2 '7a 7e> p. 9 &7 those who sacrifice everything to one purpose. whether for good or evil. are granted power and

. 9"d..1 2- k..1 -sensory arguments convey their meaning by symbols and then inspire us to interpret their greatness. all nature is a vast reflection of that which is within us, otherwise we could not know it. we are as we are until we extend to other needs. the mind drinks a plethora of impressions, of vaguenesses, of things held in awe. the incompatibilities, when forgotten and buried, shall re-awaken as a great race to reach unity in new-rhythmed patterns which later develop into a cultivated process. instead of controlling us our inhibitions are often self-destructive. they negate the creative act through fear to perform. talk your psycho-physical troubles out into the open but do nothing to remove their cause. that would be too easy and might indict civilization. there is no escape by

the divine effluvium is an eternal creative diversity: we are an ingression by contingency from which we simulate the creative when sufficiently individualistic. t w 5 rf6..q5. f. xu rf6- e% e( 9= emotional experience. those who would know themselves through their gods as other than their own selves. how blighted they appear, how sadly lost are they in their tautological theories. they too shall awaken from their adolescence and realize that the less we now of ourselves in other gods the nearer we are to the vast wisdom of our flesh. the soul is a continuum: all perceptions are relatable, therefore real. the continuum of all aspects of knowledge is as a background to consciousness, the past becoming explicit to extend our self. xk 9"d. e 6 9. 5! o 2. i 5: si-reality, not the. s7 the noume

y of the medium. all kinds of matter are permeable by other suitable kinds and energy is always either entranced or active in matter which, when saturated by it, formulates, differentiates and separates. and entity becomes c physiology and consciousness (body and ego) are phenomena that occur, not as casually connective but as conjunctional all the time (in some indirect manner. philosophy should awaken to the fact that science itself works on philosophical presuppositions but is itself no better off with its 2. 9% e..1( x..1..1 2 e' 5 ]7 the flesh inherits all things. the last act man will forego is his sadism. human inventiveness: ego and sin. all virtues are expendable and dissipate easily, whereas evil is ever near and plethoric. the beginning of wisdom "wouldst thou be virtuous? then

all things are strata of experience, stimulating by similarity the tendency to remember and to inherit. we emerge from one thing into another leaving a crypto-psychism of our knowledge which, ghost-like, lives on, adumbrating our fatalities whereby our past constantly reenters us. what we reactivate is determined by our belief, will, desire, and action. were i a vampire what somnambulists would i awaken! when the great fatigue overtakes me, and life and myself tire of the poor media, judgment after death will be my least worry. our good and evil live on; expiation will come with re-birth. how much i spawn. as wind-blown, how little fertile. when people tell me they have experienced everything c i gas p! what they really mean is this: these are the things they have known. usually of poverty


LUCIFERIAN SORCERY

o mayombe. upon the creation of the daemon servitor zarabanda one consecrates the area of the nganga or spirit pot with the sigil of this spirit traced in flour on the floor. this activates the area of neither-neither from which the sorcerer walks between the worlds of dream (nightside) and waking (dayside "by the rights of pleasure may flesh procreate from within. mother of the sabbath, lilith i awaken to the mysteries of our craft. i dedicate my being to the path from which my blood dictates. by the mysteries of the goat and the serpent i come to thee. i walk now the witches sabbat path, reborn under the luciferic shadows and promethean light! cain, wanderer of the desert dawn, embraces now my way, which is our way, that thy mysteries are revealed through dedication! shaitan asmodeus bel

irit and call them, welcome them into your mind, the vast arcana of previous incarnations. aware, you shall emerge now as a god or goddess, they shall remain immortal through you as you. belief is negated by exhaustion and thus the sigil and its seed will be planted. asmodeus ashmodai brings the hidden eye, which does not bleed when looked into which a laughing child devours on sight, eager to 25 awaken from the earth i walk, hidden in perception and form. as the last storm approaches, my name is thus revealed. lucifer shall the fires of heaven be brought down, by your gift of perception? shall all know from which clay becomes fire, and the profane are no longer. the wings of djinn beside that of the dragon, black and billowing answer to your shadowy presence. from this a torch is revealed

brings both angels and demons, which become separate and alone. those who dive the depths will become as draconis, the ourobouris eternal which dreams of enfleshing all desires. belial those who wear the cloak of wolves, given their blood to the ecstasy of ahriman the desire of flesh is our temple of heaven and hell, from which all desires may become. by facing the seraphim may armiluss al dajjal awaken within, the earth will then answer a great song. casting the shadow of cain via nocturne solitary version. this is a small ritual designed to imbibe the sorcerer with a focused current of being, from which he or she will enter the luciferian gnosis with ease. i call forth the infernal shadows which nourish my body and soul; i invoke the circle which empowers my form of being, from the north


LUCIFERIAN WITCHCRAFT AN INTRODUCTION

nitiates. it is very much like a call of the blood, it whispers on the webs of dreams from which you are slowly lifted up to the stag, naked and awake through the eyes of lilith and asmodeus. the awakening and dedication chant (performed by candlelight indoors or out. if outdoors, cast your circle in flour "by the rights of pleasure may flesh procreate from within. mother of the sabbath, lilith i awaken to the mysteries of our craft. i dedicate my being to the path from which my blood dictates. by the mysteries of the goat and the serpent i come to thee. i walk now the sabbatic path, reborn under the luciferic shadows and promethean light! cain, wanderer of the desert dawn, embrace now my way which is our way, that thy mysteries are revealed through dedication! shaitan asmodeus belial lili


MANLY P HALL THE SECRET TEACHINGS OF ALL AGES

devoted to a repetition of the ceremonial for the benefit of any who might have been prevented from coming sooner. the ninth and last day was devoted to the deepest philosophical issues of the eleusinia, during which an urn or jar--the symbol of bacchus--was exhibited as an emblem of supreme importance. p. 30 ceremonies were performed at midnight. some of those sleeping spirits who had failed to awaken their higher natures during the earth life and who now floated around in the invisible worlds, surrounded by a darkness of their own making, occasionally slipped through at this hour and assumed the forms of various creatures. the mystics of eleusis also laid stress upon the evil of suicide, explaining that there was a profound mystery concerning this crime of which they could not speak, bu

nature is gradually brought into activity and ultimately the human being thus regains sexual equilibrium. by this theory woman is elevated from the position of being man's errant part to one of complete equality. from this point of view, marriage is regarded as a companionship in which two complete individualities manifesting opposite polarities are brought into association that each may thereby awaken the qualities latent in the other and thus assist in the attainment of individual completeness. the first theory may be said to regard marriage as an end; the second as a means to an end. the deeper schools of philosophy have leaned toward the latter as more adequately acknowledging the infinite potentialities of divine completeness in both aspects of creation. the christian church is funda

heir symbolism. the publication of this manuscript places at the student's disposal the most profound secrets of the hermetic art. at first the task of decipherment may seem hopeless and the superficially-minded will be tempted to scoff at the possibility of real knowledge being perpetuated in such unconventional fashion. the scoffer will not realize that one of the purposes of the document is to awaken ridicule and thus preserve more effectually its arcana from the profane. a few sheets (such as those here reproduced) represent the life work of one who has consecrated himself to the task of tearing aside the veil of the world virgin. years of research and experimentation, days of incessant labor, nights of prayer and meditation, and at last comes the realization of accomplishment! this is


MARS COCIDIUS AND THE REDCAPS IN LANCASHIRE

tween the brown and benty ground; they had but rested a little while till parcy reed was sleeping sound. there's nane may lean on a rotten staff, but him that risks to get a fa; there's nane may in a traitor trust, and traitors black were every ha. they've stown the bridle off his steed, and they've put water in his lang gun; they've fixed his sword within the sheath that out again it winna come 'awaken ye, waken ye, parcy reed, or by your enemies be ta'en; for yonder are the five crosiers a-coming owre the hingin-stane 'if they be five, and we be four, sae that ye stand alang wi' me, then every man ye will take one, and only leave but two to me: we will them meet as brave men ought, and make them either fight or flee 'we mayna stand, we canna stand, we daurna stand alang wi' thee; the cro


MEANING OF MASONRY

the literally-minded never see behind the letter of the allegory. the truly initiated mind discerns the allegory's spiritual value. in fact, part of the purpose of all initiation was, and still is, to educate the mind in penetrating the outward shell of all phenomena, and the value of initiation depends upon the way in which the inward truths are allowed to influence our thought and lives and to awaken in us still deeper powers of consciousness. the legend of the third degree, then, in which the essence of masonic doctrine lies, was brought into our system by some advanced minds who derived their knowledge from other and concealed sources. the legend is an adaptation of a very old one and existed in various forms long before its association with modern masonry. in the guise of a story abo

r refreshment. after the lodge, the festive board; after the labour of this world, the repast and refreshment of the heavenly places. and thus, although our after-proceedings have no formal place in the masonic system, any more than the after-life is in formal connection with us whilst our sphere of activity is in this present world, still it plays a striking and of appropriate part calculated to awaken us to the deep significance of our customary conviviality. upon such occasions we are wont to drink the toast of" the king and the craft" remembering as loyal subjects and loving brethren our ear thly sovereign and our masonic comrades throughout the world. but here again i would ask every master who gives and every brother who drinks this toast, to lift his thoughts to a greater king and t

cers typify the masonry following sevenfold parts of the human mechanism: w.m. spirit (pneuma. s.w. soul (psyche. j.w. mind (nous, intellect. s.d. the link between spirit and soul. j.d. the link between soul and mind. i.g. the inner sense-nature (astral. o.g. the outer sense-nature (physical. the greater and lesser lights the purpose of initiation may be defined as follows--it is to stimulate and awaken the candidate to direct cognition and irrefutable demonstration of facts and truths of his own being about which previously he has been either wholly ignorant or only notionally informed; it is to bring him into direct conscious contact with the realities underlying the surface-images of things, so that, instead of holding merely beliefs or opinions about himself, the universe and god, he i

conditions and atmosphere referred to were actually induced at a masonic meeting, it will be at once apparent that they must needs react powerfully upon a candidate who enters them seeking initiation and spiritual advancement. if he be truly a worthy candidate, properly prepared in his heart and an earnest seeker for the light, the mere fact of his entering such an atmosphere will so impress and awaken his dormant soul-faculties as in itself to constitute an initiation and an indelible memory, whilst the sensitive-plate of his mind thus stimulated will be readily receptive of the ideas projected into it by the assembled brethren who are initiatin g him and receiving him into spiritual communion with themselves. on the other hand if he be an unworthy or not properly prepared candidate, tha


MICHAEL FORD WITCHMOON

choronzon. a final note: approach the sorcery outlined in these pages through the art, it is a key to much more that awaits those who turn the key. 7 7 chapter one vampyrism, lycanthropy and the dead vampirism and lycanthropy, a fleshing or manifestation of daemonic energies. the shadowside has long been hidden from the basic study of magick on any serious level. the inherent goal of magick is to awaken and explore the self, progression, evolution and individual power. this is gained from first hand experience and study. the path of the sorcerer is never an easy or safe one, many of the greatest dangers exist in the subconscious realm. vampirism has existed and grown in the european psyche for generations, stretching some thousands of years. the same is true with lycanthropy, shape shiftin

r experience. it is through consciously and willfully exploring areas of ourselves- analyze and become stronger because of it. devoid of this, there would be no great pleasure of life, no reward for hard work and no point of building the greatest strength of all- that of the mind! presented in this grimoire is a formula of magickal growth, which, if practiced under will and with a sound mind will awaken a great beast willing it's flesh and spirit on the 8 8 earth. demons do exist, however it is not always their intent to harm innocent humans. our point is to destroy and create. the magick in these pages is of all colors, being that of significant power. law perceived as going forth by night and day, creating with love and joy and the destruction of that which is ill. the manifestation of b

nvoked properly and such disruptions were adding towards the demons growth. i had fear that it was taking on the attributes of our collected focus, a demon of three heads no doubt! i have since, learned from such an experience to build barriers of banishing strength as well as working with only the well screened. to face da ath and control its elementals and energies is to transpose the abyss and awaken towards a glorious morning! vampirism is a belief system of altered thinking and new focus. it is not at all different from the beliefs of any serious magus or sorcerer who seeks to build the black walls of individual strength. the subconscious holds ever key needed to awaken these primal atavisms: the serpent, the wolf, the dragon, the bat, the owl and raven are all at our command. the new

pon all elements flowing fire, water, air and earth. the angelick spirits of the aethyr which guard the foundations of human development shall observe with your calling. they are the watchers often revealed as demons. know their nature well. a witch would now perform a dedication chant, an example would be "by the rights of pleasure may flesh procreate from within. mother of the sabbath, lilith i awaken to the mysteries of our craft. i dedicate my being to the path from which my blood dictates. by the mysteries of the goat and the serpent i come to thee. i walk now the luciferian path, reborn under the luciferic shadows and promethean light! shaitan asmodeus belial lilith hecate eko, eko" the witch would now make a cut and draw blood, letting it drop into the soil. this would be followed b

representing fertility, creation, life and unrestrained sexual force. this is parallel with the basis of desire equaling action, having its basis in a sexually driven subconscious beginning, even though the desire obtained may not be sex related. 70 70 the serpent aspect is represented traditionally as kundalini, the fire snake in the form of a phallus, being a means of infinite manifestation. to awaken kundalini is to begin the process of desire and the id (the driven magickal point of will. the hands of baphomet point one towards the sky and one towards the earth. the meaning of such is 'as above so below for balance is a key to the individual attainment of lucifer's grail (light, wisdom and manifestation, ultimately enlightenment. the winged aspect is symbolic of night- flight, giving a

given from the mouth of asmodeus and hecate. continual streams of inspiration cascade in fountainesque patterns of lunar sight. the effect of 'sigilization' or' sigil making' is not a means of explaining the sorceries of zos, however only a useful tool or method of focus made flesh. sigils can be made in any way which is useful and inspirational to the sorcerer, in whom the desire of belief is to awaken the onward and creative flow of inspiration. the gods speak through our sparkling inner sight, through our joy, anger, love and hate. the source and definition of spares sorcery lies within the witch cult that fueled his inspiration. yelg paterson, a figure shrouded in mystery, gives answers in the light of the moon between dusk and dawn where the veil is thin. any working to contact witch

nd moon (female energy) for creation and birth. the nu moon rite was constructed after the image of aos for the use of awakening sleeping atavisms, for purposes of obtaining strength, stealth, introspection or magickal knowledge. the ritual involves the use of lycanthropic masks. the mask should be made or accented by yourself and should be made to symbolize the essence of the atavism you wish to awaken. approach the rite with incense and any trappings which would add to this context of ritualistic lycanthropy "black streamed mother of night, casting transparent enveloping shadows veiling the secrets of infinite space beneath the flames of your sabbath. shine your star upon me, pleasure of the night mask, for i invoke the hidden mysteries! the spirit of the_ i invoke to become as thee and

nite space beneath the flames of your sabbath. shine your star upon me, pleasure of the night mask, for i invoke the hidden mysteries! the spirit of the_ i invoke to become as thee and be thee! self love is the avatar of all gods, of which the sickle moon holds the very life! i breathe with the stealth of night to see beyond the veil of dreams" focus intently upon the sigil until you memorize it "awaken hecate! through the serpents kiss under the moon of blood our sleep becomes waking, memories of our past flesh become present memory" the sigil should now be consecrated with sexual fluid and then absorbed and destroyed. the sorcerer should now banish and forget. your dreams that evening, if you focus upon the spirit invoked, should reflect the level of the subconscious where the spirit dwe

nt where it can obsess the mind. if allowed to do so the elemental can wreak havoc on many levels, causing a growing form of madness, for which choronzon awaits. 115 115 chapter four rituals of the red temple lycanthropy and the witches moon the following chapter deals with potent and potentially dangerous rituals. these workings are designed in accord with a formula, permitting the individual to awaken and control lycanthropic and beast like atavisms which lay dormant in the mind. the purpose is not by any means to propagate violence but to present useful path workings for the sorcerer. thus they nay practice, develop and learn control on the day side as well as the night side plane. these rituals are developed from many years working formulas from old grimoires and obscure systems. these

tions and huntings. others seeking lycanthropic desires will call or come to you on the night side. nightly exchanges of astral blood and sexual union in the form of the beast are not uncommon for the initiated. werewolf in day side flesh the art of lycanthropy can be utilized on a day side level as well. i have found after destroying the consecrated sigil that, when the need arises, i am able to awaken that atavism if i choose. the result has been an increase in physical strength for endurance purposes, in sexual congress, and in running long distances; as well as developing an excellent sense of direction in strange areas, etc. in the bitter winter of 1995-96 my magickal partner and i found ourselves stranded, without transportation, due to the extreme cold and snow which bombarded the w


MICHAEL TSARION ATLANTIS ALIEN VISITATION AND GENETIC MANIPULATION

hey are told to think. the line between man and automaton becomes negligible:ours is the age which is proud of machines which think and suspicious of men who try to (h. m. jones)in our dreams we have limitless resources and the people yield themselves with perfect docil-ity to our molding hands (representative of the rockefeller general education board. impotent and jaded, we will remain until we awaken from our comatose state and getconnected to our own sovereign power again. the holy grail that will take the scalesfrom our eyes is nothing more that realizing and changing the perspective dynamicsdetailed above. to emphasize this point, another illustration may be in order:in the game of chess, the most powerful piece, the king, has, in fact, the most restrictedmobility. he can only move o

to the earth) and that we begin again toapply the rituals preserved by the shamanic traditions of our individual races. in sodoing, we strengthen the immune system of the biosphere, which then allows theearth (in its own mysterious manner) to destroy or repel the offending presence. thus,the pathogens infecting her become eradicated in a way that is sane, healthy, and per-manent.when the sleepers awaken and make a return to the earth, a great circle of time closes.men and women return to the human, as opposed to the alien, within themselves,becoming their own priests and priestesses. the separation between the microcosmand the macrocosm passes away forever, like a shadow in the architecture of a night-mare, and the true renaissance of humankind begins.i salute the light within your eyes wh

ndise page for more information. atlantis, alien visitation, and genetic manipulation435 also by michael tsarion raising the meta-child: the indigo generation and beyondi tell you the truth, unless you change and become like little children, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven (mat 18:3)for generations, the mystery school alumni have asserted that it is the des-tiny of all men and women to awaken to their higher selves, to rise to thelevel of the meta-human, and know enlightenment. exactly how this wasto be achieved, however, was rarely lucidly explained. christ implied thatwe have to become as a little children in order to enter the kingdom ofheaven. perhaps, part of this message was, that unless we are able to raise and educate our offspringholistically, such an exalted state will


MICHAEL W FORD THE VAMPIRE GATE

f the void. those who become are the avatars of set s endless power of being. i am of ahriman s flesh. the wolf is the skin which cloaks the hunger of struggle. the serpent is the skin which directs the gaze of the eye. the bat is the thirst within called trshna, to fall into the abyss and the graal of dragon s blood from the eye of set does his form become darkness, ahriman. that spark within to awaken the senses. from which as shadow do i fall into nothingness to reach a cup to sate the deepest thirst to then discover the five flames of angra mainyu and servitors of the void join in my being to awaken and rise from the sea. the take my divine leadership upon the earth 16 luciferian will and immortality the will of the luciferian is essential in the development of the mind and body of the

t that it cast a long shadow on all around you. you are the greatest light bearer of them all. now you can see there is no other being as bright as you alone and without any other god. does it feel so bad after all? 5. do not allow this great light to expand higher than your crown chakra, you are not stop the process of self-deification, but later test it and strengthen it. imagine this light can awaken others, that you are fair and beautiful. that there is a strong reason for all love and happiness to surround you. 6. this essence of the black flame, this light, as it grows brighter will begin to cast darker shadows, but also magnify darkness around you until your body itself is cloaked. purple and bluish lightning will electrify the room as it strikes down from this great light. focus th

or i. the self is a widely misunderstood arena of practice in the context of left hand path. the basics, carnal pleasure, are considered the foundation of satanism and even luciferian thought. this cannot be so as carnal pleasures are subjective based on the upbringing and social make up of that person. one man s pleasure is another man s pain. the foundation of the satanic/luciferian mind is to awaken and discover, i am god and there is no other. if you can understand that you are not the person talking to you as you are having an unconnected (i.e. you are not connected to their body or the object this applies to being car, bike, cart, etc, interaction with them then it is reasonable to recognize you are separate. if you are separate there is no direct linking connection, you are signifi

oated man-insect horrible of aspect; he has the power averse binah. samael the black. all of these are of gigantic stature and terrible aspect. dragon like ahriman or tiamat. hungering for life and astral energy. 62 part three vampyric rituals 63 the conjuration of the abyssic dragon the wreathing serpent vampiric rituals are by definition not lending to power from another. it is a predatory path awaken, conjure, encircle, devour, accumulate and ascend. as a luciferian, the balance of light and the higher articulation of the self is the most significant see the ritual of azal ucel, the shadow is equally important on a self-creation level. this is a rite focusing on the summong of the dragon, the forces of the subconscious, as tiamat, the mother of vampires. it then moves forward to empower

ere much of your magical work already happens. this type of rite is directed at inward energy and is centered around atavisms the abyssic dead is relating to the subconscious. utilize the varcolaci/astwihad sigil and 64 focus intently. one may use the leviathan sigil also, above a mirror directly above the altar facing the west. 2. announcement of self i am vampyre, the serpent who comes forth to awaken as a dragon before thee. i call to the darkness and the oceans of the abyss! i call to the darkness to rise us and nourish me, giving flesh to my shadow and my desire. i am the beast which shall rise from the sea, cloak in the radiance of my own divinity. 3. the calling of the depths the practitioner will hold a dagger to the south, making each direction counter-clockwise. zazas, zazas, nas

ion counter-clockwise. zazas, zazas, nasatanada, zazas (to open the gates of hell, or the abyss) facing the south- rahab, angel of violence, proud serpent of old, rise up from your depths and swell in my spirit. let pride of what i can do invigorate me to become more! let your spirit not be quelled, but like the storm-wind and the evil-wind crash upon the firmament and lightning strike my spirit! awaken o rahab, serpent who cuts down thy enemies and devours their essence! facing the east- samael, o dragon-father of old, lion of the sun, come forth and fill my body with poison instead of blood let it become the elixir for immortality. samael, who is the dragon, yaltabaoth, chaos bringer, lion- serpent, ascend through me and i shall be granted the kingship as lord of the earth facing the nor

me a giant serpent in spirit, bear your snakes within me, my wisdom shall be as sharp and cruel as fangs, that i may drain those who shall substain my immortal spirit. facing the west- leviathan, whose mouth is filled with burning lamps, whose nostrils blow smoke, whose glare is of blackened flame, rise up through me. o dragon of coiling and immortal time, let me walk thy path against all others. awaken in me fugitive serpent, o wreathed dragon, whose hunger is never satiated. i call you forth 4. the empowerment i hold this dagger to the mirror of night, with it i announce that my power shall grow with time and my path is clear. i shall walk the earth as the beast from the sea, yet i shall be fair and calm unto the unknowing. i shall drink and be sated, that all life energy shall fill me w

achzeherer or whatever vampiric name you wish. as the vampyre magickian seeks power on this earth, the balance is the practice of the spirit. initiation should be conducted in a suitable amount with darkness itself, 70 leviathan is the abyssic serpent which awakens the spirit to immortal possibility. leviathan, called ourabourus elder ancient darkness encircle me crooked serpent of endless hunger awaken and coil within my spirit wreathing serpent, touch and illuminate my spirit envenom me, change my eyes and let it behold darkness i seek life, immortal serpent awake! let me shed my skin, changing forms as needed sharpen my instincts eternally. coiling darkness, who haunts the abyss eternally it is my will to see with your eyes blackened flame in the night to consume and drain is to live to

ampyre magickian may use the yatuk dinoih and the drujo demana from luciferian witchcraft and liber hvhi in workings of not only sorcery, but vampyrism as well. arashk is the name of the demon who was said to have created the story of zurvan, that ahriman is equal to ahura mazda. by these words desire becomes flesh. rite: with a flame and a symbol of the eye with a mirror recite: it is my will to awaken arashk in my spirit, coil serpent! recite 9 times: 72 by chismak and arashk i shall become a serpent focus now on the eye opening within the mirror, then within your mind. this eye may be serpent-like or anything else you wish. it must be a focus on what you wish to become, what to transform into. this is an excellent way of developing your astral body, the vessel in which you will go out i

th-babalon as baphomet, the mistress of blood. 93 luciferian goetia a book of howling by michael w. ford printed: 137 pages, 6" x 9, perfect binding, black and white interior ink isbn: 978-1-4303-1569-8 darkness is always found within first. your entire life has been found in either an embrace of shadow or a carefully forgotten endless banishing of it. the luciferian path instructs the student to awaken darkness, to manifest demons from the abyss of the subconscious and master them the end result being self-mastery and the transformation into a luciferic spirit. the luciferian goetia is a grimoire which presents the 72 spirits of solomon as daemonic forces within the mind itself, giving possibility to their anthropomorphic existence outside of humanity itself. the interpretation and experi


MICHAEL W FORD NOX UMBRA

cended into the demonium of the earth, to merge spirit with beast and human flesh. wear this mask with intent and pure love, then shall the secret of the essence be revealed in your sunless palace of night. approach the tomb "gate of black earth, nephilimic tomb in the sunless palace of azrail, open forth the dreaming fields of night, from thy vessel, born of lilith's womb shall the vampyre shade awaken hekak vozath ka-sath-ompos shu-seth-evoi-zrazza (by the magic of secret names shall set strengthen the shadow tongue of the serpent) by the blackened fire of my spirit, born in the shadows of the adversary, shall the dragon coil in my being! let the moon be born again in the darkness, from which my desires arise from the grave.the arcane of my self is great, such is the being of which i am!

zath ka-sath-ompos shu-seth-evoi-zrazza (by the magic of secret names shall set strengthen the shadow tongue of the serpent) by the blackened fire of my spirit, born in the shadows of the adversary, shall the dragon coil in my being! let the moon be born again in the darkness, from which my desires arise from the grave.the arcane of my self is great, such is the being of which i am! emerge again, awaken from yours sleep of thanatos" the binding of chains the vampyre rite of transformation the sorcerer who has developed the lesser and greater familiar, the very spirit and shadow of the moon and the sun, shall at one time seek a permanence of self isolation in the night. the vampyre is a symbol of survival beyond flesh, the spirit like djinn whom has tasted the elixir of hecate, the blood of

ubi, mother lilith, and through the shadows of azrael shall we emerge as the seven- headed dragon, through the opposer shall this manifest! behold, the light which shines in the darkness, the blackened fire of being! the gift of set itself! azothoz nox barathrum (lilith recites) taste the kiss of the dead and again in dreams shall my wisdom arise from the grave, cast your spirits to the grave and awaken again reborn (each individual kisses the skull, envisioning the necromantic embrace of the sabbat queen and azrael) banish by performing the calling of the four quarters of the triple hermetic circle. seker lord of the tomb (solitary self initiation) seker is a 'developed' and 'inspired' vampyre archetype of ancient egypt, whom resided as the lord of the tombs in memphis. seker is represent

. he then envisions a sudden death, everything his is or was flashing before his eyes. replaying now, as he is beyond the grave, isolate and alone, he envisions his very blackened flame, the essential self. the darkness of the tomb and the conscious mind which grows and creates within it. seker, emerges illuminated with the black flame and then rises from the tomb "from the darkness of the tomb i awaken, i still live beyond the shadow! as i have dwelt in the necromantic twilight i become master of the shades of sah, do attend me greater and lesser familiar of the quarters, embrace my essence- zothoza unpu set heh! i am enthroned in the depths, of utter blackness and night i am death and resurrection. the one who drinks of the heart, whom is aligned with set-heh. i drink of the heat and fee

ed further is the horned brazilian mask of belial. i call it such as it was made from a large bull/cow skull, clayed formed a demon visage, five horns which make an averse pentagram, a third eye and teeth made of crystals. at the top of the fetish there is a place for a large machete to be held, from which the blade is a bit rusty- held in by a back of snake skin. this has been an ongoing work to awaken the spirit within, a join in union with a new famulus bound within. holding the kangling, facing the west i called "i approach the west gate, unto the winds of funerals of past and to come, i summon forth azrael, the angel of death who grants the sight of beyond, the veil is thin! i summon thee goddess of the crossroads, who walks with the howling of wolves, come forth hecate. phenomena and

me forth! who would give life to the dead, come now from the cold north- from the mouth ofarezura- taprev, mitrokht- azi dahaka- come forth unto this circle i empower my being and through the sorcerous path do i walk! to know- to will- to keep silent akhtya i summon- akhtya i become akhtya in dreams i commune! facing the south and the white candle "i initiate myself on the serpent's hidden path i awaken to the shadows ofahriman i am embraced by the cold and fiery embrace ofaz in the darkness i am born, of the vampyres kiss in the light of dawn i emerge- awake in the flame of the dragon -djinn so it is done! the gates of arezura this is a ritual from which the initiate opens the gates of hell, that is the meeting place of sorcerers and witches- those who travel into the darkness and flame o


MOODY RAYMOND A LIFE AFTER LIFE

propelled forward through a dark valley. he felt he was approaching, the end of the tunnel, yet just at that moment b heard his name called from behind. he then was drawn backwards through the same space. few experience the actual re-entry into their physical bodies. most report that they simply felt that at the end of their experience they "went to sleep" or lapsed into unconsciousness, later to awaken in their physical bodies. i don't remember getting back into my body. it was like i just drifted away, went to sleep, and then all of a sudden i woke right back up and i was lying in the bed. the people in the room were, in comparison, where they had been while i had been out of my body, looking at it and at them. on the other hand, some remember being draw speedily back towards their physi

ital, but we got there, and again, we were in the corner of the room near the ceiling, up above everything else. i saw the doctors and nurses walking around in their green suits and saw the beds that were placed around in there. this being then told me-he showed me that's where you're going to be. when they bring you off the operating table they're going to put you in that bed, but you will never awaken from that position. you'll know nothing after you go to the operating room until i come back to get you sometime after this" now, i won't say this was in words. it wasn't like an audible voice, because if it had been i would have expected the others in the room to have heard the voice, and they didn't. it was more of an impression that came to me. but it was in such a vivid form that there


MORALS AND DOGMA

mning it to a prescribed routine of creed, invited it to seek, compare, and judge. the alteration from symbol to dogma is as fatal to beauty of expression, as that from faith to dogma is to truth and wholesomeness of thought. the first philosophy often reverted to the natural mode of teaching; and socrates, in particular, is said to have eschewed dogmas, endeavoring, like the mysteries, rather to awaken and develop in the minds of his hearers the ideas with which they were already endowed or pregnant, than to fill them with ready-made adventitious opinions. so masonry still follows the ancient manner of teaching. her symbols are the instruction she gives; and the lectures are but often partial and insufficient one-sided endeavors to interpret those symbols. he who would become an accomplis

f the seven great rishis, or sages of hoary antiquity; though they invested their history with a cloud of fictions. the egyptians held that the soul was immortal; and that osiris was to judge the world. and thus reads the persian legend "after ahriman shall have ruled the world until the end of time, sosiosch, the promised redeemer, will come and annihilate the power of the devs (or evil spirits, awaken the dead, and sit in final judgment upon spirits and men. after that the comet _gurzsher_ will be thrown down, and a general conflagration take place, which will consume the whole world. the remains of the earth will then sink down into _duzakh, and become for three periods a place of punishment for the wicked. then, by degrees all will be pardoned, even _ahriman_ and the _devs, and admitte


MOTTA MARCELO THE COMMENTARIES OF AL

2-193. the book was put in the tomb or sarcophagus because supposedly the owner had used it constantly, which provided a further link. but in practice, just as few people studied it as study the bible today, although you find the damn silly thing all over the place "single robe: an aura clean and whole, without any leak of force anywhere "rich headdress: the sahashara activated "put on the wings: awaken the ajna, which when active has two petals, or wings "coiled splendour: kundalini, of course. the above interpretations are on just one plane. several other details have better remain uncommented. one further word is necessary as to the rich jewels, store of women and spices, etc. all this must be gathered "in the love of me" this means that our wealth must be acquired, our love must be enj

desert! 63. sing the rapturous love-song unto me! burn to me perfumes! wear to me jewels! drink to me, for i love you! i love you! all those acts which excite the divine in man are proper to the rite of invocation. religion, as understood by the vile, is the very opposite of all this. he--it--seems to wish to kill his--its--soul by forbidding every expression of it, and every practice which might awaken it to expression (true. for the awakening of the soul means change, under which the present form and condition of the ego must 'die. fearing this death, they confirm themselves in stagnation and resist change. this is an effect of the telepathic 'radiation' of the 'black brothers) to hell with this verbotenism! in particular, let me exhort all men and all women, for they are stars! heed wel


NAGEL CARL AMAZING SECRETS OF OCCULT POWER

now works. i have taught the secrets of how to cast spells and work rituals to scores of people in person, by mail, over the phone, and even over the internet with equal success. i have taken those very same spells and rituals that have proved so successful for others, and included them in this book. you can use them yourself to make things easier. in this unusual book, you re going to see how to awaken the magic power of witchcraft. in simple, plain language you ll discover what witchcraft really is, how you can master it and how you can use it in lots of different ways for such things as attracting a steady flow of cash, winning perfect love, invoking the secret forces of nature, and much more. nothing is held back, nothing is concealed- it s all placed right in your hands, ready to be u

h more. nothing is held back, nothing is concealed- it s all placed right in your hands, ready to be used for such things as arousing passion in another, making money appear as if from out of thin air, attracting the opposite sex and much, much more. in reading these words you will learn many ancient secrets of the occult. no matter whether you believe me or not, the magic behind these words will awaken racial memories of a time long ago when this secret knowledge was free to every man and woman who sought< it. secrets of witchcraft you have a power within you that can be woken. it is the same power that you can use to work any magic you want. many witches work alone and with just as good results using the magic power of witchcraft as if they were working with a group. using this magical p

secrets of sex magic secrets of the cabala secrets of the spirit world< you can work magic 1: the witching circle the gray man what witches do welcome to the coven anyone can be a witch the circle of protection the sign of the elder gods love and witchcraft the black pullet the magic of herbs the children of the night the fear of witchcraft witchcraft made easy be your own secret coven 2: you can awaken your magic power the ritual that will awaken your fiery serpent physical sensations of occult power seeing your invisible power how to invoke the secret forces of nature a thank you email using witchcraft to smooth your path through life creating your personal grimoire 3: wiccan money spells how to cast spells that really work thank you letter #1 practical witchcraft the magic word that wil

i use a small pocket diary, although you may wish to purchase something more ornate for this your first occult tool. this is the time to be specific, and your notebook is a handy reminder that a certain spell will produce a certain result. you will get your first inkling of the power you are in touch with as you see the magical happenings in your life recorded in your notebook. chapter 2 you can awaken your magic power you have a power within you that can be woken. it is what the ancient avatars of the mystic east use to call the fiery serpent the great body of radiance and the immutable light. it is the same power that you can now use to work any magic you want. you may have expected that at this stage you would be told to obtain mystic robes, magic wands, bat s wings, eye of newt, and c

he center of your cleared area, you can stretch your hands and arms out all around you. this is your personal witching circle. if you wish you can burn a stick of incense and have the room illuminated by candles placed at the four cardinal points. and, until you are confident in your power to keep mischievous spirits at bay, a circle of protection marked on the floor in salt. the ritual that will awaken your fiery serpent here now is a ritual to summon the magic power within you. this requires only a few minutes of your time each day and privacy. when witches work their rituals, they work naked. the absence of clothing leaves them completely free and unrestricted, not only in body, but also in mind and spirit. you should work the spells and rituals that follow in this manner. stand at the

he whole of the ritual, and as you finish taking the three breaths cast whatever spell is appropriate to your desire. it is the spell that draws out your power and sends it on its way. for easy reference, think of the entire ritual as the awakening of magic power up to the point where you open your eyes again. i shall be referring to that description later in this book. the instructions will say, awaken your magic power and this tells you that you should prepare for the ritual and carry it out from beginning to end. note: if your doctor advises you that deep breathing is dangerous for you; or if at any time during this magic working you become dizzy or see spots before your eyes, do not continue. physical sensations of occult power here you should know about different sensations that often

dio. place an ordinary padded kitchen chair in the center of your witching circle. once your chair is positioned, darken the room by drawing the drapes or hanging a blanket at the window. ideally, the room should be dim enough so that you cannot read the fine print of a newspaper. now arrange a single light to shine gently over your shoulder so that you are able to see your hands in front of you. awaken your magic power. sit down in your chair and relax. make yourself comfortable with your back straight, but not stiff. tuck your buttocks into the back of the chair so that your spine is upright, with your chin held level without straining to hold the position. place your feet flat on the floor, almost touching. lay your hands in one of two ways, whichever feels easier, either palms upward o

ngers together so that your thumb and forefinger are touching, in the shape of an o. now separate your fingers a little moving the tips a fraction of an inch apart. look past your fingers at a spot in front of you. between your fingers, a hazy light should be visible. this is your magic power circulating around you< how to invoke the secret forces of nature enter your witching circle. face north. awaken the magic power within you and, keeping your eyes closed, visualize a golden square directly in front of you. this is the symbol of earth. using your own words, thank the spirits of earth for all their help to others in days gone by. thank them for being with you on this day and at this hour. remove the image from your mind. face east. visualize a blue circle in front of you. this is the sy

g forth the spirits of the four cardinal points, you are ready to assimilate the magic of elemental witchcraft power. this advanced work is suitable only if you have developed a harmonic relationship with the elemental forces, if you have succeeded in awakening your magic power. enter your witching circle and face north, south, east or west. the direction that you face will depend on your desire. awaken your magic power, and as you finish taking the three breaths visualize an elemental symbol directly in front of you. now enlarge the symbol until it is several feet high, and pulsating with magical power. see it as clearly as you can. imagine you are bathed in its mystic light. try and actually breathe in this mystic light. imagine it circulating within you. now call forth the spirits of th

amounts of money to meet financial needs. before beginning, write down on a piece of paper what bills need paying or what you want the money for. keep it simple. after darkness has fallen, enter your witching circle and light a single green candle. if you wish you can burn a stick of incense and have soft music playing. put out all lights except the candle and read your piece of paper once more. awaken your magic power and then close your eyes and see exactly what it is that you want, i.e. see the money appearing in your hands. get involved with the money. use your imagination to touch and feel the money, it is real. having visualized for a few minutes open your eyes and gaze into the candle flame. say om, the magical word seven times, slowly. close your eyes again and visualize the money


NAUDON PAUL THE SECRET HISTORY OF FREEMASONRY

was not produced until the bays of churches were cunningly pierced in coordination with the proper orientations of the entire structure. favorable to contemplation, these resulting buildings defy time. this stripped down but suggestive and magisterial layout marvelously assists the sensibility to share in the comprehension of the liturgy. the physical sensations awakened in these structures also awaken the soul turned toward god. gothic art as an evolution from the romanesque it is important to understand that gothic art does not oppose romanesque art; instead it has evolved from it. nor did it spring from the imagination of a single master; it was the gradual and slow work of collective faculties who ripened their concept little by little, through implementing and modifying it. the gothi


NEW WORLD ORDER OR OCCULT SECRET DESTINY

higher consciousness (heironimus ibid, p.92) after succesfully completing the initiation process, the candidate is reborn, and joins the single eye in the pyramid. the new world order, or rather the philosophy its deliverers hold to be true, is one and the same as the new age ideal of man s divinity and self-transformation. in order to partake in this gnostic fufillment of the great plan one must awaken to the original sin of lucifer, as proposed to eve in the garden of eden, that we can be as gods (gen. 3:5) so it is not suprising to find that christians, specifically, are cited as the main obstacle hindering the success of this new age-new world order. the reason for this, is the new age belief in many saviors and enlightened teachers, masters and gurus its all good and fine when the goa


ONYX TABLET OF SET

f anger and denial in drug abuse (as in "there's a lot of water in the pacific ocean. if people come to you to talk about things, they may be shocked at these recommendations, but their will-to-xeper will help them accept this. if you have to go to them, things may be a lot worse. if there's trouble that the drug abuser makes, don't hesitate to remove them from the temple. hope that the shock may awaken them. 8. keep these matters as private as you can. the temple exists to facilitate initiation. our job is both helping the abuser see what to do to find clarity in his or her own life, and to protect the temple by removing distracting influences. 9. give them priest rowlett's nine steps. it will help them cut through the rhp trappings of most recovery groups. remind them and yourself to be

bmit to, nor can we go on a super-subjective touchy-feely basis. the one leads to institutional tyranny and the sleep of the clergy, the other to personal tyranny and the eroding of initiatory boundaries. we therefore look not for a test of knowledge (although knowledge is important, nor for a fill in the blank activity slate (although activity is essential, but for a methodology that will likely awaken and instilla sense of loyalty in our potential adepts. to that end, i wish first explaining what we're working with, a methodology for work, some of our misconceptions ,and lastly our follow through. what we have to work with many people apply to the temple of set, a large number of these gain admission. some of them are setians. the class that we make adept holds many of these setians as w

tiation. our follow through we don't just recognize them and let them go. we give them four messages in a followup letter. 1. the first job is an adept is to have a good time. now that they are free from some of the world's chains, they can live their own lives, not what someone tells them. the first job of the truly elect is to be sure that some of the results of that play benefit the place that awaken them.(this can be anything- like making a web page to hosting setian gettogethers at his or her house) 2. in a year's time they should join an order. 3. a year after their recognition they should write you about their life goals, magical pursuits, and what they have learned during their first yearas an adept (from this you will know what they are doing, and can call on their expertise in ce

have success despite the odds against them. they discover that things are possible if they are willed. they put "follow your bliss" bumper stickers on their van, and are truly quite puzzled why more people don't do as they do. these folk are the salt of the earth and many left hand path initiates will tear their hair wondering why these folk, who have taken a step or two on the path, don't fully awaken. but some of them do. usually some sorcerous skills are developed here such as obtainment through visualization and autohypnosis. the fourth stage is shock. here the initiate discovers that there are great possibilities outside of the life they currently lead. this can happen in differing ways; they may read a book on the effect of the occult on history, or they may meet a talented magician

duated steps of mastery based on objective criteria, so that the student is receiving something other than simple messages about how grand he or she is. if the chemistry between the school and the seeker is correct- in other words, if the school provides enough challenge and friction coupled with enough useful knowledge, and the seeker provides magical curiosity and hard work- then the seeker may awaken, and all the aspects of his or her life can be enriched thereby. such seekers then become fiercely protective of the school and, by their being, an advertisement for it. in connecting with the teacher, the student begins by projecting all of the qualities that the student wants onto the teacher. now if it so happens that such qualities are part of the teacher's makeup, then a magical proces

from the prince of darkness but based on their own reasoning. because of the diversity of the temple's membership and priesthood, they eventually run into counter-examples of others who do not match these ideas, and yet are honored and/or recognized to the ii or even the iii priesthood within the temple. when this happens the priests are faced with a dilemma, with several possible outcomes. some awaken to that diversity and accept it. some recognize the potential of that onyx tablet: ot.o.4.21 temple of set author: robert menschel iv date: april 22, 1999 ce revision: html revision: september 28, 1999 ce diversity, and though they may be uncomfortable with this dissonance between reality and their expectations, they are willing to see how things work out. some are so distraught by this dis

jaws of chaos, whom i have prepared as cups for a wedding, or as the flowers in their beauty for the chamber of righteousness? stronger are your feet than the barren stone, and mightier are your voices than the manifold winds, for you are become a temple such as is not, but in the mind of set. arise, says the first of your kind; move, therefore, unto the elect; show them the fire within you, and awaken them that they may gain the strength to live forever" towards this working the will of set has manifest itself, joining in consecration with one who is now to be ordained to his eternal priesthood. called to this sacred office is [name, who has before this altar cast aside all the comforts, illusions, and images of earth that [his/her] soul and self may be transfixed by the very fire of fir


PHILIP NEIL MYTHS LEGENDS EXPLAINED

dred as a baby casting adrift all children born that may day. but when the ship foundered, mordred alone was saved; for even king arthur could not escape his own fate. a tombstone was raised to king arthur, with the inscription, hic iacet arthurus, rex quondam rexque futurus: here lies arthur, the once and future king. folk belief says that arthur and his knights lie asleep under a hill, ready to awaken and lead britain in its hour of deepest need. dragon the dragon on arthur s breast is the crest of his family, the pendragons. the sword in the stone arthur grew up as the son of sir ector, a knight into whose family merlin had placed him anonymously at birth. several years later, king uther pendragon died leaving no heir, and the realm fell into disarray. but soon afterward, merlin placed


PHOSPHORUS

n-between (crossroads) journey unto the mysteries and reality of the witches sabbat. envision a gateway opening forth a shadowed figure arises before you this is the black man of the sabbat, the initiator who you shall seek to become like- i salute thee spirit of blackened flame, i come unto thee as clay but which holds a spark. with thy stave immolate my being with the cunning fire, that i shall awaken in the bloodied caul the mark of cain. face now the four directions- from the south, fiery essence of the darkness, satanas i do summon thee, i shall descend into the pleasure fields of midnight and noon i shall taste thy ecstasy of being! from the east, air and shadowed illuminator lucifer, crowned in emerald light, king of the circle of the wise do illuminate me, by dreaming and waking gu

four directions- from the south, fiery essence of the darkness, satanas i do summon thee, i shall descend into the pleasure fields of midnight and noon i shall taste thy ecstasy of being! from the east, air and shadowed illuminator lucifer, crowned in emerald light, king of the circle of the wise do illuminate me, by dreaming and waking guide me into the astral plane to become, in the twilight i awaken to thy fiery spirit! o archon of this world, djinn of holy fire and perfected spirit do move through me as i descend with you! guide me unto the empyrean and celestial sabbat of self-deification! from the north, belial, lord of the earth and perfected essence of both angel and beast, do move the spirits of the earth of wolf and jackal, come forth through me! i seek thy mysteries of the eart


PHOSPHORUS THE SHADOWING FORTH OF LUCIFER

rcerer to ascend is significant in the point that the individual must grow with his or her studies, to become the topic therein. the self which is also known as "kia (austin spare's "the book of pleasure) should be explored on every possible level, understanding the foundation for the conscious make up known as "i. lucifer exists in the core of every individual; it is "it's" gift to us. those who awaken this individual light are blessed unto ourselves. self-godhood is the step towards spiritual immortality. those who seek the platform of adept in the magickial quest will inadvertently perceive the basis of the balance of light and darkness. the angelic and the demonic shall be united, chaos will follow form and such is the genetic and psychic make up of the adept. the face of lucifer has c


RABBI AMIRAM MARKEL MARKEL THE KNOWLEDGE OF G D VOL 1

he actual meaning in combinations of letters. this is when it arose in his simple thought and desire "i shall rule (ana emloch) etc. this thought is in accordance to his essential heyulie desire (keter) and heyulie wisdom (chochmah, as explained above (because of this when a person below performs the commandments and sublimates his desire to g-d s desire, this reaches all the way up, to renew and awaken the essential original intention of g-d in his essential desire and thought for creation (as mentioned before, all of these details exist in the essential singularity of ohr ein sof (the infinite light) before the tzimtzum, because if they do not, where did they come from? however, they do not have an actual existence there at all, but rather are there in a way of a heyulie (ability. they a

s is not true love and fear of g-d. rather, it is a love and fear of self. they fear pain and suffering, and if they desist from evil, it is only because of this. if they do good deeds and fulfill the commandments, they imagine the great reward that awaits them. in actuality, this is complete self centeredness, which is the antithesis of g-dliness (nonetheless, at times it is necessary for one to awaken this type of love and fear within himself, in order to restrain himself from falling to sinful temptations. for, certainly, the evil deed itself is worse than this type of fear) false excitement of the emotions the second category is also not a level of divine service. unfortunately, many people fall into this category as well. we, therefore, must explain it, to correct it. this level is th

e arousal of the animal soul, over and above the arousal of the divine soul. this is because the arousal of the animal soul comes about, specifically, through toil and effort in the contemplation of g-dliness, on the part of man below. this leaves a lasting impression and effect on man. in contrast, the arousal of the divine soul may be initiated from g-d above. this may occur at special times to awaken us to repentance, such as on the day of yom kippur etc. because of this, the effect is not necessarily long lasting. this may be understood from the generation that left egypt. the jewish people experienced many revelations from above. many miracles occurred for them. nonetheless, immediately after receiving the torah at mount sinai, they sinned with the sin of golden calf. however, in our


RABBI MOSHE WISNEFSKY APPLES FROM THE ORCHARD THE ARIZAL ON THE PARASHAH

hree sefirot of chochmah-binah-da fat, which inter-include to produce 30 sub-sefirot, as we mentioned above. 30 is the numerical value of the letter lamed. this [manifestation of gevurah] is followed by [a manifestation of] mercy, as it is written, gsmiting egypt and healing israel. h20 [the verse continues] g cand you will be silent. h g-d told them to be silent since it was not proper that they awaken the face of the ox, inasmuch as they would later sin [by worshipping] the [golden] calf. they thereby unhitched one of the four animals of the chariot.21 it would not be proper for the jewish people to invoke the power signified by the ox when they themselves would misuse this manifestation later on. in the zodiac, the bull (taurus) follows the ram (aires. the exodus took place in the month


REGARDIE ISRAEL THE COMPLETE GOLDEN DAWN

l processes of development which were undertaken by candidates and would-be initiators. these have been delineated at length elsewhere, both in my tree of life, and in an incomparably fine form in the golden dawn <35> documents resented herein. but it is necessarv to emvhasize the fact that an anterior per'sonal training and prolonged magiial effoa are the sole means by which one is enabled so to awaken the dormant sviritual life of another that he mav well and truly be called "initiated" now we know from an examination of the above mentioned documents and of ancient literature that the object of the theurgic art, as the magical concept of initiation was then termed. was so to vurifv the versonalitv that that which was there imprisoned could sprkg into open'destati'on. as on: of the alchem

preceding studies. such a review certainly was imperative. as one of the chiefs of the order expressed it-'temember that there is hardly a circumstance in the rituals even of the first order which has not its special meaning and application, and <65> which does not conceal a potent magical formula. these ceremonies have brought thee into contact with certain forces which thou hast now to learn to awaken in thyself, and to this end, read, study and re-read that which thou hast already received. be not sure even after the lapse of much time that thou hast fully discovered all that is to be learned from these. and to be of use unto thee, this must be the work of thine own inner self, thine own and not the work of another for thee so that thou mayest gradually attain to the knowledge of the di

e hold your signed pledge to keep secret everything that relates to this order. i now ask you, are you willing to take a solemn obligation in the presence of this assembly, to keep the secrets and mysteries of our order inviolate? heg (prompts candidate to say) i am. hiem there is nothing contrary to your civil, moral or religious duties in this obligation. although the magical virtues can indeed awaken into momentary lie in the wicked and foolish hearts, they cannot reign in any heart that has not the natural virtues to be their throne. he who is the fountain of the spirit of man and of things, came not to break, but to fulfill the law. are you ready to take this oath. cand (prompted by hepon) i am ready. him then you will kneel on both your knees. hierophant comes to the east of the alta

n. two contending forces and one which unites them eternally. two basal angles of the triangle and one which forms the apex. such is the origin of creation- it is the triad of life. my throne at the gate of the east is the place of the guardian of the dawning sun. the throne of the hiereus at the gate of the west is the place of the guardian against the multitudes that sleep through the light and awaken at the twilight. the throne of the hegemon seated between the columns is the place of balanced power, between the ultimate light and the ultimate darkness. these meanings are shown in detail and by the colour of our robes. the wand of the kerux is the beam of light from the hidden wisdom, and his lamp is an emblem of the ever-burning lamp of the guardian of the mysteries. the seat of the st

which alone revolves not. the mystic circurnambulation is called symbolic of the rise of light and enterer of the threshold 347 from it is drawn another formula for the circulation of the breath. it is the formula of the four revolutions of the breath (not, of course, of the actual air inspired, but of the subtle aethers which may be drawn thence and of which it is the vehicle- the aethers which awaken centres in the subtle body through the formula. this formula should be preceded by that of the middle pillar, described previously. by this method, having invoked the power you wish to awaken in yourself, and contemplated it, begin its circumambulation thus: fill the lungs and imagine the name vibrating in the contained air. imagine this vibration going down the left leg to the sole of the

ty, save that the conjurations, etc, are to be made to the appropriate plane of the form instead of to binah <178> v spiritual development a-the sphere of sensation. b-the augoeides. c-the sephiroth, etc. employed. d-the aspirant, or natural man. e-the equilibration of the symbols. f-the invocation of the higher. the limiting and controlling of the lower and the closing of the material senses, to awaken the spiritual. g-attempting to make the natural man grasp the higher by first limiting the extent to which mere intellect can help him herein; then by purification of his thoughts and desires. in doing this let him formulate himself as standing between the pillars of fire and cloud. h-the aspiration of the whole natural man towards the higher self, and a prayer for light and guidance throug

of <199> adonai ha-aretz in the air before you. also the sigil. then imagine both in the heart, vibrate the name several times by the vibratory formula of the middle pillar until the whole body throbs and pulses with the divine power. adonai ha-aretz. 0 thou who art the king of earth, taking the earth for thy footstool, i invoke thee and adore thee. dwell thou within my heart, i beseech thee, to awaken that which shall prove a true channel for the working of thy divine power. may this ceremony for the evocation of the earth angel axir which i am about to perform, be a focus for the ray of thy illuminating power. to the end that i may use this consecration to progress further in the great work, and thereby help others who may come within my sphere of influence. trace the earth pentagram an

r and the previously ascertained position of jupiter. the magus should wear, in addition to his rose cross lumen, a seal of jupiter in proper colours. 0 thou divine one who dwellest in the majesty and love of chesed, the fourth sephirah; al, source of the river gihon, lord of fire, look upon me i beseech thee as i perform this consecration ceremony. let a ray from thyperfedion descend upon me, to awaken within my being that which shall prove a channel for the working of thine abundant power. may this jupiter <214> talisman which i have made be a focus of thy light and life and love so that it may awaken within my soul a clear vision and a stronger aspiration to the light. draw the letters al in hebrew, and its sigil, in the heart, and vibrate it several times. trace sigil and letters in th

tual of the luna hexagram, precede with qabalistic cross, closing with key-word. return to altar, face east, and say: crowned with star-light, and clothedwith the sun, i invoke thee who art the ultimate root of all things, for thy righteousness and love are the foundations of the universe. look upon me as i perform this ceremony, and, i beseech thee, let a ray of thy power descend here and now to awaken within my soul that power which shall prove a true channel for the working of the <241> divine strength. may this ceremony to form a body of transformation of the holy goddess isis, enable me to progress in the great work, clarifying my spiritual vision, and illuminating me so that i may be the better able to help my fellow men. draw the name shaddai el chai and sigil in heart, while facing

may behold only the holy vision that descends from that divine brilliance, the scintillation and corruscation of the divine glory. that divine brilliance, that light which lighteth the universe, that light which surpasseth the glory of the sun. beside which the light of mortals is but darkness. that in the closing of my physical senses to the vibrations of the outer and the lower, i may learn to awaken those spiritual faculties by which i may attain at length to perfect union with divine and unalterable being. consider the divine ideal, and say slowly: from thine hands, 0 lord, cometh all good. from thine hands flow down all grace and blessing. the characters of nature with thy finger thou hast traced, but none can read them unless he hath been in thy school. therefore, even as semants lo


RITUEL ET DOGME DE LA HAUTE MAGIE BY ELIPHAS LEVI PART I

. we have spoken of the sidereal body, which is intermediary between the soul and the physical envelope. now, this body frequently remains awake while the latter sleeps, and passes in thought through all space which universal magnetism opens before it. it lengthens without breaking the sympathetic chain which attaches it to our heart and brain, and it is for this reason that it is so dangerous to awaken dreamers suddenly. as a fact, too great a start may break the bond in an instant and cause immediate death. the form of our sidereal body is in correspondence with the habitual condition of our thoughts, and it modifies, in the long run, the characteristics of the material body. 70 the doctrine of transcendental magic that is why swedenborg, in his somnambulistic intuitions, frequently behe


RUBY TABLET OF SET

e flame of the beginning and ending of dimensions, which blazeth in brilliance and darkness unto the glory of desire! h celebrant lights the black flame, and says: gthe old ones were, the old ones are, the old ones shall be again! they came, and we are here. they sleep, and we watch for them. they shall sleep, and we shall die, but we shall return through them. we are their dreams, and they shall awaken. hail to the ancient dreams! h invocation of set and the great old ones celebrant: gin the name of set, the prince of darkness, we embark upon the journey inward to seek truth about our selves. o majesty of set, lord of the secret spheres and dark tunnels beyond the hidden gate, hear us, look upon us, and go with us on this journey. enfold us with the powers of darkness; let them become one

jaws of chaos, whom i have prepared as cups for a wedding, or as the flowers in their beauty for the chamber of righteousness? stronger are your feet than the barren stone, and mightier are your voices than the manifold winds, for you are become a temple such as is not, but in the mind of set. arise, says the first of your kind; move, therefore, unto the elect; show them the fire within you, and awaken them that they may gain the strength to live forever. the third part micma goho piad zir comselh azien biab os londoh norz chis othil gigipah undl chis tapuim qmospleh teloch quiin toltorg chis i chis ge m ozien dst brgda od torzul ili eol balzarg, od aala thiln os netaab, dluga vomsarg lonsa capmiali vors cla homil cocasb fafen izizop od miinoag de gnetaab vaun nanaeel panpir malpirgi caos

on, and be prideful of being, for i am the same- i who am the highest of life. the seventeenth part ils dialprt soba vpaah chis nanba zixlay dodsih odbrint taxs hubaro tastax ylsi, sobaiad ivonpovnph aldon daxil od toatar: zacar od zamran odo cicle qaa, zorge lap zirdo noco mad hoath iaida. o aspirants to come, who shall bear the flame and wield the powers of darkness in the name of my vengeance, awaken and hear: arise in your glory, behold the genius of your creation, and be prideful of being, for i am the same- i who am the highest of life. the eighteenth part ils micaolz olpirt ialprg bliors ds odo busdir oiad ouoars caosgo casarmg laiad eran brints cafafam ds ivmd aqlo adohi moz od maoffas bolp comobliort pambt zacar od zamran odo cicle qaa, zorge lap zirdo noco mad hoath iaida. o thou

etween which is the bridge of initiation. the process or system leading to that bridge is already established, and shall be the subject of an entire key to follow. the daemons are, the daemons were, and the daemons shall be again. they came, and we are here; they sleep, and we watch for them. they shall sleep, and we shall die, but we shall return through them. we are their dreams, and they shall awaken. hail to the ancient dreams.(6) footnotes 1. book of coming forth by night 2. xem working 3. see the statement of belial in the diabolicon. 4. ed note, jan. xxiv: these facilities are no longer available, nor is there a grand master for (or an active) order of anubis. 5. the diabolicon 6. from the ceremony of the nine angles, written by michael a. aquino, found in the satanic rituals, rl# 6

: classification: v4- a17.22- 3 author: linda reynolds iii, alexandra sarris iii date: july 29, xiii html revision: september 27, 1998 ce subject: xem reading list "the daemons are, the daemons were, and the daemons will be again. they came, and we are here; they sleep, and we watch for them. they shall sleep, and we shall die, but we shall return through them. we are their dreams, and they shall awaken. hail to the ancient dreams..i ask you to reconsider all the dates involved. i am under the definite feeling that it began around the beginning of xiii and possibly even earlier. think about it..i have come up with yet a third idea. possibly it [the youth] is xem, for one aspect of the hieroglyphic word of xem is the "god who is unknown" working the words of anubis xiv.1.6: the word is the

nderstanding of the book of coming forth by night, we might want to change the name of the first aeon to the aeon of ra, as ra was the other god besides set to whom the egyptians gave the title majesty. one born before 1904 would be of the first aeon; one born between 1904 and 1966 is of the second aeon, and anyone born after 1966 is of the third aeon. the word of the first aeon can be stated as "awaken! know thyself" no matter what year we were born, if we understand the word of set, which is possible only if we are coming into being as xem-set, we will attain setamorphosis. this is the promise of set. now let my pentagram henceforth be hidden from the mundane. let there be seen instead a representation of form and emptiness. every initiatory society employs "occult" symbolism in the sens

set is all of us who travel on the path of set. the three panels of symbolism are framed by the two feathers of ma'at symbolizing that this stele, like the word of set, is truly real and not false. because the symbolism is analogous to the word of set, the word appears on the base of the stele. how this takes place is further defined by the formula of the word, which comprises the previous words "awaken! know thyself! do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law! indulge! xeper as xem-set" it is the will of set for us to behold him as xem-set, but this must also be our will, and we must find our own path. let him understand who can. anxembastet, v footnotes 1. copyright c 1979 margaret wendall. all rights reserved. permission to publish this document in the ruby tablet of set granted by

e somewhere- i knew that. somehow, somewhere there was an escape route and how i found it cannot be explained. the double wanded one was there and i knew the years had passed. fresh fever burned in me and i went forth to serve the new king. yet part of me remains in the great house and through my other self watches your magick and life. beware the cosmic nothing, children of set. you have only to awaken and enter the house you have prepared through your work on earth. looking back over the past and the present, you live in fortunate times and have greater magicks in the yet to come. what our lord said unto us, i say unto you. lift up thyself! for there are none like unto you among men or among gods! in those lines may be yet another of the major keys to immortality: the establishment of a

have greater magicks in the yet to come. what our lord said unto us, i say unto you. lift up thyself! for there are none like unto you among men or among gods! in those lines may be yet another of the major keys to immortality: the establishment of a location within the subjective universe so strong and well-defined that it defies the inertia of the natural universe. as"(7=[4" says, one need only awaken(=be aware) and enter the house prepared by dedication to the quest, itself the constant striving to come into being. a great deal becomes extremely clear once having understood that. the magus crowley, when writing that each man should cut his own way through the jungle, was describing the path leading to awareness and what he expressed as thelema. when the magus anton lavey wrote "say unto

nitiation, dwellers of the black land of set, are invited to embark on the journey to that place. and now of the criteria: for those who would dare fashion for them-selves this hidden place, it is offered that the paths or ways to be guided by are five: 1. ra- the awakening 2. thoth- the temple 3. xepera- the cup of know-ledge 4. lucifer- realization 5. sekemti- the perfection the way of ra is to awaken, for humanity sleeps. this awakening is oft-times accomplished in childhood, and is evinced by the rebellious and innate desire to seek truth. but many are the children of ra at a later age, when truths are all the more veiled behind ambition, egotism, and education. the realization of this struggle, and the positive action to arm for the battle, are rewards of the first step. this is the p


SATANIC RITUALS

it is a statement of rebirth, of the delights of life as opposed to the negation of death. the celebrant in the original version of l'air epais is represented as a saint, martyr, or other paragon of selflessness. this is done to emphasize the transition from self-denial to self-indulgence. the ceremony of rebirth takes place in a large coffin. the coffin contains an unclad woman whose task is to awaken lust in the "dead" man who joins her. l'air epais can serve a twofold purpose; as a rejection of death and a dedication to life, or a blasphemy against those who crave misery, distress, and negation. a celebrant who is basically life loving can release all needs for self-abasement by willingly "dying" thereby exorcising the self-destructive motivations he might be harboring. l'air epais is

w'nh nyg hsyh fha'gnu er'ngi drg-nza knu ky crystr'h n'knu. ou-o nje'y fha'gnu qurs-ti ngai-kang whro-kng'h rgh-i szhno zyu-dhron'k po'j nu cth'n. i'a ry'gzengrho. the daemons are, the daemons were, and the daemons shall be again. they came, and we are here: they sleep, and we watch for them. they shall sleep, and we shall die, but we shall return through them. we are their dreams, and they shall awaken. hail to the ancient dreams. participants: i'a ry'gzengrho. hail to the ancient dreams [the celebrant now tarns to face the altar] celebrant: kh'rensh n'fha'n-gnh khren-kan'g n'yra-l'yht-otp hfy'n chu-si whr'g zyb'nos thu'nby jne'w nhi quz-a. i call now to the unsleeping one, the black herald, nyarlathotep, who assureth the bond between the living and the dead. participants: i'a n'yra-l'yht


SCHLAGER NEIL WORLD RELIGIONS REFERENCE LIBRARY

erson. the goal of daoism is to become one with the great dao. the dao de jing states that humans are faced with the basic problem of knowing who they really are. by accepting that humans are all part of the dao, they can live in unity with it. nature, in daoism, is not something to be conquered or controlled. instead, people need to live in harmony with nature. by focusing on the dao, people can awaken themselves to this eternal rhythm and reach enlightenment, or spiritual understanding. the concept of de throughout daoist texts, moving water is used to represent the flow of dao in people s lives. the flow of water plays a key part zhang daoling zhang daoling lived in the first and second centuries ce. he was the founder of the celestial masters. a student of daoism, zhang claimed to have

ply as krishna is pictured with the goddess radha. some of the miracles attributed to caitanya occurred after krishna s name was repeated several times. sheldan collins/ corbis. caitanya mahaprabhu 72 world religions: biographies o, as in o lord. rama means loosely the supreme personality of god, so it is another name for krishna. followers of the hare krishna movement believe that people have to awaken their krishna consciousness, or love for god, by repeating this mantra, called the maha-mantra, or great chant, repeatedly. caitanya died on june 14, 1533. although no firm evidence supports the theory, he may have been murdered by priests of the temple of jagannath in puri. the priests disagreed with caitanya regarding whether muslims and untouchables could be accepted at the temple as dis

oven to which he had once belonged. crowley also initiated gardner into the ordo templi orientis, a group that practiced the east asian form of magic called tantrism. tantrism is a spiritual movement which involves mantras (verbal formulas, symbolic body postures and hand motions, and sexual rituals. crowley s version of tantrism was a corrupted form of tantra yoga, a hindu discipline intended to awaken the energy in the body by using rituals to address relationships and sexuality. gardner soon opened his own lodge of the ordo templi orientis at his new home on the grounds of a nudist club to which he belonged. his lodge was made up mostly of men. in fact, the female membership of the group was often so low that he had to hire prostitutes from london to carry out the great rite, a ritual d

ad. the wisdom fund. http/ www.twf.org/sayings.html (accessed on june 2, 2006. 292 world religions: biographies muhammad nichiren born: february 16, 1222 kominato, awa, japan died: october 13, 1282 ikegami, japan japanese religious leader if you wish to free yourself from the suffering of birth and death you have endured through eternity and attain supreme enlightenment in this lifetime, you must awaken to the mystic truth which has always been within your life. nichiren was a buddhist prophet (divine messenger) and monk who lived in thirteenth-century japan. he gave his name to a sect, or subgroup, of buddhism called nichirenshu, or the nichiren sect. he did not, however, think of himself as its founder. nichiren is best known for his belief in the importance of one of buddhism s sacred t


SIR EDWARD BULWER LYTTON ZANONI A ROSICRUCIAN TALE

in silence, amidst ruins! where is the traveller we pursue? turn the hippogriff loose to graze: he loves the acanthus that wreathes round yon broken columns. yes, that is the arch of titus, the conqueror of jerusalem, that the colosseum! through one passed the triumph of the deified invader; in one fell the butchered gladiators. monuments of murder, how poor the thoughts, how mean the memories ye awaken, compared with those that speak to the heart of man on the heights of phyle, or by thy lone mound, grey marathon! we stand amidst weeds and brambles and long waving herbage. where we stand reigned nero, here were his tessellated floors; here "mighty in the heaven, a second heaven" hung the vault of his ivory roofs; here, arch upon arch, pillar on pillar, glittered to the world the golden pa

rsed with them, and they were cured; it usually, however, happened that a deep sleep had preceded the recovery. another circumstance was also beginning to be remarked, and spoke yet more in his commendation. those with whom he principally associated the gay, the dissipated, the thoughtless, the sinners and publicans of the more polished world all appeared rapidly, yet insensibly to themselves, to awaken to purer thoughts and more regulated lives. even cetoxa, the prince of gallants, duellists, and gamesters, was no longer the same man since the night of the singular events which he had related to glyndon. the first trace of his reform was in his retirement from the gaminghouses; the next was his reconciliation with an hereditary enemy of his house, whom it had been his constant object for

dfast, watched the movements of its father. at that moment viola muttered in her sleep "the day is come, the gates are open! give me thy hand; we will go forth! to sea, to sea! how the sunshine plays upon the waters! to home, beloved one, to home again "citizen, thine hour is come "hist! she sleeps! a moment! there, it is done! thank heaven! and still she sleeps" he would not kiss, lest he should awaken her, but gently placed round her neck the amulet that would speak to her, hereafter, the farewell, and promise, in that farewell, reunion! he is at the threshold, he turns again, and again. the door closes! he is gone forever! she woke at last, she gazed round "zanoni, it is day" no answer but the low wail of her child. merciful heaven! was it then all a dream? she tossed back the long tres


SPENSER THE CULT OF THE ALL SEEING EYE 1960

of the great living religions of the world" the pagan symbolism should not be lost to the reader["see as judith elsewhere] juliet hollister* equipped with the design of the temple executed by the architect, lathrop douglas, approached eleanor roosevelt for her aid in planning the creation of the real temple. she wrote that it was mrs. roosevelt "who suggested a trip around the world, in order to awaken the interest and enlist the support of religious leaders and heads of states. let the peoples of the world create this building, she said, and then it will belong to the whole world: it will be a spiritual united nations "this was the real beginning of our venture. i took mrs [eleanor] roosevelt's good advice; i visited our embassy to the united nations and i talked also with many other u.n


STEINER RUDOLF CHRISTIANITY AS MYSTICAL FACT

viction that life at its core is eternal that the mystai seek. such a conviction would be quite valueless from the standpoint of the mysteries. from the mystery- standpoint the eternal has no living presence in one who is not a mystes, so when speaking of the eternal such a person would speak of precisely nothing. rather it is the eternal itself that the mystai seek to possess; they have first to awaken the eternal to existence within them, and then they can speak of it. plato s hard saying is absolutely true for them, that the uninitiated sink into the mire, and only those who have passed through the mysteries enter into eternity.8 that is the meaning too of sophocles fragment: thrice blessed when they come to the realm of shades who have seen these rites! they alone have life, for the re

bandoned them. 14 christianity as mystical fact nature s role is then fulfilled, and her deployment of creative forces in humanity comes to an end. but the forces in humanity are not themselves exhausted. they lie as though spellbound in the natural human being and await their release. unable to release themselves, they ebb away unless human beings take hold of them and transform them unless they awaken to real existence their hidden potentiality. nature brings forms from the rudimentary to the completed state, in a long series of stages from the inanimate, the variety of living forms, to physical humanity. looking around them, human beings perceive themselves to be subject to change. but they detect also within their own being the powers that brought the natural human being into existence

andpoint of the transitory? death is a passing away in order to make way for new life. the eternal lives in the new life, however, just as it did in the old. whether in the the mysteries and pre-socratic philosophy 25 passing life or in death it is the same eternal reality. the knowledge of this enables people to face death or life with the same emotion. it is only when they have not been able to awaken the eternal within them that they attribute to life any special significance. the saying all is in flux can be repeated a thousand times, but it is vacuous unless it evokes this content of feeling. the acknowledgment of eternal becoming is worthless if it does not lift us above our attachment to transitoriness. heraclitus indicates a renunciation of the sensual urge toward transitory enjoym

is the transforming of oneself into an osiris. to be truly human, one must already live the most perfect life of an osiris that is possible under transitory conditions. human perfection means living like an osiris it means undergoing all that osiris underwent.89 it is in this way that the osiris myth takes on its deeper dimensions of meaning, becoming the paradigm of life for someone who wants to awaken eternal being within the egyptian and other eastern mysteries 89 him- or herself. osiris is torn to pieces by typhon; he is killed. the members of his body are cherished and cared for by his consort isis. after his death, he caused a ray of light to fall upon her and she bore his son horus, who then takes over the earthly tasks of osiris; he is the second, still immature osiris, but he is i

is to be brought to manifestation. the god within is held down by the power of earthly nature; that lower nature must become a grave, from which the higher nature can rise to new life. the information we possess about the scenarios of initiation makes sense when we understand this. people were subjected to procedures whose character was mysterious, but which were intended to kill the earthly and awaken something higher. further detail is not needed here, for we comprehend the intention behind these procedures. the intention was that everyone who had undergone initiation would be able to make a confession. all the initiates could declare that they had seen hovering before them the prospect of infinity, reaching up to the divine, that they had felt within them also the power of the divine

ey would take the latter s death, burial, and resurrection as a physical occurrence, and the spiritual realities of a higher existential plane would take on the appearance of an event contradicting the whole natural order of things: a miracle. and in that sense, a miracle is what initiation was. the life of an initiate: buddha and christ those who wished to comprehend what initiation meant had to awaken in themselves the powers enabling them to adopt a higher stance, on a new existential plane. it required a premeditated course of life, leading to such a higher experience. and though in each individual case these experiences might come about in various ways, it always happens that we can point to specific, typical forms. the life of an initiate has a typical character, which can be describ

ertheless there was such close agreement that the buddhists relate the life of their divine man in almost identical terms to those of the evangelists when they relate the life of christ.)99 there would naturally be discrepancies. it is clear that we must assume the gospel writers based themselves upon four different mystery-traditions. it is a sign of the personal greatness of jesus that he could awaken among the writers who stemmed from four the evidence of the gospels 103 different traditions the belief that he was the one who so perfectly fulfilled their ideal of an initiate, that they could accept him as the one who lived the archetypal life ascribed in their mystery-teachings to such a personality. when they described his life, it was in terms of their own particular mystery-tradition

mystery terms one of the initiated. the process described is one of initiation.118 let us survey the entire process from this point of view. lazarus was loved by jesus. but this cannot mean ordinary personal affection that would conflict with the perspective of the gospel of john, according to which jesus is the word. rather jesus loved lazarus because he found him sufficiently ripe that he could awaken the word within him. there were already links between jesus and the family at bethany; that simply indicates that jesus had made everything ready in that family for the final act of the drama, the raising of lazarus. lazarus was a pupil of jesus. 118 christianity as mystical fact he was a pupil of whom jesus could be absolutely confident that his raising from the dead could be achieved. the

t jesus. the city, which spiritually is called sodom and egypt is the symbol for the life that remains confined to externals and does not take into itself the transforming impetus of the christ. christ is crucified everywhere in the lower nature. where the lower nature triumphs, everything remains dead: the streets of the city are strewn with corpses. but those who overcome their lower nature and awaken the crucified christ to new life hear the proclamation of the angel with the seventh trumpet: the kingdoms of the world have become those of the lord and of his anointed, who will reign from eternity to eternity. 147 upon which, the temple of god in heaven was opened, and the ark of his covenant became visible there. 148 666: the beast and the abyss the initiate s experience brings back in

d to stringent tests in order to establish whether or not he was sufficiently mature to make himself ready for the higher life. on being accepted, he had to spend a period as a probationer, and to swear a solemn oath not to reveal to outsiders the secrets of their discipline. jesus in his historical setting 141 community life itself was devoted to the crushing of humanity s lower nature, so as to awaken more and more the spirit, which is there slumbering within him. experience of the spirit permitted members, after a certain stage had been reached, to be admitted into a higher order. this exercised authority, not by compulsion, but as a source of the community s fundamental convictions.155 a related group were the therapeutae, who were to be found in egypt. all our reliable information abo


SZYMANSKI GREG SEARCHING FOR THE ILLUMINATI DEEP WITHIN THE BOWELS OF THE VATICAN

onetary system, and based between cairo, egypt, and brussels, belgium, will be set up. a true "one world economy, creating the longed for "one world order, will become reality" svali said this is the tip of the iceberg of the illuminati agenda in america and she has been disowned by her family for leaving. although recently offered $15,000 to return home, svali has refused, saying her ministry to awaken the american people is her first priority. through years of special training, she learned members of the illuminati are willing to give up their lives for their cause, as they believe their children are their legacy "i was told that my children's generation would see this takeover, sometime in the 21st century. at present, the illuminati have quietly and covertly fostered their takeover pla


TELESMATA AND FLASHING TABLETS

hetic harmony with the forces of the universe that the adept wishes to attract when constructing a talisman. even the experienced adept often overlooks the proper symbolism, and thus, obtains less than the full potential of the working. each additional piece of symbolism that is added to the entire formula adds sympathetic harmony in attracting the desired forces. these symbols that are employed "awaken" latent powers within the operator. the more correct symbols utilized, the greater the potential for total success. flashing tablet this is to be made in complimentary colors (i.e. king scale. the definition of a flashing color is the complimentary color when joined to the original color, allowing it to attract the or akasic current. this is attracted to the flashing tablet in part from the


THE BLACK LODGE

n this matter. it has been of great individual inconvenience to our species, the fact that we developed aspiration- this "infinite dis-ease in the spirit. once upon a time, we went on all fours, as did all other animals (even primates usually keep their spine horizontal; the human being is the sole exception. the need to syntonize our nervous structure with stellar radiation (an essential step to awaken our higher faculties, and make their work in our organisms possible) made us vulnerable to a series of illnesses. these illnesses are entirely human, and due to the fact that our intellectual and volitional progress has become too fast for our physical organisms to come with effectively. our bodies developed their capacity on a million year scale, not on a hundred thousand year scale: they


THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 1

pens the books of life and passes judgment on the kingdoms of the earth, rather than on individuals. according to some circles of jewish thought, the actual day of judgment, yom hadin, the resurrection of the dead, will occur when the messiah comes. on that fateful day, both israel and the gentile nations will be summoned to the place of judgment by the blowing of the great shofar (ram s horn) to awaken the people from their spiritual slumber. elijah the prophet will return and set about the task of reconciling families who have become estranged. the day when the lord judges will be dark, very dark, without a ray of light (amos 5:20. those who have maintained righteous lives and kept their covenant with god will be taken to the heavenly paradise. those who have been judged as deserving of

being overcome by some power that made him feel as though he were literally flying through the air. when he regained consciousness the next morning, he found himself in the catskill mountains, 40 miles away from poughkeepsie. had the spirits transported him through the air and deposited him there in the mountains? or had he walked 40 miles in one evening while in a trance? and why did he suddenly awaken to find himself in this particular spot? while davis claimed never to learn the answer as to how he got to that particular setting in the catskills, he soon learned the reason why. he said that first the spirit of the greek philosopher galen (129 c.e. c. 199c.e) materialized before him, then the spirit of the swedish seer emanuel swedenborg (1688 1772, both of whom provided him with mental

has risen to the status where it has become the ruler of earth. rather than perceiving existence as a battle between god and the devil, the gnostics envisioned a struggle between the true, most high, unknowable god and the lesser god of this earth, the demiurge, that they associated with the angry, jealous, rule-giving deity of the ancient hebrews. they believe that all humans have the ability to awaken to the realization that they have within themselves a spark of the divine. by attuning to the mystical awareness within them, they may transcend all earthly entrapments and regain their true spiritual home. jesus had been sent by god as a guide to teach humans how to free themselves from the control of the demiurge and to understand that the kingdom of god was within, a transcendental state

he raging cosmic energies. although primordial man was defeated by the prince of darkness and his children devoured by the monster, enough of their light leaked out to enable the third messenger, another creation of the father of greatness, to rescue them. humans were later produced by the mating of demons who had inadvertently swallowed particles of light, and it would be jesus who would at last awaken human beings to the spiritual realization that they each contained a spark of the divine light within them. mani taught that continued spiritual warfare was an unpleasant fact of life on earth, t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d 280 mystery religions and cults t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p

ain influence of new agers or those interested in the occult or deeper spiritual mysteries. sources: bailey, alice a. the unfinished autobiography. new york: lucis trust publishing, 1951. three remarkable women. flagstaff, ariz: altai publishing, 1986. alice bailey and it was being conducted daily in the hearts and minds of all human beings. by responding to mani s gospel of light, a person could awaken to the persistent earthly dualism of good and evil and activate the particles of goodness trapped within his or her own fleshly bodies. once these elements of light had been released, the newly awakened individuals could hope to progress to a higher existence in the afterlife. while they remained in their bodies on earth, however, they must accept their state of sin and acknowledge that the

neously in our environment. the space brothers and sisters have come to earth to reach and to teach those humans who will respond to the promise of a larger universe. according to the ufo prophets, the space beings have advanced information which they wish to impart to their weaker cousins on earth. they want humankind to join an intergalactic spiritual federation. they are here to teach, to help awaken the human spirit, to help humankind rise to higher levels of vibration so that the people of earth will be ready to enter new dimensions. such a goal, according to the ufo prophets, was precisely what jesus (c. 6 b.c.e. c. 30 c.e, the buddha (c. 563 c. 483 b.c.e, the prophets in the bible, and the other leaders of the great religions sought to teach humanity. in fact, jesus, known to mark-a


THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 3

ence, appear to rich and poor alike. on the night of june 11, 1923, gladys watson had been asleep for three or four hours when she was awakened by someone calling her name. as she sat up in bed, she was able to discern the form of her beloved grandfather leaning toward her. don t be frightened, it s only me. i have just died, the image told her. watson started to cry and reached across the bed to awaken her husband. this is how they will bury me, grandad parker said, indicating his suit and black bow tie. just wanted to tell you i ve been waiting to go ever since mother was taken. the watsons house was next door to the lilly laboratories in indianapolis, indiana. the bedroom was dimly illuminated with lights from the laboratory. grandad parker was clearly and solidly to be seen. then, befo

ual amount of dream time. these volunteers suffered none of the troubles and upsets that afflicted the first group. for the first time, the dement and fischer experiment presented evidence that regular dream sleep is essential to physical well-being. some of the volunteers went as long as 15 nights without dream sleep, at which point they tried to dream all of the time, and the researchers had to awaken them constantly. when their dream time was no longer interrupted, the volunteers spent much more time than normal in dream sleep and continued to do so until they had made up their dream loss. dement summed up the results of their experiment by concluding that when people are t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d 120 mysteries of the mind

rain are deactivated during sleep or are operating at a much slower pace than during hours of consciousness. the cerebral cortex is that portion of the brain that selects, abstracts, sorts, and memorizes when it is fully activated; but when the rest of the body sleeps, it, too, takes a nap, and that makes the memory of dreams a bit difficult at best. the memory of dreaming, then, must in some way awaken the cerebral cortex, on cue, so that individuals can better remember what they dream. the habit of writing a dream down immediately upon awakening will, to a degree, help set the cortex on the alert so it can go into action on a moment s notice. sources: faraday, ann. dream power. new york: berkley medallion books edition, 1973. hall, calvin s. the meaning of dreams. new york: mcgraw-hill b

containing contest entries before the hopeful contestants drop them in the mail slot. almost universally, if people feel that a person with evil intent has put the evil eye on them, they must spit immediately to protect themselves from the curse. whenever individuals sense that a spell of witchcraft for sorcery has been directed toward them, they must spit over their left shoulder. if one should awaken from a frightening nightmare, one must spit over the left shoulder three times to be certain that it doesn t come true. even if one should encounter satan himself, the prince of darkness can be made to disappear if one spits between his horns. in the gospel accounts of the ministry of jesus (c. 6 b.c.e. c. 30 c.e, the miracle worker from nazareth healed people of blindness and deafness with


THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL

being symbolically important in aztec culture, which flourished earlier and further north than mayan civilization, yet there are far fewer claims among crystal skull enthusiasts that connect the objects to aztec culture. radio-carbon testing is not applicable to crystal, because the method works only on previously animate objects. crystal skulls are credited by believers for having the ability to awaken human consciousness to a higher level of being. some people assert that they experience a psychic connection when viewing a crystal skull, and commonly declare that they were infused with positive energy. skulls of quartz crystal, like other quartz objects, are believed by mystic crystal enthusiasts to have the ability to record events, thoughts, and emotions that occur in their presence. s

cal qualities of crystals credit ancient peoples with having crafted crystal skulls. according to them, ancients used the skulls to predict the future, to control the weather, as healing devices, as oracles to receive cosmic wisdom, as receivers t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d objects of mystery and power 191 crystal skulls are believed to awaken the human consciousness to a higher level of being. of universal knowledge, and as a tool meant for future use to gain divine knowledge. there is a crystal skull on display at the london museum of mankind, and the paris crystal skull is on display at the trocadero museum. both skulls can be traced back to mexico, where records show they were purchased in the 1890s. the london museum acquire


THE GOLDEN ESSENCE

ke away from this essay is a new, deeper understanding of some deeper mysteries embodied in the housle, which will help you whether or not you decide to consciously access them every time you perfo rm the housle. if you wish to utilize these understandings, you will add a level of power to your work. most housle participants are eating the bread and drinking the drink to consciously, outwardly re-awaken, show, or forge a connection between themselves and otherworldly spirits or powers, making the two worlds into one through the absorption of the blessed food and drink. regardless of the housle s deeper meanings, the before mentioned reality is still the case with the housle, still one of its primary realities, if not the primary reality. no matter what power is called and merged with by th

child from the otherworld, into our own experience, seeing the child, that is, becoming aware of his eternal presence, is the key to the regeneration, or the re newal of the mysteries. it is also the key to the mysteries of psychic ascension. seeing the child of the mystery night was the subject of many ancient mystery cults in antiquity. if the child is represents the stage at which mankind will awaken or evolve to a new perfection or understanding, it is very interesting to point out the obvious: that it is not mankind, as we normally think of him/her that will actually achieve this spiritual triumph and overcoming, but it is the son of man that will. humans, at their current stage, are only capable of awaiting the coming of the divine child, before they can achieve the ultimate. the lig


THE KEY TO THE MYSTERIES

ah of the hebrews. the clavicles of solomon, forgotten in the course of time, and supposed lost, have been rediscovered by ourselves; without trouble we have opened all the doors of those old sanctuaries where absolute truth seemed to sleep- always young, and always beautiful, like that princess of the childish legend, who, during a century of slumber, awaits the bridegroom whose mission it is to awaken her. after our book, there will still be mysteries, but higher and farther in the infinite depths. this publication is a light or a folly, a mystification or a monument. read, reflect, and judge. xiv the key of the mysteries (la clef des grands mysteres) by eliphas levi xv part i religious mysteries problems for solution i- to demonstrate in a certain and absolute manner the existence of go

eeds the agitations of life carries away the relaxed and sleeping soul; one cannot make it return, and force it to plunge anew into life, except by exciting violently all its affections and all its desires. when jesus, the saviour of the world, was upon earth, the earth was more beautiful and more desirable than heaven; and yet it was necessary for jesus to cry aloud and apply a shock in order to awaken jairus's daughter. it was by dint of shudderings and tears that he called back his friend lazarus from the tomb, so difficult is it to interrupt a tired soul who is sleeping his beauty-sleep! at the same time, the countenance of death has not the same serenity for every soul that contemplates it. when one has missed the goal of life, when one carries away with one frenzied greeds or unassua

been more than irregular, while she was already disgusted with existence. they put her to sleep; bade her see; she weeps and struggles. they speak to her of god; she trembles in every limb "no" said she "no" he frightens me; i will not look at him "look at him, i wish it" she opens her eyes, her pupils expand; she is terrifying "what do you see "i should not know how to say it. oh for pity's sake awaken me" 124 "no, look, and say what you see "i see a black night in which whirl sparks of every colour around two great ever-rolling eyes. from these eyes leap rays whose spiral whorls fill space. ho, it hurts me! wake me "no, look "where do you wish me to look now "look into paradise "no, i cannot climb there; the great night pushes me back, i always fall back "very well then, look into hell"


THE MAGICIAN S KABBALAH

acts on its counterpart in the heart (ab, which is the vessel of conscious desire (e) this in turn reacts on the hati (unconscious executant (f) the whole psyche thus in a state of theurgic excitation, the ba (divine link) descended, and the whole body becomes a khu (shining one or augoides (g) this new being is established in the midst of the sahu (elemental body, and hence by its radiation can awaken corresponding potencies in nature. the sahu could hence be seen in modern terms as a morphogenetic field (h) for this purpose, the khaibt is used as the link between the ego and non-ego, and the tet (spiritual body) is established. see diagram one for a sketch of these divisions, but note that it is impossible to produce a suitable diagram for this system as firstly it is difficult to trans

, a relationship might be drawn onto the triangle as "time "love" and "space. this triangle is that which binds the situation, and can be used to see the most basic form of any event or process. 4. chesed; the ritual of the square square; rbva'a; building the square of the elements provides a base of light from which to work our will, with inspiration and energy. with the ritual of the square, we awaken the powers of the elements in their most archetypal form, as they begin to appear in the flux of energies sent forth from chesed to be differentiated in geburah and disseminated through tiphareth into the four lower sephiroth. the letters of chesed, cheth, samekh, daleth, conceal the square in a number of ways. firstly cheth itself has the value of 8, the double square, and in full the valu

t, and north-east. this makes another form of enclosure (cheth) about the temple. point samekh take a staff or stick to each point of the double square in turn, commencing with the east. say; within this temple, the powers of the (quarter or cross-quarter name) are awakened! point daleth take the staff to each of the quarters in turn, saying as appropriate; east: i open the portal of the east and awaken the energy of air. south: i open the portal of the south and awaken the energy of fire. west: i open the portal of the west and awaken the energy of water. north: i open the portal of the north and awaken the energy of earth. the meditation for the ritual is one used in many opening rituals, which involves facing each quarter in turn and meditating on the properties of the element associate

he energy of fire. west: i open the portal of the west and awaken the energy of water. north: i open the portal of the north and awaken the energy of earth. the meditation for the ritual is one used in many opening rituals, which involves facing each quarter in turn and meditating on the properties of the element associated with that quarter. thus for east, one visualises the air, and attempts to awaken within oneself the positive qualities of air, being lightness, swiftness, clarity and so forth. most systems, including kabbalah, also use personifications for the powers of the quarters, such as michael for the south, or djinn in the wiccan system. however, in the sapphire temple sequence, it is best to begin with the abstract principle of the element, and then build up suitable personific

initiates until their attainment of the grade of adeptus minor. it pre-dates even its jewish origins, and is to be found in a ancient babylonian text where the individual summons the four major deities to each of the four quarters to protect them. in essence, it is a statement of separation and preparation for esoteric work, but in daily life it is also a ritual of observation, and an attempt to awaken and identify with the observer within. although often cited as an ideal preparation for meditation work, i would recommend the alternative ritual of the "rose-cross" for this, which may be found in the "complete golden dawn system of magic" the ritual 1. stand facing east, which is the place of sunrise and hence the dawning of the light of awareness. 2. perform the kabbalistic cross as foll


THE MIDDLE PILLAR

ause of this particular anxiety is not the problem in hand, but the anxiety which has its roots in an early conflict and is made the worse by the occurrence of an immediate problem evoking conflict and anxiety. groddeck's treatment-almost likely than not to be notlung but the gnawing the same method is often made amongst these, for example, is the analysis. the terror experienced in nightmare, to awaken bathed in perspiration, angered heart, and experiencing an inexplicable is likewise due to some conflict unconscious, can only be determined and by the lengthy process of confession, reductive analysis. but if the dreamer can be trained that the nightmare is only the expression he has proceeded halfway to the point him. he must accept the presence of attempt to escape it, because escape is

by the visualization of these sephiroth as circles or spheres of light in various sigruficant parts of the physical body. more accurately, they are to be realized as centers already existent in the aura, which is for this purpose defined as an egg-shape of subtle electric matter, a magnetic field which surrounds and interpenetrates the material body of man. the object of this visualization is to awaken these sephiroth in balanced activity as a means of providing the higher genius, as the it may be named, with a psychic mechanism by which it may freely function within consciousness at the intent of the ego. it will be recalled, as stated as an axiom, that certain of the psychological principles of man have their correspondence with various organs and limbs and parts of the physical body. t

to it on the spinal column. pass in contemplation from the heart to the center of the genera' tive organs. visualize the sphere of light and vibrate the name, employing the same techruque as before and noting carefully the reaction in consciousness. some minutes having been spent arousing h s center and vitalizing in with power, pass downwards to the feet where the magical center will be found to awaken quite easily in point of fact, it will be discovered that the mere contemplation of kether, the center above the head, will by reflex action bring into operation the malkuth center, these being the two poles, height and depth, of the middle pillar. this very briefly is the technique. little can be said which the zealous student will not be able to discover through application to it. if the


THE PATH OF KABBALAH

r and the creature. the creature discovers that he doesn t exist without the creator, but the creator cannot be called a creator if there isn t a creature, just like a woman cannot be called a mother if she doesn t have a child. it is only possible to attain spirituality when there is a desire for it. but where do i find it if i don t even know what it is? let s say that we are pushed a little to awaken in us an interest in spirituality, but in the end, the truth is that we still know nothing. if we did, and would still want it, at least to a certain extent and things would have been easier. but it is purposely hidden from us. if we were to enter spirituality with our current will to receive, we would never be able to change it. in order to enter spirituality, we must want it. but wanting

ent of the sin of the first man would not be in every egoistic desire, the egoism would have been incorrigible and spiritual ascent made impossible. thus, man s sin was a necessity. we live in complete spiritual darkness. the surrounding light shines on the outside and awakens the egoism, the will to receive, yet cannot penetrate the egoism. this is how we are awakened to spirituality. to further awaken us, not necessarily to spirituality, but to any personal achievement, a part of the surrounding light must (seemingly) be inside us. for that purpose the point in the heart is inserted into our selfish hearts. this point is a gift from above. it is the lowest point of a higher spiritual object, the posterior of a higher partzuf. looking from above, there is nothing but a vessel, screen and

s teacher replied that if a person enters a group and sees that everything revolves around a single desire to find the creator, and sees people coming from afar, talking and studying only that, if they study only with the right books and the right teacher, that person can catch the general desire, though he knows he doesn t have this point. however, it is known that an extremely strong desire can awaken the point in the heart. even the ari mentioned it. in order for a single person to be included in the united desire of the group, he must be absolutely in agreement with it, because even when this point does exist, it is different in its attributes from person to person. for instance, it is known that rabbi yosef karo, who wrote the shulchan aruch (the jewish code of laws, a priceless piece

a rapist, you will always find a person who thinks that what he did was just. if you think a certain person is evil in your eyes, that is still not considered the recognition of evil. the recognition of evil is when a person sees himself as evil. 39 of 273 when he compares himself with the creator, meaning when he can already feel the creator to a certain extent through reading special texts that awaken on him the surrounding light, and that sensation is what produces the recognition of evil. a person who begins to understand himself more deeply will not become a felon. he does find seemingly appalling attributes in himself, but he regards them as obscene and wicked, and not as ones that he would like to realize. he is presented with the obscenity in him as if on a screen before his eyes

etermines one s range of influence and his outlook on the world he lives in. as he evolves, his thoughts will grow deeper and he will find new connections between the objects and the phenomenon of reality. it all depends on the level of one s development, which defines the range of his perception of that part of the world of ein sof that he can feel. there is no other way to want spirituality and awaken on yourself the surrounding light, except studying in a group under the guidance of a kabbalistic teacher. it is the only way to take part in the acting out of the design of creation and shorting the way in which nature leads us to attain it. only the light can help us replace our egoistic attributes with altruistic ones. that is because our egoistic attributes stand as a barrier between th

e body, a breach of the inner balance. that is why it is forbidden to kill a symptom of a disease so as not to suppress the body s ability to defend itself. our egoism is highly sophisticated. if we feel a desire that we cannot satisfy, the egoism immediately suppresses it, so as not to cause us unnecessary anguish. but the minute the conditions ripen to attain that pleasure, the relevant desires awaken. that determination is also true for an old person, or a sick one. such people have no other desires but to go on living. our body suppresses unattainable desires. the wisdom of kabbalah completely denies the theory of evolution. the creature evolved according to the four phases of direct light, when behina aleph became behina bet, which turned into behina gimel etc. but when malchut of ein

nsists of five phases. the screen decides how much to receive in each phase. each phase is then divided into a part that receives and a part that does not, which is why there are five phases in the toch and five in the sof. summary: when the light corrects the vessel, it gives it the will of the creator. that is actually what we need, for the light to come (the very same surrounding light that we awaken during the study if we want to attain the purpose of creation) and correct us to want to become like the creator in everything we do, meaning to bestow. that is the uniqueness of the kabbalah, and that is its importance. the study awakens the surrounding light that corrects man. 120 of 273 the inner structure of a partzuf 121 of 273 chapter 3.7- expansion and withdrawal of light once malchu

sk: why then, did the kabbalists obligate each person to delve in the wisdom of kabbalah? indeed there is a weighty thing here, worthy of being publicized: that there is a magnificent, invaluable remedy, to those who delve in the wisdom of kabbalah: that although they do not understand what they are learning, but through the yearning and the great desire to understand what they are learning, they awaken upon themselves the lights that surround their souls. meaning, that each man from israel is guaranteed to finally attain all these wonderful attainments, which god has resolved in the thought of creation to grant each creature. but he, who has not attained it in this life, will attain it in the next and so on, until he has completed that which he preliminarily thought of. and while man has

to stop 133 of 273 receiving, the screen rises from the tabur to the peh and pushes the lights out of the guf of the partzuf. the screen arrives at the peh along with the reshimo of the light that filled the partzuf and a reshimo deaviut that remains in the screen. the encounter of the screen with the upper light reawakens the screen to want to receive light in order to bestow, hence new reshimot awaken in it. it performs a zivug dehakaa with the light and creates the next partzuf. in each partzuf there are two screens: one that rejects the light and one that receives it. the screen that rejects the light always remains at the peh of the partzuf. it rejects all the light that wants to enter the partzuf, and by that it adheres to the condition of the first restriction. once the first screen

imo deaviut shoresh, is called a fetus. there cannot be any lesser degree than that in spirituality; this is the minimal degree. once born, the partzuf descends to the place where the reshimot come from, meaning below tabur degalgalta, and expands there from tabur and below. once the partzuf of the fetus has taken its place, reshimot dalet dehitlabshut and gimel deaviut (from the sof of galgalta) awaken in it. it is over these reshimot that the gadlut of the partzuf comes out: the screen performs a zivug on reshimot 4/3 and the degree of gadlut spreads from tabur degalgalta to the parsa. that partzuf is 157 of 273 called atik (detached but also ancient, because it is detached from the attainment of the lower ones, i.e. the souls. atik is the first of a series of new partzufim called the wo


THE SHADOWED ONES

cend through your spine and open your senses about you. by the south east does shamsiel carry forth the weapons of the sun and the very pretense of azazel let the fires which envelope him be given freely as a gift to the wise. by the east shall then lucifer-azazel be called forth, who is azal ucel the bringer of light. by the blood baptized vessels of the skull and athame of cain does the prayers awaken a new calling .a new voice shall be heard in the distance and light invoked winds of the waking dream. the north east does lilith come forth, the bride of lucifer who is of both darkness and the bringing and going of the sun. she walks in the darkness of two worlds, of lilim and those beasts and succubi who drink the blood of life, of gray shades which answer her call, of the blood of the m


THE TAROT OF C C ZAIN

y of physical desires, intellectual interests, and spiritual aspirations. the young man and woman are plainly dressed, indicating simplicity of life, moderation of desires and purity of thought. the flowers springing up about them symbolize the joy and happiness of the domestic circle which more than compensate them for material hardships. the 20 flowers signify the potency of domestic harmony to awaken and resurrect the spiritual flora of the soul. this ensemble personifies the fact that when the sexes are truly wed, and the triple laws of harmony are obeyed, that their lives are a constant round of happiness and joy, even amid adversities and privation. the sarcophagus--arcanum xx. in divination, arcanum xx may be read as an awakening or resurrection. arcanum xx is figured by a sarcophag


THE WITCH CULT OF ZOS VEL THANATOS

ily as i change my shoes. the current state of chaos magick in the present time has only maneuvered to some certain state due to lack of imagination and vision. chaos magick is an egocentric ideology that has no specific doctrine or form. lack of dogma can often lead to emptiness of concepts and then the boat literally runs aground. chaos magick must be defined in a certain context in order to re-awaken the luminous possibilities contained therein. austin osman spare was the founder of what is today chaos magick (unknowingly of course. his study and practice of magick developed early on and was later subject to formal training with aleister crowley. spare understood the importance of ritual and ceremony yet at the same time found it repulsive and idiotic. however, by viewing spare s painti

ony. austin spare s developments began essentially with earth inferno, but reached no ground on sorcery until the atavism of remembrance manifested through his meeting with crowley. spare began work on the book of pleasure and it s concepts in 1909. while not completed and published until 1913 he developed immensely during this period. the activated psychic censor spare was so famous for began to awaken and develop during this period. austin was well versed in classical grimoires such as grimoirium verum, the grand grimoire, abramelin the mage and various works by levi and agrippa. spare developed his alphabet of desire from these formulas, something that was groundbreaking and lesser understood by his peers. spare, just as crowley, wanted to usher forth a new magickal system. as aleister

flesh to go forth to the sabbat. this ecstasy brings spirit un-form, and the desire of her is shown in her familiars and servitors given spirit flesh. the hands of anubis and hekate are caressing those seeking the realm of the necromance, to dance the endless circle of the serpent s spine, the very dance of witches. the sorcerer he who calls upon the shades of his own alphabet of desire may also awaken to any length the blackened fire of the shadowed one, given from lofty fall above. here the sorcerer in ceremonial robe, calls upon his godforms and desires, that by serpent and flame shall they become flesh. the only thing true here is the lie which becomes the flesh of his self-love. the ascension of the ego from ecstasy to ecstasy when the mind of akoman (daemon within) is uplifted by ri


THE ABYSS AND TABAET

defined the very essence of all sorcery and magick, i will seduce all material life into disaffection to thee and affection to myself. initiation into the path of magick is that of the illumination of clay by the gods of the leviathanic path, when dreaming and desired spirit enter flesh and manifest their own journey upon the path of the dragon. in the circle of evocation does the devil embodied awaken, it is the mirror of the creation of the initiate. no matter of which name is the adversary invoked, the shadow encircles the body and soul to reveal the blackened fire of life itself, the very essence illuminated. to walk upon the left hand path is to sip from the venom d cup of the serpent, to move against the sun by the way of lilith and hecate, to listen to the ancient lore of the watch


TYSON DONALD NEW MILLENNIUM MAGIC

ding insights of spirit into human laws, which were then institutionalized as commandments from god. in the age of reason, the pronouncements of prophets are denounced and ridiculed as the ravings of lunatics. spirit still speaks to individuals, but society no longer listens. magic provides a way for those lost in the confusion of the world to find themselves. it offers no dogma, but the means to awaken the center of spirit that exists within each human being. the spiritual heart binds the loose spokes of life together and gives cohesion and purpose where before there was only a vacuum of doubt and confusion. more than this, magic makes it possible to use the limitless potential of spirit to reshape the world in accordance with the fondest desires of the soul. it goes beyond the convention

is dissatisfaction with the world must be transmuted into something positive. usually this occurs at the personal level. seemingly by chance students encounter a human being who is spiritually awakened, and recognize intuitively the worth of that person. they ide- alize their paragon and seek to emulate him or her. in doing so, they make the first blind call upon their own spirit, which begins to awaken. at this point they will be drawn, apparently by accident, into their first con- tacts with magic. a book will fall into their hands, or they will attend the lecture of a practicing occultist. fueled by their burning need to find some way to perfect themselves, their interest in magic will grow. at first their reaction to magic will be humor and reflexive aversion. but as they study more de

to the earth center. this cannot be done by shifting the point of self, which is eternally fixed in the center of the universe; rather the magus should visualize the entire manifest universe moving upward while the point of self stays where it is, until the self unites with the earth center. the magus should devise personal meditations built on a similar structure. if used effectively, these will awaken the earth center. waves of pure force will flow through his or her body, where they can be directed into the magical weapons. once the earth center is truly awakened it can be invoked in a moment and will become an automatic welling out of power along the rays of will projected by the magus. the weapons should be keyed to certain words of power and specific gestures. to evoke the weapons th


TYSON DONALD SOUL FLIGHT

t at the time perceive a separation between astral and physical bodies. it is possible to project the astral body in the same location as the physical body, so that the two overlap-that is, it is possible to make them distinct without separating them. sylvan muldoon the man most responsible for the two popular myths about astral travel examined abovethat of the silver cord, and the belief that to awaken the body when the astral double is- 82. kardec, mediums' book, 133. chapter five: spiritualism 73 absent causes death-was the darling of the spiritualists, sylvan muldoon (1903-1971, perhaps the greatest astral traveler, at least by his own accounts, who has ever lived. the well-respected psychic researcher hereward carrington (1880-1958) devoted a good portion of his career to studying mul

circle of light appeared. within this circle, the mist cleared to reveal the scene of a farm, in bright colors, with all the animals moving as in life. a woman in a blue dress waved her hand from the doorway of the house. after a while, the scene faded and the fairy gave a nod and a smile before vanishing. all these early experiences of fox are connected. they were attempts by spiritual beings to awaken and develop his natural psychic abilities. the dreams of his mother's double directed his mind toward astral projection. the dreams and impressions of being stretched resulted from partial separation of his astral double. the golden light that suffused the air is an event i have experienced during soul flight, and it indicates an astral rather than a physical perception of the scene. the fa

also has no moral affiliation. one of hitler's earlier advisors, the rosicrucian and freemason general karl haushofer, founded the luminous lodge of the vril society in 1925, the same year in which the thule society was dissolved. the author wulf schwarzwiiller asserted that the purpose of the vril society was to investigate the roots of the aryan race, and to perform ritual exercises designed to awaken the power of vril. he claimed that haushofer was a student of the mystic gregor ivanovich gurdyev, better known as g. i. gurdjieff (c. 1866-1949 "both gurdjieff and haushofer maintained that they had contacts with secret tibetan lodges that possessed the secret of the 'superman. the lodge included hitler, alfred rosenberg, himrnler, goring, and hitler's subsequent personal physician dr. mor

er to achieve consciousness in my own dreams. for me, it is the light switches in my house. if i am in a dream and go to turn on a light, and the light does not turn on, i think in the dream that it may be just a burned-out bulb. but if i try another light and it also fails to illuminate, i at once know that i am dreaming. then if i choose not to remain on the astral level, i can compel myself to awaken, although it is difficult-rather like drawing myself up from the bottom of a dark, deep well. i become aware that my body is paralyzed. this is a natural condition known as sleep paralysis, a protective mechanism of the body to prevent self-inflicted injuries during violent dreams. i also become aware that my sense of hearing has been turned off. at some chapter eleven: astral doorways 185

chapter fourteen: runes 245 individual human nature, for every traveler into the runes sees them in a unique way that resonates with his own deep motivations. woden speaks of staining the runes, as well as of carving them. the usual stain was blood, which fed the runes' symbols and rendered them active and aware. until the runes are stained, they lie dormant as though asleep. the use of blood to awaken the runes is another indication that they were employed in necromancy. for purposes of astral travel, i do not recommend that you stain the runes with blood. this would cause their action to be more energetic and independent than would be desirable. it is better to inscribe them using red ink or red pigment, which in a symbolic sense represents blood. this was done in ancient times, so it i

aming sleep to wakefulness, so does the projected awareness naturally pass from the astral world back to waking physical reality. you can assist this natural and inevitable process of return by lying down with your astral body, closing your eyes, and going to sleep. adopt a posture that mimics the posture of your physical body. just let yourself fall asleep while in your astral body, and you will awaken in your physical body. if you become totally confused and lost, and cannot find the door to the elevator used in the general ritual of projection, or if hostile spirits are keeping you from reaching the door, or if you have lost your keycard, or indeed if any mishap has taken place that prevents a normal return, this method will bring you back to your body. sometimes you will find that the

nto my body and allowed myself to drift downward through the darkness with my eyes shut. then i willed myself to awake-not to sit up, as i had been trying to do, but to wake up. it was like swimming upward through the waters of a deep, dark well. the distance seemed quite far. when i reached the surface, i awoke in my physical body. had i been more relaxed about it, and used less force of will to awaken myself, the effort would not have been as great. i would have naturally risen to consciousness over a longer span of time. by forcing myself upward toward consciousness at an artificial rate, i created resistance, just as when you sweep your arm through water slowly there seems to be little resistance, but when you try to sweep it through quickly, the water presses back. if i had done nothi


TYSON DONALD THE MAGICAL WORKBOOK

work ritual magic in the western tradition. their value lies in the doing. they are not meant to be studied or analyzed, but repeatedly performed on a regular basis. when integrated into a daily routine of practice and done consistently over a period of months, the benefits they confer are automatic and universal. they strengthen the will, focus concentration, enhance creative visualization, and awaken the perception of esoteric forces and spiritual creatures. anyone who follows the routine of practice set forth in the appendix will experience profound changes of mind and body. the degree of benefit will vary depending on the latent gifts within each individual, but just as no one can lift weights for months without enlarging their biceps, it is impossible to work these exercises of pract

intuition will grow keener and more reliable. you will perceive the presence of spiritual intelligences and interact with them. you will be able to project the power xii introduction of your will as a tangible force to influence spirits and human beings. you will cleanse buildings and places of destructive atmospheres, charge objects with subtle energies, open gateways to higher spiritual realms, awaken the energy centers of your body, and call forth angels and elementals to serve your needs. all exercises are completely practical. a brief commentary has been added to each, but these commentaries contain no theories or moral cautions or history lessons, only instructions essential to avoid confusion and insure accurate performance. countless books explain, justify, and analyze various aspe

r hands downward, then open your eyes, stretch gently, and rise to go about your normal day. 22 reclining exercises this simple exercise can be used to initiate astral visions and astral journeys. the red dot acts as a doorway through the third eye, or ajna chakra, between the eyebrows. the ajna chakra is the psychic center of the body that controls astral sight. regular use of this exercise will awaken and heighten your natural scrying ability, and enable you to visualize more realistically astral objects and landscapes. this ability is essential in ritual magic. the penny acts as a physical focus. pennies are composed of bronze, a mixture of copper, the metal ofvenus, and tin, the metal ofjupiter. venus and jupiter are both positive, helpful deities. in traditional astrology, jupiter is

he spiritual center of the universe. each human being resides at the center of his or her own universe, and indeed can never leave it, but this truth is usually veiled by the distractions of material existence. centering reminds us that we are always at the center of everything, in perfect union with the source of being. the visualization of the stone pillar at the start of this exercise helps to awaken an intuitive awareness of the energies involved in grounding and centering. through repeated practice of the entire exercise, you become more and more conditioned, so that after a dozen repetitions the last part of the exercise alone is sufficient to ground and center you during actual ritual work. you need only assume the standing pose and feel yourself an extension of the ground as you sp


TYSON DONALD THE POWER OF THE WORD

es round about, even the wheels that they four had (ezek. 10:12. eyes generally symbolize discernment or judgment. however, here they are used as the active power of the "swords of the south" to stir up lust and provoke violence based upon uncontrolled desire. the lust-provoking power of the angels is called their eyes, because through the organs of sight men look upon the adornments of women and awaken to desire. unlawful desire is intended, which in biblical times was desire for any woman out of wedlock, particularly the lust after prostitutes who painted their faces and wore red cloth. lust is not the only sin provoked by the "eyes" of the rulers of the south (more accurately, the west. lust is only the vehicle by which they accomplish their purpose. once the desires of men have been ar


UNCLE SETNAKT SEZ TIMING IN GREATER AND LESSER BLACK MAGIC

n a short time you'll find that you're moving fewer and fewer beads. 6. if you want to master your mind, make clocks work for you. most of the time our consciousness is purely reactive. we see something and think about it in the shallowest way possible. the black magician needs to train his mind to move him toward alertness and control. paradoxically the use of an arbitrary symbol to remind us to awaken is one of the best ways to move toward an alert state. just as we use an alarm lock to end physical sleep, we can use a regular clock to move us toward consciousness. pick a time that you will think about a certain topic, such as" tomorrow at three o'clock i will inventory my life to see how well i am using indulgence as a watchword in my life" learning how to program your thought paths in


UNLEASHING THE BEAST

d, as well. tantric ritual seeks to harness and exploit this power, both as a mean to spiritual liberation and as a means to this-worldly benefits, such as wealth, fame and supernatural abilities. as douglas brooks summarizes "the tantrika conceives of the world as power. the world is nothing but power to be harnessed."lxv sexual union (maithuna) is indeed used in some traditions as one method to awaken and harness this power; but it is by no means the only, or even usually the most important, technique employed in tantric ritual. and even when it is used, it is typically restricted to very closely guarded, highly esoteric ritual settings and surrounded with the most severe injunctions warning of the dangers of its abuse. in the words of one of the most famous and influential medieval text

, most tantric traditions use a form of physical discipline known as kundalini yoga. according to the kundalini system, there are a series of seven energy centers (chakras) located along the axis of the spinal column. at the base of these lies the great goddess as power (shakti) hidden in the human body, which is imagined in the form of a coiled serpent (kundalini. the aim of kundalini yoga is to awaken this serpent power and to raise it through the seven energy centers where it will ultimately be united with the supreme masculine principle, the god, shiva, who is imagined as dwelling in a thousand-petalled lotus at the top of the head. crowley more or less accepts this basic system of seven chakras and the serpent power; yet, quite remarkably, he also adds a special set of lower chakras l


VOX SABBATUM

all the while focusing on the demon in question. at the moment of ejaculation or organism anoint the sigil with the elixir. you may bind the sigil with a pouch or some way of cover, along with proper oils attributed to the daemon. you may also bury the pouch if you wish, when seeking copulation or inspiration; simply focus upon the sigil itself. you will notice dreaming sexual congress, which may awaken you aroused. to destroy the spirit, burn and cover the pouch and contents with salt. if one is conducting the sabbat rite with a partner, a fellow coven member, the demon may be as the self. the black man of the sabbat is also able to take the role, or vise versa depending on the situation. however this is done, great care should be made in keeping the gnosis itself pure, that by night or n

f the rite is solitary, or before dreaming, you may visualize going before the sigil of desire, being the devil, and announce- i deny christianity and the path of self- disillusion, i affirm life and flesh, i affirm spirit and desire, i seek the path of sorcery and vox sabbatum the witches sabbat 20 the knowledge of being. i kiss the reversed and opposing face of shaitan, that by darkness i shall awaken to the light of self-love and the wisdom of the black flame. with regard to the witches sabbat, it is pertinent to follow the basis of the witches pyramid- to know, to will, to dare, to keep silent. those who you make reference to regarding the rite must never know the depth of the rituals, as they are meant to be kept from prying eyes, and such rites are self- transformative, therefore of


WEOR SAMAEL AUN ESOTERIC COURSE OF KABBLAH

ic energy. practice: in accordance with the aforesaid description, the following exercise is suggested: withdraw from your mind all types of thoughts, imagine now the holy eight as it is represented in the following graphic: allow the figure to submerge itself within your consciousness and go to sleep. imagine your mind as a blank screen without thinking of anything1. thus after a while, you will awaken your consciousness in the astral body. now, if the formation of this sign is considered, then we can see the continuity of the same arm which closes a double circuit in the first stroke, while in the second only encloses one, deviating in the other one to project itself towards the exterior after cutting the sign in the central crossing. one closes and the other opens. 1 literally: without

nd the lunar atoms rise through the cord of the left. these solar and lunar atoms rise from our seminal system, the fire of phlegethon and the water of acheron [akeron] cross themselves in the ninth sphere, forming the sign of the infinite. f plus a equal c fire plus water [aqua] equals consciousness. whosoever meditates on the sign of the infinite, will utilize the fire and the water in order to awaken consciousness. now we understand why the two witnesses of revelation have the power of prophecy. and i will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore [1260] days, clothed in sackcloth. as we said, these are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the god of the earth- revelation 11:3, 4 bagavar aclaiva os ayudar a "

seminis. in india, the black yogis (asura samphata) ejaculate the ens seminis (shuhsra) in order to criminally mix it with the feminine raja within the vagina, thereafter; by handling the vajroli in a negative way, they reabsorb this fluid already mixed with feminine raja. the black yogis (bonzos and dugpas) believe that they are wisely achieving the union of the solar and lunar atoms in order to awaken the kundalini. the outcome of such black tantrism is the negative awakening of the serpent. therefore instead of ascending, the serpent descends downwards into the atomic infernos of the human being and becomes the tail of satan. this is how these black yogis end up separating themselves from their inner god forever; they are demons. so, that is the black magic. through this way the two wit

e del lado derecho, es caliente, solar. este par de cordones nerviosos se anudan graciosamente en el coxis. 57 when the solar and lunar atoms of the seminal system make contact in the triveni, next to the coccyx, the kundalini awakens [the serpent of brass nachash. the sexual act among initiates, male and female, has only one objective, that of establishing a contact of opposite poles in order to awaken their kundalini. with the sexual contact, the mercury of secret philosophy multiplies (the seminal liquor increases. when the ens seminis is not ejaculated it is transmuted into seminal vapors. these vapors, at the same time, convert themselves into energies and are bipolarized into positive and negative. the positive are solar forces, the negative are lunar forces. these solar and lunar en

las escuelas de regeneraci n constituyen la cadena de oro de la logia blanca. 80 fire projection the kundalini may be aimed or projected to any chakra or to any distant place. within the cervical vertebrae, the kundalini use to take the shape of a quetzal (the bird of minerva. in the supreme moment of the sacred copulation, we can send this fiery bird to each one of the seven chakras in order to awaken them totally. the two quetzals (one from the man and one from the woman) are nourished with water (the ens seminis) of the well (sex. man and woman can command the quetzal and the fiery bird will obey. the powerful mantra jao ri is the secret clue that grants us the power of commanding the quetzal. this miraculous bird can transform our face or make us invisible if we are in very grave dang

lly. the two quetzals (one from the man and one from the woman) are nourished with water (the ens seminis) of the well (sex. man and woman can command the quetzal and the fiery bird will obey. the powerful mantra jao ri is the secret clue that grants us the power of commanding the quetzal. this miraculous bird can transform our face or make us invisible if we are in very grave danger, it can also awaken within us any chakra of the astral body or heal any distant ill person, etc. imagination there exist two types of imagination: mechanical imagination (fantasies) and conscious imagination (clairvoyance. gnostic students must learn how to use their conscious imagination. proyecci n del fuego el kundalini puede ser proyectado a cualquier chakra o a cualquier lugar distante, en las v rtebras c

e marvelous quetzal floating above your head. mentally vocalize the mantram of power proweoa. the quetzal s divine image (a splendid bird of beautifully intense emerald feathers, golden green plume with a red belly and long green feathers yet with a white undertail) will come to your imagination with this mantra. the disciple must become familiar with this bird and learn how to handle it. you can awaken your internal powers with this fiery bird. the mantra proweoa (utilized often by the schools of the great chain) allow us to bring into our conscious imagination any image from the superior worlds; this is how we can clairvoyantly see. the alchemist must utilize this mantra during the trance-state of sexual magic in order to see the quetzal. practica: 1 sentado en c modo sill n o acostado e

halla representada por tres serpientes que simbolizan el mercurio, el azufre y la sal. el ave f nix se levanta de entre sus propias cenizas. los alkimistas deben trabajar durante 12 horas para lograr el fermento de oro. he aqu el arcano doce de la k bala. quien posea oro fermentado puede tener la dicha de ser realmente. 86 non-identification the present human is a dormant machine. if you want to awaken from the profound dream in which you live, then do not identify with pleasures, desires, emotions, dramas, scenes of your life, etc call yourself into vigilance in each step; remember, good disciple, that people are dreaming. observe people and their dreams, analyze all of those dreams in which humanity lives, but do not identify with those dreams so that you can awaken. people believe they

elieve they are awakened because they are not sleeping in their beds, regardless they have their consciousness profoundly asleep, thus they dream. everything that you see amongst the people is simply dreams. nevertheless, remember that not to identify with one s dreams does not mean to abandon your duties as a father, a mother or a son/daughter, etc. however, do not identify. this is how you will awaken from the profound dream in which you live. no-identificaci n el hombre es una m quina dormida. si t quieres despertar del sue o profundo en que vives, no te identifiques con los placeres, deseos, emociones, dramas, escenas de tu vida, etc, etc. a cada paso ll mate a la vigilancia, recuerda buen disc pulo que la gente est so ando, observa a la gente en sus sue os, analiza todos esos sue os q

rena, su edificaci n rodar al abismo, debemos edificar sobre la piedra viva. esa piedra es el sexo. quien desarrolla los chakras en el espectro de la muerte, rodar al abismo, su templo ser torre fulminada. quien engendra sus cuerpos cr sticos con el arcano a.z.f, y trabaja en el desarrollo de sus chakras se convierte en un cristo viviente. 107 the awakening of the consciousness it is necessary to awaken the consciousness in order not to fall into the abyss of perdition. nowadays, there exist many esoteric leaders who have their consciousness asleep, blind leading blinds will roll into the abyss, this is the law. present human beings live absolutely asleep; for instance, if a group of football players all of a sudden awakened the consciousness during a game, you can be absolutely sure that


WHO ARE THE DRACONIANS

er met such people "he said he recalls being pulled up into a kind of floating bus and being taken into the future. he declined to say what he saw "foster said he was given experiments to do as an engineer 'they worked, but they shouldn't have, according to what we know' he said "he said the 'guides' told him they were preparing people for a time when the chosen would be taken away.'i was told to awaken people to other dimensions and to participate in these realms' he said (or is it rather to convince people to 'open' their minds up to 'invasion' by controlling forces from these other 'dimensions- branton) case file #6: from [confidential source: the following information was sent to us via a researcher who is investigating a continuous abduction of a young (at the time, early 1990's) nine

above the head and come to a point" case file #31 from: todd jumper, co-founder of eaglenet it was the thanksgiving of 1992, my grandmother and uncle had come up for thanksgiving dinner and to spend the day with us. during the day my grandmother started talking to me about aliens for some reason and i started telling her of the things i had seen when i was little. then that night i remember being awaken by a noise, i first noticed that my computer monitor was reflecting a bright green light and then my whole room was filled with a bright green light. my first thought was 'oh no, they're back' then i again was paralyzed as it had happened to me when i was twelve. i was looking out my bedroom window and i stared face to face with a gray alien. there were two more behind him. i tried to yell


WOLFSON ELLIOT ALEF MEM TAU KABBALISTIC MUSINGS ON TIME TRUTH AND DEATH

spection, however, we observe that recapitulation is not dependent on sequential coherence. on the contrary, narrated time, in its cyclicality, revolves about the poles of memory and expectation. thinking time/ hermeneutic suppositions 49 future is retained in the protentionally envisaged past; retrospection ensues from retrieving traces of what is yet to be left behind. time of consciousness can awaken only as consciousness of time, and consciousness of time only as time of consciousness. precisely because of this circularity in thinking about time, and the reflexivity of consciousness that it implies, we cannot say what time is without being caught in a web of selfreferentiality. in the absence of a face, can the face appear other than as effaced, or is effacement itself too revealing? w


ZALEWSKI SECRET INNER ORDER RITUALS OF THE GOLDEN DAWN OCR

ragrance. tower of ivory, enclose us in thy protecting purity. give us, we beseech thee, this day and hour, thine aid in the high purpose for which we are here assembled. strengthen the postulant who seeks enlightenment through the gates of darkness, that passing through the valley of bitterness he may find therein the wells of living water. reflect upon his soul those visions of the spirit which awaken the understanding and beckon us to the pisgah heights of holiness. there may he find the pearl of great price, which is also the lodestone of the wise. shekinahi" 2nd ad "shekinah" 3rd ad "shekinah" all three "shekinah" turn up lights. the vault which was in darkness atfirst gmdually becomes lighter, repeal ing the figurr of shekinah holding a lamp under kr mil. at the last word she holds f


18276066 GRIMM JACOB TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 1

de use of a ship, as may be seen by the stories of athene's ship and that of isis, and frey's skisblasnir, the best of all ships. stem. 45^ but whichever way the gods might move, on earth, through air or in water, their walk and tread, their riding and driving is represented as so vehement, that it produces a loud noise, and the din of the elements is explained by it. the driving of zeus or thorr awakens thunder in the clouds; mountains and forests tremble beneath poseidon's tread, ii. 13, 18; when apollo lets himself down from the heights of olympus, arrows and bow clatter (ekxay^av) on his shoulder 1, 44, betvr) se kxajyr] yiver' dpyupeoio ^lolo, dreadful was the twang of his silver bow 1, 49. in the lays of the edda this stirring up of nature is described in exactly the same way, while


A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGICK SPELLS

i have developed using three goddess forms from the celtic tradition, my own favourite, which i have adapted for the three phases of the goddess. so spoke the great mother who has been known in many forms and by many names in countless ages, but is and always will be one and the same. as the maiden, she is the celtic brighid who in early spring softens the earth with her white wand of fire and so awakens the spring and restores fertility to land and people. as mother, she is cerridwen whose magical cauldron of wisdom and inspiration overflows to all who seek and call in need; finally she is cailleach, the veiled one, wise woman, healer and bringer of dreams, who in the winter of life transforms the old and outworn into new life to be born with the maiden in the spring 'when the moon is ful

oss, and it is protective and deters those who would do harm. ruled by the sun. cloves cloves are excellent for relieving tooth pains, circulation problems, back and lung problems and nausea in pregnancy. as part of an amulet or sachet, cloves will prevent gossip, malice and envy against the wearer and help the user to learn new skills. cloves are a natural aphrodisiac that both attracts love and awakens sexual feelings. for those who have suffered loss, cloves offer comfort. ruled by jupiter. coltsfoot this is perhaps the best herbal remedy for respiratory problems, especially persistent dry coughs, also bronchitis, asthma, and even emphysema. it also soothes the stomach and combats fluid retention. it is traditionally used in love rituals and sachets, and to induce peace of mind. it also


ALEE J BOOK OF AIWASS

ike you're being switched from a/c to d/c (alternating to direct current. why do sleepers exist? let's say, for example, aiwass has two physical forms; lord egan (awake) and a child growing up in some other part of the world (asleep. my daemon companion knows about the child. well, my body outlives its usefulness, i become ill and die. my companion visits the child and whispers "aiwass" the child awakens. like a bad penny, i keep coming back) notice, i'm the one who doesn't have a secret name because my mission is to reveal all. this is the aeon of lucius (light) and aiwass is the appointed messenger. plain talk. straightforward. no more shrouding truth in cryptic, cabalistic, ambiguity. no more pseudo-intellectual book of the law number games with mental masturbators. daemonic poseurs her


ALEISTER CROWLEY AD MEIORUM CTHULHI GLORIAM

ims are turning on each other and themselves; israel is once again in serious jeopardy; buddhism is being eradicated in southeast asia as it was in tibet. the ancient ones, lords of a time before memory, are being drawn by the smell of confusion and the hysteria and mutual hatred of the primitive life-forms on this planet: human beings. unless the gates are secured against attack, unless humanity awakens to both the real danger and the real potential for evolution. well, the vision of the mad arab- ancestor of the muslim princes so much in the news in 1979/1980- is one, certainly of terror. the discovery of this book, however, like the discovery of the typesetters' idol, may be the key, the link in our defence against the possible enemy awaiting us, outside. events of the last two years ha

ims are turning on each other and themselves; israel is once again in serious jeopardy; buddhism is being eradicated in southeast asia as it was in tibet. the ancient ones, lords of a time before memory, are being drawn by the smell of confusion and the hysteria and mutual hatred of the primitive life-forms on this planet: human beings. unless the gates are secured against attack, unless humanity awakens to both the real danger and the real potential for evolution. well, the vision of the mad arab- ancestor of the muslim princes so much in the news in 1979/1980- is one, certainly of terror. the discovery of this book, however, like the discovery of the typesetters' idol, may be the key, the link in our defence against the possible enemy awaiting us, outside. events of the last two years ha

in allegiance and were betrayed. and tiamat has promised us nevermore to attack with water and with wind. but the gods are forgetful. beneath the seas of nar mattaru beneath the seas of the earth, nar mattaru beneath the world lays sleeping the god of anger, dead but dreaming the god of cuthalu, dead but dreaming! the lord of kur, calm but thunderous! the one-eyes sword, cold but burning! he who awakens him calls the ancient vengeance of the elder ones the seven glorious gods of the seven glorious cities upon himself and upon the world and old vengeance. know that our years are the years of war and our days are measured as battles and every hour is a life lost to the outside those from without have builded up charnel houses to nourish the fiends of tiamat and the blood of the weakest here


ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK IN THEORY AND PRACTICE

ke love to a brick, or set an oak to run errands. we see, then, that we can never affect anything outside ourselves save only as it is also within us. whatever i do to another, i do also to myself. if i kill a man, i destroy my own life at the same time. that is the magical meaning of the so-called 121 "golden rule, which should not be in the imperative but in the indicative mood. every vibration awakens all others of its particular pitch. there is thus some justification for the assumption of previous writers on magick that the link is implicit, and needs no special attention. yet, in practice, there is nothing more certain than that one ought to confirm one's will by all possible acts on all possible planes. the ceremony must not be confined to the formally magical rites. we must neglect


ALEISTER CROWLEY THE OLD AND NEW COMMENTARIES TO LIBER AL

aordinary experience has practically no effect upon the normal consciousness of the beast "intoxicate the inmost, o my god- and it was his magical self, 666, that was by this ecstasy initiated. it needed years for this light to dissolve the husks of accident that shrouded his true seed. al ii,69 "ah! ah! what do i feel? is the word exhausted" the old comment 69. the prophet's own consciousness re-awakens. he no longer knows anything at all- then grows the memory of the inspiration past; he asks if it is all (it is evidently his own interpolation in the dictation) the new comment the phrase "the word- is of a deeper significance than at first sight may appear. the question is not merely equivalent to "is the dictation at an end" for the word is conceived as the act of possession. this is ev


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6 2

a pause" aries. 333-333. leo. 333-333. aries. brother leo, what is the place? leo. the temple of the sun upon the mountain of abiegnus! aries. brother leo, what is the hour? leo. sunset! aries. it is the hour of sacrifice. leo. brother aries, what is the sacrifice? aries. it is hidden from me["silence" sol. 1-22-22-1. aries. hark! it is the summons of the king. leo. it is the lord of heaven that awakens the children of the light["they draw the veil- full light- and kneel" aries. let us adore the exalted one! leo. life of life, thy lips enkindle with their love the breath between them; 67 and thy smiles before they dwindle make the cold air fire; then screen them in those looks, where whoso gazes faints, entangled in their mazes. child of light! thy limbs are burning through the vest which


ALICE A BAILEY01 THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE ATOM

that there is, underlying the proven objective manifestation, some vitalising force, and some coherent purpose which cannot be accounted for in terms of matter alone. secondly, there is the point of view which we can best, perhaps, call supernaturalism. man becomes conscious that perhaps, after all, things are not exactly what they seem to be, and that there remains much which is inexplicable; he awakens to the realisation that he himself is not simply an accumulation of physical atoms, a material something, and a tangible body, but that latent within him is a consciousness, a power, and a psychic nature which link him to all other members of the human family, and to a power outside himself which he must perforce explain. this it is which has led, for instance, to the evolution of the chri

belongs, and will then change his centre. no longer will he be limited by his own little atomic wall, but he will pass beyond it, and become, in his turn, a conscious, active, intelligent part of the greater whole. and how is this change brought about? the atomic stage was developed by means of the five senses, and through the utilisation of the faculty of discrimination. the stage at which a man awakens to group realisation, and becomes a conscious participant in the activities of the group, is brought about in two ways: through meditation, and through a series of initiations. now when i use the word "meditation" i do not mean what is perhaps usually understood by that word, a negative, receptive state of mind, or a state of trance. there is much misconception these days as to what medita


ALICE A BAILEY04 A TREATISE ON COSMIC FIRE

recognition of the home vibration, if it might be so expressed. it is the spiritual counterpart of that sense which in the animal, the pigeon and other birds, leads them back unerringly to the familiar spot from whence they originally came. it is the apprehension of the vibration of the self, and a swift return by means of that instinct to the originating source. the consideration of this subject awakens the realisation of the vastness of the region of thought concerned the region of the whole evolutionary development of the human being. yet all that is possible here, as elsewhere, is to indicate lines of thought for careful pondering, and to emphasise certain ideas which may serve as the foundation thoughts for the future mental activity of the immediate generation. the following facts mu

manifestation is the embodiment in form of a cosmic conception, and the working out of it in concrete shape, manas or intelligence is a basic factor of the process and the means whereby the link is made between the abstract and the concrete. this is already realised to be true in connection with man, and it is equally true of cosmic entities. as man progresses towards the heart of the mystery he awakens to a realisation that the aim of evolution for him is to build consciously the channel between the levels which are to him the planes of the abstract or of the ideal, and the concrete ones whereon he normally functions. this connecting channel has been inadequately called, and is literally "the path" itself. he builds it: by means of the manasic principle consciously applied. by the proces

d up in the vivification of solar and not human permanent atoms. e. the fourth creative hierarchy, viewed as a unit functioning on this planet (and leaving out of consideration its manifestation in other schemes) works in a magnetic manner, and in a stimulative capacity upon the animal kingdom, the force of its vibration pouring on to the astral bodies of the animals, and producing response. this awakens to a more effective apprehension all the units of the animal kingdom. hence it can be seen how close is the interplay, and the interdependence, and how closely united all these greater and lesser lives are with each other. growth and development in one part of the body logoic produces a corresponding advance in the whole. no man, for instance, can make definite and specialised progress wit

been little appreciated, and merits careful consideration. it holds hid spiritual potentialities in its inherent ability to respond to the higher vibration; from the moment of individualisation till it is discarded at initiation, the life within steadily develops these potentialities, and produces certain definite results by the utilisation of the three permanent atoms. it gradually vivifies and awakens them until, on the three planes, the central life has an adequate point of contact which can originate the necessitated vibration in the matter of the plane. the permanent atoms on each plane serve a fourfold purpose as regards the central or egoic life: they are the distributors of a certain type of force. they are the conservers of faculty or ability to respond to a particular vibration

, and just as in the prenatal period the foetus recapitulates during the formative process the history of the preceding kingdoms, so in the solar system a similar procedure can be seen. when a certain point is reached and the lower three planes are vibrating- 406- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust or energised, then cosmic incarnation becomes a possibility; the "heart" occultly awakens, and the "son of god" the expression of the desire and love of the logos, is born.24,(196)25 the cosmic incarnation of certain exalted beings is consummated, and one of the indications of this is the appearance of the egoic groups on mental levels, and the resultant individualisation. method and time may vary according to the nature of any particular planetary logos, but for each and all t

ot be grasped by man. this avatar has naturally a direct effect upon the centres of the heavenly man and therefore upon the units or human monads, but only indirectly and upon the monad on its own plane. this influence meets with little response from the monad until after the third initiation when its conscious life becomes so strong that it grips afresh its egoic expression in one direction, and awakens to planetary realisation in another. this type of avatar appears only at the time of the initiation of a planetary logos. the number of initiations taken by a planetary logos in this system vary from two to four. 3. interplanetary avatars. a very interesting group of avatars is here to be found. they are mainly concerned with three things: first with the superintendence of the transfer of

in three stages. in the working out of the law we must therefore note that man is first of all the victim of the impulses of dense substance or of the brahma aspect, and thus repeats rapidly the evolutionary process of the preceding solar system; in the second stage he is the victim of desire, or of his own love nature. in the third stage, the law of karma works through a man's mental nature, and awakens in him recognition of the law, and an intellectual apprehension of cause and of effect. this is the shortest stage but is also the most powerful; it concerns the evolution of the three inner petals shielding the "jewel" and their ability to disclose at the right moment that which lies hidden. it covers the period of the evolution of advanced man, and of the man upon the path. in connection

on the septenary nature of the manifesting monad. first. the 700 incarnations. these concern the unfoldment of the outer circle. this is the longest period. the initial vibration is slow and heavy, and millenia of lives have to elapse before the interchange of energy between the ego and its reflection, the personal self (the lower threefold man) is such that the consciousness of the man occultly "awakens" in the hall of- 487- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust learning. for advanced man at this time these incarnations took place upon the moon chain and in some cases upon certain planets connected with the inner round. this is the circumstance which necessitated his "coming-in" during the atlantean root-race. men of this type refused to incarnate earlier, as the bodies wer

themselves, yet approach not nearer to it until the passing of another cycle. they await the hour, the hour of sacrifice. the solar lords, taking the word as sounded by the sons of god, arise in the fierceness of their solar life and approach the altar. the four lines glow and burn. the sun applies a ray; the solar lords pass it through their substance and again approach the altar. the fifth line awakens and becomes a glowing point, and then a dull red line, measuring the distance 'twixt the altar and the one who watches. the fivefold fire dynamic begins to flicker and to burn. it lights not yet without; it simply glows. the aeons pass away, the cycles come and go. steadily the solar lords sacrifice themselves; they are the fire upon the altar. the fourth- 495- a treatise on cosmic fire co

ld manner. the mental body begins to co-ordinate in three stages. all the building stages overlap. when, for instance, the co-ordination of the mental body is in its second stage, the first stage of astral concretion begins. this is carried on for seven stages (three major and four minor) which overlap in an intricate fashion. again, when the second stage is reached, a vibration is produced which awakens response in etheric matter on the physical plane, and the builders of the etheric double commence their activity. again the process is repeated. when the second stage of the work of these etheric devas is begun, conception takes place upon the physical plane. this is a very important point to be remembered, for it brings the entire process of human birth definitely into line with establish


ALICE A BAILEY05 THE LIGHT OF THE SOUL

sleep of the physical body, where the brain does not respond to any sense contacts; 2. sleep of the vrittis, or of those modifications of the mental processes which correlate the man with his environment, through the medium of the senses and the mind; 3. the sleep of the soul, which, occultly speaking, covers that part of human experience which dates from a man's first human incarnation until he "awakens" to a knowledge of the plan, and endeavors to bring the lower man into line with the nature and will of the inner spiritual man; 4. the sleep of the ordinary medium, wherein the etheric body is partially extruded from the physical body, and is likewise separated from the astral body, bringing in a condition of very real danger; 5. samadhi, or the sleep of the yogi, the result of the consci

. their understanding of truth in its entirety is not yet complete on all planes and the basic rules hold good throughout, though they are variously applied. principles are applicable to all differentiations and to all states of being. as a man studies the spheres in which his consciousness is functioning, as he comes to an understanding of the vehicles he must use in any particular sphere, as he awakens to a knowledge of the specific divine quality which the body is intended to express as a part or aspect of the one truth or reality, he becomes aware of the inadequacies present, of the obstacles which hinder and of the difficulties which must be surmounted. then comes the application of the will and its concentration upon the principle, or upon the quality seeking expression. thus the low

ve for life comes to be simply the fulfillment of one's dharma. the longing for knowledge, for freedom, and for happiness has brought the man to a state of utter dissatisfaction. nothing brings him any true joy or peace. he has exhausted himself in the search for joy for himself. now he begins to widen his horizon and to search where (in the group and in his environment, what he seeks may lie. he awakens to a sense of responsibility to others and begins to seek for happiness in the fulfillment of his obligations to his dependents, his family, friends and all whom he contacts. this new tendency is the beginning of the life of service which leads eventually to a full realization of the significance of group consciousness. h.p.b. has said that a sense of responsibility is the first indication

unctioning before the light of life can be consciously employed. as the lotus centre of the heart opens and reveals the love of god, through meditation a synchronous unfoldment takes place within the head. the twelve petalled lotus in the head (which is the higher correspondence of the heart centre, and the intermediary between the twelve petalled egoic lotus on its own plane and the head centre) awakens. the pineal gland is gradually brought from a state of atrophy to full functioning activity and the centre of consciousness is transferred out of the emotional nature into the illuminated mind consciousness. this marks the transition which the mystic has to make onto the path of the occultist, keeping, as he always does, his mystical knowledge and awareness but adding to it the intellectua


ALICE A BAILEY08 A TREATISE ON WHITE MAGIC

ehended through the medium of the soul and its powers just as it is possible to arrive at an understanding of the soul through the medium of the mind, correctly employed. on a lower level altogether, we know it is easy to understand the nature of the physical body through a study and right use of the desire nature. it is a form of pride, and a refusal to recognize one's temporary limitations that awakens in readers a dislike for phrases which aptly and truly say "when you are further developed, you will understand the above" this should be made clear. to the master of the wisdom, the nature of the spirit, or that positive centre of life which every form hides is no more a mystery than is the nature of the soul to the esoteric psychologist. the source of the one life, the plane, or state fr

r rather the flame coloured vehicle. there is the body of "dark light, which is the occult way of referring to the hidden light of the physical body, and to the light latent in the atom itself. these three types of energy are referred to in the old commentary under the following symbolic terms "when the radiant light of the solar angel is fused with the golden light of the cosmic intermediary, it awakens from darkness the rush light of anu, the speck" the "cosmic intermediary" is the term given to the etheric body, which is part and parcel of the universal ether. it is through the etheric body that all the energies flow, whether emanating from- 63- a treatise on white magic copyright 1998 lucis trust the soul, or from the sun, or from a planet. along those living lines of fiery essence pas

serenely at it. when this has been accomplished (and it is not an objective to be worked for, but is simply an indication to be registered in the consciousness and then dismissed) the consequent stimulation produces a reaction of the physical body. the magnetic power of the light in the head, and the radiant force of the soul produce stimulation. the centres begin to vibrate, and their vibration awakens the atoms of the material body until eventually the powers of the vibrating etheric body have swung even the lowest centre into line with the highest. thus the fires of the body (the sum total of the energy of the atoms) are swept into increased activity until such time as there is a rising up the spine of that fiery energy. this is brought about by the magnetic control of the soul, seated

n, and communication between the self and what we call the natural world is set up. as the mind appropriates and synthesizes this knowledge, the dweller in the form passes through the following stages: 1. vibration is registered, and the environment has its effect upon the form. 2. this effect is noted, but not understood. the man, under the slow and steady impact of this vibratory effect, slowly awakens to consciousness or awareness. 3. the environment begins to interest the man and he regards it as desirable. steadily the attraction of the three worlds grows and holds the man in reiterated incarnation (the word "re-iterated" is literally and more academically correct than the word "repeated" each of us is really a re-iterated word, sounding in time and space) 4. later, when the vibration

ts two aspects of vital life and of soul quality, one energising the blood stream and the other awakening the solar plexus centre. this then becomes the dominant factor in the energy life of the man, and the force through which his desire nature expresses itself, until such time as the aspirant brings about the needed transmutation and re-orientation of his emotional desire nature. then the heart awakens into activity and the life of the solar plexus centre becomes subordinated to that of the heart. this is brought about by the development of group interests, by the cultivation of inclusiveness and the steady loss of interest in the personality, and in things separative and selfish. 3. that of active intelligence, or the energy which animates the form aspect, and which creates forms in lin

in a state of constant flux and movement and find their place in an environment of a similar nature. acting as the positive nucleus in these energy bodies, and at present, in the majority of cases relatively static, is the soul. it exerts as yet little pressure upon its sheaths and identifies itself with them, thus temporarily negating its own intrinsic life. the day comes, however, when the soul awakens to the need of dominating the situation and of asserting its own authority. then the man (spasmodically at the beginning) takes stock of the situation. he has to discover first which type of energy preponderates and is the motivating force in his daily experience. having discovered this, he begins to re-organize, to re-orient and to re-build his bodies. the whole of this teaching can be su

alogous process goes forward in the mental body. old forms disappear before the clear light in which the spiritual man is working and as the old commentary puts it "one glance the soul doth cast upon the forms of mind. a ray of light streams out and darkness disappears; distortions and evil forms fade out, and all the little fires die out; the lesser lights are no more seen "the eye through light awakens into life the needed modes of being. to the disciple this will carry knowledge. to the ignorant no sense is seen for a sense lacks" the elemental of the air symbolically understood is that substratum of energy which works through the forms of the etheric body, which is dealt with through the breath, and handled through the science of pranayama. this elemental form is the intricate etheric

days and is true also of many today. now the ebb and flow is increasingly inclusive, and the mental experience has its place so that all three aspects are swept by the life of the soul; all are included in the outgoing energy of the incarnating soul, and for many lives and series of lives this cyclic force spends itself. within the aspirant there arises an understanding of what is going on and he awakens to the desire to control consciously this ebb and flow or (to put it in simple words) to turn the forces of the outgoing energy in any direction he chooses, or to withdraw to his centre at will. he seeks to arrest this process of being swept out into incarnation without having any conscious purpose, and refuses to see the tide of his life beat out on emotional or mental spheres of existenc

ves of the seven solar logoi. bringing the analogy down closer still, the human kingdom itself is an analogous state of consciousness to the human unit through its subjective force existence, and from the standpoint of consciousness provides "the waters of space" in which a human being thrives and grows. again, we are met in the fourth kingdom with expressions of the same seven forces, and as man awakens to a recognition of the seven rays or types, and begins to work consciously with them, he is taking the first step towards transcending them and controlling them within his field of operation. this is now taking place. knowledge of the seven ray types is beginning to permeate among the thinkers of the race and this knowledge was in past aeons the prerogative of the initiates of the time. h

n it the counterparts of the etheric or laya centres, and through them stream the forces and energies, earlier dealt with, into the etheric body. these centres carry energies from the seven planets and from the sun to every part of the astral organism, thus putting man en rapport with all parts of the solar system. this results in the fixation of a man's life destiny, until such a time as the man awakens to his immortal heritage and so becomes sensitive to forces that are as yet for the many unrecognised. these emanate from the form. this is the reason why a horoscope is frequently quite accurate in its delineation for the unevolved and for the unawakened, but is quite in error and at fault in the case of the highly evolved man. man is, en masse, what his desire body makes him. later "as a


ALICE A BAILEY09 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME I ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY I

ealt with by modern science, which is steadily forging ahead in the right direction. i lay the emphasis upon consciousness as the pre-disposing factor, and on the developed sense of awareness which produces an inner demand for improved equipment. the improving of equipment as a result of the demand of consciousness is the secret of the evolutionary impulse, down the ages. this inner demand in man awakens the centres, and the awakening of the centres determines the response of the endocrine system, governs the nervous system in its threefold capacity, and also the blood stream. thus the outer form or mechanism is ever an indication of the point of evolution of the inner subjective and spiritual man. the secret: this is called, in esotericism "the secret of translation. i might bring the gen

iage, illicit relations and promiscuity during the past few million years have been so numerous that there exists no pure strain. climate and environment are fundamentally greater determining factors than any forced segregation, except that which comes through a constant racial intermarriage. of this latter factor, only the hebrew today has preserved any measure of racial integrity. when humanity awakens to the fact of its common origin, and when the three great major strains in our modern civilisation are recognised, then we shall see the old hatred of the jew die out, and he will fuse and blend with the rest of mankind. even the oriental races, who are the remnants of the great atlantean civilisation, have in them traces of intermarriage with the ancestors of the modern jews and other ra


ALICE A BAILEY10 FROM BETHLEHEM TO CALVARY

e pain and suffering and agony of humanity, never before so acute as now, must surely be laid at the feet of christ. we have learnt much. let the meaning of it all penetrate into our hearts and minds, and let the reason of the pain drive us to offer it up as our ultimate gift to christ. pain is ever the accompaniment of birth. suffering is found within every birth chamber. the realisation of this awakens the deepest and most constructive kind of optimism in the minds of those who ponder upon world suffering and agony. may it not indicate the birth pangs which precede the revelation of the christ? when it is realised, then we can say with st. paul "for his sake i have suffered the loss of everything, and reckon it all as mere refuse, in order that- 48- from bethlehem to calvary copyright 19

ty years old, for there is significance in that number, where humanity is concerned. thirty signifies the perfecting of the three aspects of the personality the physical body, the emotional nature, and the mind. these three compose the form side of man, and veil or hide the soul. they are in reality his mechanism of contact with the outer world, the equipment whereby his consciousness unfolds and awakens. in their totality they constitute his "response apparatus" as the psychologists call it. we know that man is a physical animal as well as an emotional, sentient being and a thinking entity. when these three parts of man's lower nature are functioning smoothly, and together form a unit for the use of the inner man, an integrated personality, or an efficient lower self, is the result. to th

e herd, a principle which we can only designate by the inadequate titles of selfishness, lovelessness and hate' and dr. kirk declares that `sin may be said to begin with self-regard'"32 these thoughts bring us directly to the central problem of sin which is (in the last analysis) the problem of man's essential duality, before he has made the at-one-ment for which christ stood. when man, before he awakens to his dual nature, does that which is wrong and sinful, we cannot and do not regard him as a sinner unless we are old-fashioned enough to believe in the doctrine that every man is irretrievably lost unless he is "saved" in the orthodox sense of the term. to st. james, sin is acting against knowledge, and he says "to him that knoweth to do good, and doeth it not, to him it is sin."33 there


ALICE A BAILEY11 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME II ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY II

fundamental ideas which take shape and appear to control the "way of a man on earth, as it is esoterically called, produce the conditioning here discussed. literally and curiously, this is not so. from the angle of esoteric thought, conditioning (if rightly understood) concerns the response, innate and inherent, of matter or substance, to the pattern. it might be said that the pattern evokes and awakens response, but that the conditioning of the resultant activity is determined by the quality of the response apparatus. this quality is inherent in the substance itself, and the interplay between the pattern and the conditioned material produces the type of sheath which the soul appropriates in time and space, in order to experiment and gain experience. it will appear more clearly, therefore

he directing agent in the head, deliberately and by an act of the will, raises the accumulated energies at the base of the spine, he draws them into the magnetic field of the centres up the spine and blends them with the dual energy emanating from the spleen. the spinal- 41- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust tract with its five centres then awakens into activity, and finally all the forces are gathered together into one fused and blended stream of energy. three things then happen: a. the kundalini fire is raised and immediately burns away all the etheric webs which are the protective barriers, separating the various centres. b. the etheric body intensifies its vitality, and the physical body is consequently powerfully vitalised, galv

when this all-embracing revelation accompanies the call to service, then the spirit of inclusiveness is developed and the man can be sure that he is truly called to cooperate and convinced of the reality of his vision. 3. the freedom from emotional appeal. the true disciple and mystic is ever mentally polarised. his vision is free from the deluding reactions of the solar plexus centre. his vision awakens the heart centre and evokes the response of his personality energy (focussed in the ajna centre) and produces eventually a "centering in the place of light. this indicates the growing activity of the head centre. he may, later, use controlled emotional appeal in dealing with the masses but he himself seeks to remain free from all emotional control. we are considering the unfoldment of the

re and the "pull" or the activity of the sacral centre will be greatly lessened and controlled. this can be seen happening today among the intelligentsia of the race. the atlantean state of awareness (which functions primarily through the solar plexus) will be also greatly lessened as the heart centre- 348- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust awakens. humanity will then be wrestling with difficulties and pathological and psychological troubles which will be based on group conditions and influences and not so much on a man's individual unfoldment. the beginnings of this can already be seen in its lowest phase in the emergence today of what is called "mass psychology" a thing practically unknown (except in urban centres) a few hundred ye


ALICE A BAILEY12 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME I

or of light where the master takes his hand and the angel of the presence becomes potent and active in a way which i may not describe to you, or he drops back temporarily into the life condition of the lower man; glamour and maya settle down anew upon him and the dweller on the threshold inserts himself between the disciple and the light from the open door and renews activity. the disciple either awakens suddenly to a wider grasp of reality and a deeper understanding of the plan and his part in it, or the "veils of earth" close over his head; the vision fades and he reverts into the life of an ordinary human being, probably for the period of the incarnation wherein the opportunity was offered to him. should he, however, go forward through that door, then (according to the initiation which

the in the waters of the sea. see it permeating every part of your physical equipment and let it do its work without your having any definite ideas as to what should be accomplished. the rest of the activity is in my hands and you can safely leave it to me. this exercise will aid you in handling your life problem and your service, until such time as you enter into that light wherein consciousness awakens, free from the bonds of flesh. but that time is not immediate. the blessing of your co-disciples is upon you and yours on them- 338- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust january 1940 brother of old: of all the members in your particular group, you are perhaps the freest from any serious glamour and the one which (almost necessarily and protectively) controls you

my brother, that you recognise this fact. meditate upon the following mystic phrases and where colour is mentioned, visualise the colour. phrase one. first and second months- 356- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust "the golden rays that issue from the heart of the sun pour forth and bathe my soul and the soul of all created forms. within those forms, the life of god awakens, and the power of god streams forth as will, as dedication to the plan, as strength to work and give as must a son of god" phrase two. third and fourth months "within the darkness of the soul, prisoned within the form, a point of light is seen. then there arises, all around that point, a field of deepest blue and this becomes irradiated by the soul, the inner sun, shining within a brillian


ALICE A BAILEY16 GLAMOUR A WORLD PROBLEM

the problem which faces the initiate before he takes the final three initiations. you must bear in mind that none of these three stages are, in reality, divided off from each other by clear lines of demarcation, nor do they follow each other in a clear sequence. they proceed with much overlapping and often with a partial simultaneity. it is only when the disciple faces certain initiations that he awakens to the fact of these distinctions. therefore, it might be stated that: 1. in the first initiation the disciple demonstrates that he has resolved the dualities of the physical plane and can rightly impose etheric energy (the higher of the two) upon physical energy. 2. in the second initiation, the initiate demonstrates that he can choose between the pairs of opposites and proceed with decis


ALICE A BAILEY17 TELEPATHY AND THE ETHERIC VEHICLE

e place and that of which all thoughtforms are made is matter from the spiritual angle, yet so it is; substance technically speaking and esoterically understood is in reality cosmic etheric matter, or that of which the four higher planes of our seven planes are composed. from the human angle, ability to work with and in the cosmic etheric substance demonstrates first of all when the abstract mind awakens and begins to impress the concrete mind; an intuition is an idea clothed in etheric substance, and the moment a man becomes responsive to those ideas, he can begin to master the techniques of etheric control. all this is, in reality, an aspect of the great creative process: ideas, emanating from the buddhic levels of being (the first or lowest cosmic ether) must be clothed in matter of the


ALICE A BAILEY18 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME III ESOTERIC ASTROLOGY

orm subjective and objective. there originates the response of the soul to the highest aspect or quality of deity because there appears the "will to incarnate" the first ray aspect of the monad, responding to the first aspect of deity, evokes response from the first ray aspect of the soul and the first step towards incarnation is taken on that plane in the system which is the mental plane. aries "awakens the will to reach the lowest and there control, to know the uttermost and thus to face all experience" thus runs an ancient statement. the keynotes of the sign aries are four in number, all conveying the same idea. they can be expressed in the following four injunctions which are given, symbolically, to the incarnating soul: 1. express the will to be and do. 2. unfold the power to manifest

oriented and repolarised in taurus when the man has mounted the fixed cross and is eventually relinquished in that sign. in the polar opposite of taurus, scorpio, the personality is humbled and brought to grips with the soul; in that sign the personality is "occultly killed and then resurrected into air and light" in order to become from that moment the servant of the soul. in leo, the individual awakens to his own identity, concentrates his purpose, learns the lessons and uses of selfishness (for that is one of the best ways to learn and to discover that it is contrary to the laws of the soul) and is eventually so cornered by the life processes that he becomes aware of the futility of self- interest. in aquarius, the man awakens to the beauty of group life, group interest and his individu

subject the sun, the moon and neptune; these are an expression of rays 2.4.6 and, where these three are dominantly active, you have the establishing of that "inner alignment and attitude which forces open the door into the holy place" i use these old phrases here because they express concisely what it would take many pages to elucidate and because they have that note of esoteric stimulation which awakens, in the disciple, the power of abstract thought. in connection with the horoscope of the leo subject and the theme of initiation, i would point out that when the sun, the moon (hiding a planet) and saturn are all combined in a certain house in the horoscope you have what is called the "sign" of the man who is to take initiation. leo, being the fifth sign of the zodiac, counting from aries

s turns towards capricorn. 2. taurus..selfish desire. aspiration. illumined living. the light of earth. the light of love. the light of life. keynote: taurus rushes blindly until sagittarius directs. 3. gemini..mutation of relation. o rientation of r ight relation "i serve myself" i serve my brother" i serve the one" keynote: gemini moves towards libra. 4. cancer..the blind unit is lost. the unit awakens to that t he whole is seen as which is around. one. the mass. the house. humanity. k eynote: cancer visions life in leo. 5. leo..t. he lower self. the higher self. t he one self. the hidden point. the revealing point. the relinquished point. k eynote: leo seeks release in scorpio. 6. virgo..the germinating energy. t he creative force. the christ activity. the mother. the protector. the lig

the moon whereas leo apportions the moon, mars and jupiter to these decanates. the mind, the uses of conflict and form life are the contributing factors, leading the soul along the way of incarnation. the instrument of release is, in the last analysis, the right use and control of the organ of illumination which is the mind. hence the necessary emphasis ever laid upon meditation when the aspirant awakens to spiritual opportunity. the strength which comes through conflict and constant struggle builds up steadily that reserve of strength and power which enables the aspirant to take the final tests of discipleship in scorpio and to brave in capricorn the trials of initiation and the breaking of all the bonds which the processes of incarnation have forged. in the words given for this sign, the

) produces the "desperate conflict of the imprisoned soul upon the astral plane" which characterises our planetary life. these four-fold influences and relationships produce the minor initiations of the astral plane which ever precede the major initiations in capricorn, in their turn prepared for in scorpio. taurus pours the energy stimulating desire, via venus, onto our earth; gemini, via venus, awakens in humanity (the focal point of our planetary effort) the sense of duality which is the basic factor in the conflict between desire and spiritual will; in libra this reaches a point of balance wherein the one who struggles sees the issues clearly and achieves a desirable point of equilibrium through the wise use of the mercury-venus mind, ensuring the success of its final efforts in capric

souls in prison he in time becomes a messenger. thus does the lord of mercury repeat himself. the son descends again into the place of earth and iron. again he knows his mother. and thus the little one upon the littlest sphere becomes the greatest god. from the directing centre of his life on earth he toils and works and carries out the plan (the ajna centre is the directing centre. a.a.b) he too awakens to the need and from the chosen place (the throat centre. a.a.b) he utters forth the sound which in time becomes the word. and then the three are twain and these are one" again and repeatedly, students must remind themselves that we are considering the impact of energy upon energy units (all qualified and producing appearance) and with the response of those energy units to the streams of f

hierarchy, mediating between shamballa and humanity. he knows that he must carry forward the dual task of invocation and evocation simultaneously the evocation (through right invocation) of the will-to-good of the world thinkers and aspirants, and also the will-to-save of the shamballa lords, via the hierarchy, which he is in a position directly to approach. i touch here on grave mysteries. there awakens in him, therefore, a vague determination at first which gives place in time to an evocation of the will in himself. this eventually puts him en rapport with the will aspect of deity as it emanates and is stepped down from shamballa, via the hierarchy, into which spiritual organisation he is being gradually integrated through experience upon the fixed cross. it might here be pointed out tha


ALICE A BAILEY20 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME IV ESOTERIC HEALING

and before reaching perfection, the right eye transmits the energy of the astral body when directed consciously towards an object of attention, and the left eye directs the energy of the lower mind. in between these two directing eyes is to be found the ajna centre, which is like a third eye or directing agent for the blended and fused energies of the personality; related to this third eye as it awakens and comes into functioning activity is what we call "the eye of the soul; this is a point within the highest head centre. this eye of the soul can and does transmit energy to the ajna centre and is itself the agent (before the fourth initiation) of the energy of the spiritual triad. this esoteric relationship is only set up when the soul is dominating its instrument, the personality, and i

nts 1. the first ray technique. let the dynamic force which rules the hearts of all within shamballa come to my aid, for i am worthy of that aid. let it descend unto the third, pass to the fifth and focus on the seventh. these words mean not what doth at sight appear. the third, the fifth, the seventh lie within the first and come from out the central sun of spiritual livingness. the highest then awakens within the one who knows and within the one who must be healed and thus the two are one. this is mystery deep. the blending of the healing force effects the work desired; it may bring death, that great release, and re-establish thus the fifth, the third, the first, but not the seventh. this dynamic first ray energy is usually employed by the trained spiritual healer when it is apparent to


ALICE A BAILEY22 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME II

e work of their disciples from this symbolic angle. the disciple who reaps the benefit of this last suggested meditation becomes through an enlargement of his consciousness and the greater scope of his vision "a sower of the seed within the world of men; he distributes ideas, living and potential, in the field of the world, and these he receives from two sources: 1. his own soul, as his intuition awakens. 2. the ashram, as he grasps more of its purposes and becomes accustomed to assimilating its teachings. this takes time. still another objective of this meditation was to bring the disciple to the point where his interest (evoked through the stages of recognition and consideration) would lead him to a realisation of the need for the evocation of the will, the first faint indications of whi

or space exists" formula four has a specific effect upon the "jewel in the lotus" awakening it to life; this it does (through effects produced) upon the three planes of the three worlds, thus bringing about changes in the seven wheels (centres) so that the "dynamic point at the centre of each wheel obliterates the lesser points of force, and thus the wheel begins to turn upon itself" formula five awakens the will, but any interpretation of this awakening would prove meaningless to you until the previous four formulas have established an effect upon you and the needed interior changes have taken place. formula six is sometimes called "the word of death" it negates the destructive effect of the death process which is going on all the time within the mechanism of the disciple or initiate. the


ALICE A BAILEY23 THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY

functioning activity the centre between the eyebrows, the ajna centre in individual man and in humanity as whole. this centre begins to become active and to function dynamically, governing and directing the individual energies, once any real measure of personality integration has been achieved. it is, as you know, the fourth centre found above the diaphragm in the human body and the phrase which awakens it (both individually and in the group) is this fourth phrase. there is, therefore, a numerical relationship. when used wisely and intelligently by human beings, many of the blended potencies which the first three phrases have made available are invoked and so made available to the individual as well as to the group. they can then be focussed for his use in the ajna centre. in many ways, t

e no foundation for the myth of the annual return of the buddha, holding the door open between shamballa and the hierarchy so that, at need, intervention may be possible through that open door? is it only a silly dream and a fantasy that at the time of the june full moon, christ in the closest cooperation with the buddha links the hierarchy with humanity? is it quite impossible that when humanity awakens to the fact of this mediatorship and can then avail itself of the straight line of ascent and descent through the doors held open by the buddha and the christ, some stupendous appearing may be imminent and suddenly take place? may it not be possible that through the ascent of man's aspiration and spiritual desire, and through the descent of the waiting potencies, certain great changes may

situation and this recognition of blame and responsibility must preface every attempt to bring down into active being the new world order. this new world will not come as an answer to prayer or by the passive wishful thinking and expectation of the peace-loving idealist and mystical visionary. they point the way and indicate the needed objective. it will come when the mystic and the man of vision awakens to the need of the hour and comes down from the world of dreams, of theories, and of words into the hard arena of daily and public life. he must be willing to fight for that which he desires and knows to be good and true and right, and must stand firm against those who seek to distort the vision and to arrest its appearance, arming for battle so that final disarmament may be possible. a cl

disciple can move forward with assurance, and a better life dawns for him. so it is for humanity. a demand rises to the very gates of heaven; the massed intent of humanity is that evil must end and a better and truer life become possible. at the moment of greatest tension and of difficulty the demand goes forth. response comes. the avatar appears and light pours in, making the way clear. new hope awakens and fresh determinations are made. strength to establish right relationships streams through the body of humanity, and mankind emerges into a more spacious life, conditioned by truer values. a fusion becomes possible between the outer world of daily living and the inner world of spiritual realities. a fresh influx of love and light is possible. today the moment of adequate tension in the l


ALICE A BAILEY24 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME V THE RAYS AND THE INITIATIONS

ealed whole. the part, through the magnetic development of its own nature, comes into touch gradually with all that is. the disciple becomes aware of this sum total in increasingly vivid expansions of consciousness, leading to initiation, realisation and identification. these are the three stages of initiation. the consciousness thread, in cooperation with the creative thread and the life thread, awakens to a fully aware process of participation in the divine creative plan a plan which is motivated by love and intelligently carried forward. direction-will (which are words describing the orientation produced by the understanding of the two processes of knowledge-wisdom and desire-love) must produce the final orientation of the personality and the soul, fused and blended and at-one, towards


ALICE BAILEY THE LABOURS OF HERCULES

that they can become the knowers and initiates of the new age. thus men will pass out of the hall of learning into the hall of wisdom, from the realm of the unreal to the real, and from the outer darkness of phenomenal existence into the light that shines always in the kingdom of spirit. the third key thought gives us a clue to the method. down the ages the words have sounded forth "i am he. who awakens the silent beholder. it has become apparent to seekers in all fields that within all forms there is an urge to intelligent expression, and a certain livingness which we call consciousness, and which in the human family takes the form of a self-awareness [13] this self-awareness when truly developed, enables a man to discover that the concealed deity in the universe- 11- the labours of herc

sly in progress. the man is torn in two directions. habit entices him to identify himself with form. the new understanding impels him to identify himself with the soul. a reorientation then takes place, and a new and self-directed effort is initiated, which is portrayed for us in the story of hercules, the sun-god. the moment that the intellectual altitude has been achieved, the "silent beholder" awakens into activity. hercules starts upon his labors. the human being, hitherto swept along on the urge of the evolutionary tide, and governed by desire for experience and for material possession, comes tinder the control of the divine indweller. he emerges as the aspirant, reverses himself, and begins to work through the twelve signs of the zodiac, only now working from aries to pisces via taur


BEHOLDERS OF NIGHT

a gateway of self-transformation and thus the relation of the vampyre and the grave is this; that the developed and isolated psyche strives for survival beyond the grave, that the mind may prove immortal to exist thus as the fallen angels or watchers. the dragon of darkness is our freedom within the nightside world of atavisms and the lesser and greater famulus of the self, that the sabbatic path awakens our potential as gods and goddesses. reach forth into the shadow, for it is there that lucifer and iblis emerge, and through the nightside may the gates of immortality open. i wish to thank those who have offered friendship, assistance and their own ideas in whatever way that it manifests: douglas grant, armiluss faust, charles gonzales, aaron besson, frater scorpius nokmet, stephen cass


BLAVATSKY H P COSMOGENESIS

aspect, is referred to as the "cold virgin" and when awakened to life, as the "mother" the ancient western cosmogonic myths state that at first there was but cold mist which was the father, and the prolific slime (the mother, ilus or hyle, from which crept forth the mundane snake-matter (isis, vol. i, p. 146. primordial matter, then, before it emerges from the plane of the never-manifesting, and awakens to the thrill of action under the impulse of fohat, is but "a cool radiance, colourless, formless, tasteless, and devoid of every quality and aspect" even such are her first-born, the "four sons" who "are one, and become seven- the entities, by whose qualifications and names the ancient eastern occultists called the four of the seven primal "centres of forces" or atoms, that develop later

as mortal man can. few were those, whether in ancient or mediaeval philosophy, who have dared to approach the subject or even hint at it. paracelsus mentions it inferentially. his ideas are admirably synthesized by dr. f. hartmann, f.t.s, in his "life of paracelsus" all the christian kabalists understood well the eastern root idea: the active power, the "perpetual motion of the great breath" only awakens kosmos at the dawn of every new period, setting it into motion by means of the two contrary forces* and thus causing it to become objective on the plane of illusion. in other words, that dual motion transfers kosmos from the plane of the eternal ideal into that of finite manifestation, or from the noumenal to the phenomenal plane. everything that is, was, and will be, eternally is, even th

g, who united in himself the nature of either sex, abode in the egg and issued from it. this "first born of the world" was dionysius, with some greeks; the god who sprang from the mundane egg, and from whom the mortals and immortals were derived. the god ra is shown in the ritual (book of the dead, xvii, 50) beaming in his egg (the sun, and he starts off as soon as the god shoo (the solar energy) awakens and gives him the impulse "he is in the solar egg, the egg to which is given life among the gods (ibid, xlii, 13. the solar god exclaims "i am the creative soul of the celestial abyss. none sees my nest, none can break my egg, i am the lord (ibid, lxxxv. in view of this circular form, the" issuing from the[[diagram" or the egg, or the male from the female in the androgyne, it is strange to


CASSANDRA EASON A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGIC

g three goddess forms from the celtic seite 46 wicca01.txt tradition, my own favourite, which i have adapted for the three phases of the goddess. so spoke the great mother who has been known in many forms and by many names in countless ages, but is and always will be one and the same. as the maiden, she is the celtic brighid who in early spring softens the earth with her white wand of fire and so awakens the spring and restores fertility to land and people. as mother, she is cerridwen whose magical cauldron of wisdom and inspiration overflows to all who seek and call in need; finally she is cailleach, the veiled one, wise woman, healer and bringer of dreams, who in the winter of life transforms the old and outworn into new life to be born with the maiden in the spring 'when the moon is ful

oss, and it is protective and deters those who would do harm. ruled by the sun. cloves cloves are excellent for relieving tooth pains, circulation problems, back and lung problems and nausea in pregnancy. as part of an amulet or sachet, cloves will prevent gossip, malice and envy against the wearer and help the user to learn new skills. cloves are a natural aphrodisiac that both attracts love and awakens sexual feelings. for those who have suffered loss, cloves offer comfort. ruled by jupiter. coltsfoot this is perhaps the best herbal remedy for respiratory problems, especially persistent dry coughs, also bronchitis, asthma, and even emphysema. it also soothes the stomach and combats fluid retention. it is traditionally used in love rituals and sachets, and to induce peace of mind. it also


DAVID ICKE AND THE TRUTH SHALL SET YOU FREE

ow hitler! he will dance, but it is i who have called the tune. we have given him the means of communication with them. do not mourn for me: i shall have influenced history more than any other german."10 hitler was also a member of another esoteric secret society, the luminous lodge or vril society. vril was the name given by the english writer, lord bulwer lytton, to the force which, he claimed, awakens people to their true power and potential to become supermen. in 1933, the rocket expert, willi ley, fled from germany and revealed the existence of the vril society and the nazis' belief that they would become the equals of the supermen in the bowels of the earth by use of esoteric teachings and mind expansion. they believed this would reawaken the vril force sleeping in the blood. the ini


DAVID ICKE CHILDREN OF THE MATRIX

hule-gesellschaft (thule society) and the luminous lodge or vril society. hitler was a members of both. thule comes from the name given by the greeks and romans to the frozen northern region of the earth. they called this land thule or ultima thule. vril was the name given by the english writer and high illuminati initiate, lord edward bulwer- lytton, to the force in the blood, which, he claimed, awakens people to their true power and potential to become supermen. for blood read dna. bulwer-lytton was a british colonial minister heavily involved in imposing opium addiction on the chinese. he was a close friend of the british prime minister, benjamin disraeli (an associate of the rothschilds) and the writer, charles dickens. he was grand patron of the english rosicrucian society that includ


DAVID ICKE THE BIGGEST SECRET

an offshoot of an esoteric secret society called the german order, which wasfiercely nationalistic and anti-jewish. out of this order came other similar societies,including the infamous thule-gesellschaft (thule society) and the luminous lodge orvril society. hitler was a member of both. vril was the name given by the englishwriter, lord bulwer-lytton to the force in the blood which, he claimed, awakens peopleto their true power and potential to become supermen. so what is the vril force in theblood? it was known by the hindus as the serpent force and it relates to the geneticmake up of the body which allows shape-shifting and conscious interdimensionaltravel. the vril force is, yet again, related to the reptile-human bloodlines. in 1933, therocket expert, willi ley, fled from germany and

d by another. they called this period no time and they said this wouldbegin in july 1982 and lead to the shift on december 12th 2012. the effect of all this onhumanity is easy to see. i have visited more than 20 countries in the last few years andthere is an awakening unfolding in all of them. not yet the majority by any means, but thenumbers are gathering by the day as this spiritual alarm clock awakens people from theirslumber. it is the quickening vibration of the earth, and indeed the galaxy in general,which is giving the impression that time is passing faster and faster. this is an illusionbecause there is no time, in truth, but it feels that way because the frequency is gettingfaster. i remember i was given a channelled communication through a psychic in the early1990s which said tha


DEMONIC BIBLE

the limits of the current aeon and he then continues to xeper and remanifest in direct relationship to the universe. the sorcerer realizes that his consciousness and his will are a manifestation of the universal dynamic, which man calls satan. having attained deitus, man becomes the very embodiment of satan. the dragon (a second consciousness which contains the knowledge of his ultimate purpose) awakens. as man becomes the embodiment of satan and rises to become a god, lucifer arises, for the rise of lucifer is a metaphor of man's ultimate purpose and direction. in deitus, you see not only the limits of the current aeon, but become aware of future aeons which shall come into being as the universe evolves to ever greater levels of consciousness and man rises to his manifest destiny. the dy

created energy? the universe should not exist. life should not exist. there is no logic. the reason for this is that the universe we experience is not the true reality. it is no more than a dream. consciousness alone exists. a single consciousness alone exists, isolated in a void of nothingness. there is no god. there is no other consciousness besides that of the one. it sleeps. it dreams. as it awakens from one dream, another dream begins. there is no reality for it to awake to. there is nothing outside of consciousness. the universe seems real to the characters in the dream but what they perceive as "self" does not exist. the consciousness of the many, are the consciousness of the one. the lives of the many are the dreams of the one. deep within every man this knowledge resides. this is


DIABOLUS

s the luciferian essence revealed, that which confirms the interplay between azazel/shaitan and leviathan among other fallen angels. and the beast which i saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority revelation 13:2 leviathan is the lord of the will, the daemon which awakens and crystallizes the essence of self; that in the center is the inextinguishable black flame, the gift of iblis. in luciferian terms, the maker of the possibility of union between samael and lilith, the creation of cain as the self transformed. change may be invoked and willed by the mind depending on the path of the magician. if he/she is upon one path, their focus may invoke positive cha


DONALDTYSON WEREWOLF

rld, and at certain times and under certain conditions, the astral world overlaps and projects into the physical world. it is possible for astral travelers, either in human or animal form, to interact with ordinary human consciousness, allowing the astral traveler to be seen just as clearly as though he or she was physically present. so, if on some dark night when you are lying asleep and a noise awakens you, do not be surprised to see a wolf or a tiger standing beside your bed, watching you with glowing eyes. return htu. 1500 to 1400. its rare vignettes, and hymns, and chapters, and its descriptive and introductory rubrics render it of unique importance for the study of the book of the dead, and it takes a high place among the authoritative texts of the theban version of that remarkable w


ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 1

ents fighting. he thrust his rod between them. they coiled around the rod and remained attached to it. thus, the caduceus emerged as the symbol of messenger of the god. in greek thought, the caduceus acquired wings. in india, the caduceus became associated with the kundalini or serpent power, the latent power believed to lie as a coiled serpent at the base of the spine. as spiritual consciousness awakens, the energy travels up the spine to the top of the head. in roman thought, the caduceus was a symbol of moral equilibrium and good conduct. over the centuries, the caduceus was brought into the esoteric gnostic tradition and reappears as symbolic of power and the balance between positive and negative or darkness and light. it has a special place in the rich iconography of speculative freem

less and unheeded (proceedings of the society for psychical research, vol. 21, p. 233. other forms of communication communication from the dead may come in dreams. one of the oldest instances is given by cicero in de divinatione: two friends go to megare, one lodges at an inn, the other at a private house. the latter, in his dream, hears his comrade call him for assistance against an assassin. he awakens, then sleeps again. the friend appears and tells him he has been killed and thrown into a wagon by the innkeeper and that manure had been thrown over his body. in the morning the friend finds the story true in every detail. communicating with the spirits through raps is commonly dated from the time of the so-called rochester rappings at hydesville, new york, in 1848. four months after the

c. the basic concepts are laid out in a book, china falun gong, authored by li. falun gong also emphasizes the concept of the falun, part of the invisible human anatomy assumed to exist in traditional chinese teachings. the falun is a center of energy located in the region of the lower abdomen. it is believed to be a microcosm of the universe and contain all of its secrets. the practice of qigong awakens the qi energy to flow more freely through the body, bringing good health and well-being. falun gong spread quickly through china and hong kong, and then through the chinese communities in diaspora worldwide. with almost no attention from the press, strong centers developed in singapore, taiwan, and throughout southeast asia. practitioners soon created centers across north america and europ

semen is spilled. transmuting the creative energies, so that orgasm does not occur and therefore semen is not released, is equated with the committing of an act of sexual magic. the success of the magic is experienced by the awakening of the kundalini energy, which is pictured as stored at the base of the spine, which then travels up the spine. when it reaches the brain, individual consciousness awakens. the association spread first through south and central america, then traveled to spain and portugal before it penetrated europe. it came to new york and los angeles in the 1970s and spread across the united states in the spanishspeaking communities. through the 1970s and 1980s, many of weor s books were translated into english and other languages. an english language periodical, the gnost

ents by parapsychologists john b. hasted, david robertson, and ernesto spinelli. special breathing techniques breathing exercises that form an important part in eastern psychic development are believed by some practitioners to have a curious effect on the weight of the human body. according to hindu yoga teachings, they generate a force that partially counteracts gravitation. they say that he who awakens the anahata chakra (a psychic and spiritual center situated in the region of the heart) can walk in the air. the psychic researcher camille flammarion believed that by breathing, even the ordinary sitters of a circle release a motor energy comparable to that which they release when repeatedly moving their arms. hereward carrington s experiments with the lifting game seemed to show that, fo


ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 2

e individual s abode there after each fresh incarnation. in the heaven world-division into which we awake after dying in the astral world, we find vast, unthought-of means of pursuing what has seemed to us good.art, science, philosophy and so forth. here, all these come to a glorious fruition of which we can have no conception, and at last the time arrives when one casts aside the mental body and awakens in the causal body to the still greater bliss of the higher division of the mental world. at this stage, one has done with the bodies which form mortal personality, and which form one s home in successive incarnations, and one is now truly whole, a spirit, immortal and unchangeable except for increasing development and evolution. into this causal body is worked all that one has experienced

about it. in the ambamba country everybody must have died once, and when the nganga (replacing the fetish-priest) shakes his calabash against a village, those men and youths whose hour is come fall into a state of lifeless torpor, from which they generally rise up in three days. but the man whom the nkissi loves he carries off to the bush and often buries him for a series of years. when he again awakens to life, he begins to eat and drink as before, but his mind is gone, and the nganga must himself educate him and instruct him in every movement, like the smallest child. at first that can only be done with the rod, but the senses gradually return, so that you can speak with him, and when his education is finished the nganga takes him back to his parents. these would seldom recognize him bu

has the ability to weave convincing fantasies of personality, just as novelists create imaginary characters who seem to have lives of their own. some cases of apparent secondary or multiple personality seem to be a dramatization of the subject s unconscious emotional desires and fears. children often pretend to be different personalities, while even the effect of a powerful movie portrayal often awakens both conscious and unconscious imitation of personality traits in impressionable viewers. for a time it was thought that the technique of hypnotic regression, in which a subject s memory is progressively explored into the past and then into apparent former lives, might offer reliable evidence of the continuity of personality from one life to another. however, although there are case histor

of the spiritual faculty, without which progress in the path is impossible. something incomparably higher is necessary. the physical and spiritual exercises recommended by theosophy are those formulated in the hindu philosophical system known as raja yoga. the most strenuous efforts alone can impel the individual along the path, and thus to mount by the practice of vidya, that higher wisdom that awakens the latent faculties and concentrates effort in the direction of union with the absolute. the way is described as long and difficult, but as the disciple advances he or she becomes more convinced of ultimate success, by the possession of transcendental faculties that greatly assist in overcoming difficulties. but these must not be sought for their own sake, as to gain knowledge of them for


FELDMAN DANIEL QABALAH THE MYSTICAL HERITAGE OF THE CHILDREN OF ABRAHAM

channel on the qabalistic tree is denoted as the central column. the side channels on the chakric tree are called the ida and the pingala; and on the qabalistic tree, the columns of the right and the left. the side channels play a much more prominent role in the qabalah than they do in the tantras. 3' 8: h" 2: 2 2:e 8% 2 f# chakra system the kundalini, as chitshakti (the energy of consciousness, awakens and ascends the chakric tree, opening the chakric lotuses along the sushumna on her way to unite with her husband shiva in the ajna chakra at the forehead. the ascent by the kundalini is also called the satchakrabheda, the piercing of the six centers. in the chintamanistava, attributed to the incarnate sage sri shankaracharya, it says: this family woman (kundalini, entering the royal road

s of opposites in the two side columns, and the four qabalistic worlds manifest as self-consistent planes of existence. the four qabalistic worlds will be discussed in the next section. 5' 8: h" 2: 2 2:e 8% these three distinct columns play a prominent role in the different ways the tree can be ascended. when the spiritual energy (called shekinah in hebrew and kundalini or chitshakti in sanskrit) awakens, it ascends the tree of life in various ways, expanding and moving the consciousness through successive planes of existence. each different path up the tree is known as a working tree. the entire spectrum of trees of life is also known collectively as angelic or enochian tree language. angelic tree language consists of various types of working trees and trees of perfection (figure 3.6. mys

system of seven latifas (see table 5.1. in the chakric tree, the chakras are described as lotuses with varying numbers of petals, upon which stand specific sanskrit seed sounds (san. bija. the fallen condition is portrayed in the chakric tree by the petals on the lotuses turned downward. when the chakric tree is ascended, the petals of each lotus turn upwards as the consciousness of the traveler awakens in it. as previously mentioned in chapter one, the tantric texts (called shastra) on the chakras describe the chitshakti (energy of consciousness, known as the goddess kundalini, as a coiled snake asleep at the base of the chakric tree. the shekhinah of the qabalah is said to be in exile in the lower worlds. the kundalini and the shekhinah are two distinctly different allusions for the sam

een wisdom/east and understanding/north, the pilgrim may pass through the shell of terror, cross the abyss, and enter the supernal world of atziluth in sefirah crown/above. balance can be maintained by staying focused on the name hvhy as the experience deepens, whereby the letters of the name will disappear sequentially. in passing through the gate of the alef a, the consciousness of the traveler awakens in the supernal shell of the neshamah +3' 8: h" 2: 2 2:e 8 (divine soul, equates to sanskrit atman. in the neshamah, the traveler merges with the consciousness of vast face in the world of atziluth, and all differentiation between individual and divine consciousness dissolves. consciousness in the neshamah is experienced as a witness state of pure self-awareness that fills the entire small

the angels of destruction: a working tree that involves the exclusive use of the column of the left. way of the angels of elohim: a working tree that involves the exclusive use of the column of the right. way of messiah: a working tree that requires an overwhelming love and one-pointed devotion for a form of messiah or the torah. in ascending the central column, when the heart sefirah beauty/last awakens, the entire tree lights up. way of the saint: a working tree that uses all three columns of the tree; opposite pattern of ascent from the way of the wizard. way of the wizard: a working tree that uses all three columns of the tree; opposite pattern of ascent from the way of the saint. way of yhvh elohenu: a working tree that involves the exclusive use of the central column. weight: collect


FOCUS OF LIFE

thou escapeth from me with the laughing whisper of thy wonderful pleasure! o, l.c.o' cs! thou insatiable thirst of my self-love, with none but thee will i procreate "what now am i after resurrection? the sinful despair of magic? i am the iconoclast of logos: the sun-satyr of chaos! thunder and lightnings? yea, a vital gaiety to drowsy dust, to blase souls. ecstatic laughter that reverberates and awakens. i am the shuddering heights and suffocating depths of ego, slipping and becoming. inconceivable women am i. a clouded vista of abyss, wherein to visit naked, my vampire self. wherein to write a cryptic language of my sexes, that i am the key. wherein to belch forth venomous atmosphere towards the highest. wherein to drench my thirsted tongue on thy goat's milk; to battle with thy catalept


FRATER ELIJAH ANGELS OF CHAOS

but thee angel guides us (so it is you shall have attained knowledge& conversation of the holy guardian angel as a minimum requirement. this of course is not an excuse for nondiscipline and indiscriminate judgment. on the contrary, to be a scarlet angel requires a balance of forces (so we do not collapse or explode, although this can be fun at times. we accept nothing as absolute. so now the wyrm awakens. a word is issued, a glance back, eyes rush to meet. in desperate sanctity this word is it s sound is of projection in silence, and we live on horizon. appendix i some notes on chrnzn there is no way to anticipate the benediction of that secret arrival. it s not like falling head first into a well of souls; we are already surrounded by those waters- well of souls (l. kohanov) chrnzn was th


GNOSTIC HANDBOOK

ing, a child of the treasury of light. transfiguration is based on the example of jesus who through his ascension to become the first born of the treasury of light opened the way so we can enter the spiritual path. this path is known as the path(es) of the dove and serpent or the path of transfiguration. when a person enters the path, the pneumatic spark or light self that has been frozen in time awakens and begins to grow once again. sophia cleanses the mind, instincts and other constituents of the psychic apparatus and prepares the initiate for communion with the logos or mind of god. the process of rebirth is just that, a process. nobody is immediately born again, the process of rebirth takes much time (even lifetimes) from conception (entering the spiritual path) to final rebirth into

world, the reaction is normally so strong, we end up in total attachment! one of the first steps in the path is that of "controlled awareness. controlled awareness is becoming totally aware of what is happening within us and around us. it involves realising that the process of rebirth involves the "death" of the old terrestrial mind and emotions, and the rebuilding of a new self. transfiguration awakens the real self, a self we have never experienced and one which is truly us and yet so alien at first. accordingly the new gnostic on the path must become aware of the changes that are occurring within him and observe and understand the reactions and actions that occur. the "controlled" facet of awareness is in the fact that the gnostic must slowly learn to make decisions about what occurs i

the traditions of courtly love in mediethe gnostic handbook page 112 val england and france and the imagery of alchemy (particularly in the mass of the holy ghost. the bridal chamber is based on the process of solve et coagula. after the instincts and mind have been "destroyed" and reformed, the two poles of the electromagnetic organism (astral body) are stimulated and at their union the shekinah awakens (the shekinah or presence is that part of god which is locked in the lower worlds and awaits redemption) as the shekinah awakens it rises to the higher planes and re-unites with the sophia. this rite is central to many gnostic traditions and is the pre-requisite for the consolamentum or the sacrament of perfection. again, we understand that this new appreciation of sexuality and its practi


GNOSTIC STUDIES THE GNOSTIC HANDBOOK II GNOSTIC THEURGY

a terrifying vision, a meaningless repetition of pain and suffering, death and destruction. while we may wish to distance ourselves from such a perception, when we look life straight in the face these experiences appear to be inherent within human existence. life exists in days and nights, repetitive cycles of greater and greater intensity, a constant re-occurrence of experience until either one awakens- or the cycle ends (eternity in this sense is the existence of time and space, the timeline we spoke of earlier, it is not forever, simply for as long as time and space exists. if our lives are eternally repeating then how can we break the cycle? how can we escape the inevitable cessation of existence at the end of the age? gnostic theurgy page 57 here is the key to solving the riddle of t

h that overcomes the restraints of the body and the flesh, and forges from the structures of the psyche a link to the light world. the true self only exists in potential, it is a light spark locked within the prison of the mould. thus the central message of the gnosis is to develop an overpowering drive, a will so strong that it breaks beyond the moral and ethical limits of the lower kingdom, and awakens the true self and fashions a new man. the great mystery of the gnosis is that we must create our own inner selves! the need to go beyond the lower forms of morality, to disdain reproduction and to refuse family may seem to some the most frightening aspect of the transfigurative process. however, as we go beyond all the limits of the lower kingdoms, a higher ethic is experienced. this highe

uach. psychic soul. collective unconscious. intermediate ruach. animal soul. personal unconscious. lower ruach. astral body. rational mind. nepesch. physical body. cellular consciousness. guph (these correlations are from a lower octave of interpretation. on the higher levels the mediator self and self are way beyond the mind. fig 18 fig 19 gnostic theurgy page 72 alien land. however, as the self awakens, the gnostic will then truly know his home and begin to experience genuine spiritual growth and development. the law of correspondence by now you should have a sound working knowledge of the foundation stones of gnostic psychology. the next thing we should provide is a series of correlation charts. this way you can link what we have discussed about the mind with materials on the seven plan

world, the reaction is normally so strong, we end up in total attachment! one of the early stages on the path is that of "controlled awareness. controlled awareness is becoming totally aware of what is happening within us and around us. it involves realising that the process of rebirth involves the "death" of the old terrestrial mind and emotions, and the rebuilding of a new self. transfiguration awakens the real self, a self we have never experienced, and one which is really us, and yet so alien- at first. accordingly, the new gnostic on the path must gnostic theurgy page 135 become aware of the changes that are occurring within him and observe and understand the reactions and actions that occur. the "controlled" facet of the awareness is in the fact that the gnostic must slowly learn to

nd is beyond the qualms and queasiness of little men and petty tyrants. it is pure dynamic force, yet encompasses and goes beyond the libido of freud and the integrated self of jung. be aware, however, it is not mindless violence, foolish ego and petty domination. it is pure unhampered self, and within it thrust lies the fullness (pleroma) of individual immortality. it is the flash of light which awakens the soul as it is issued from the treasury above, it is the transition beyond humanity. i forgot to say that such philosophers are cheerful and that they like to sit in the abyss below a perfectly clear sky, they need different means from other men for enduring life, for they suffer differently (namely from the profundity of their contempt for man as from their love for man. hence the most


GOLDEN CHAIN AND THE LONELY ROAD

speak boldly, i consider that the lineage of unique transmission, as incepted by the self-recognition of one's innate 'seed of light, is a prerequisite for all who practise the arte magical. perchance all beings may possess that spark within themselves, but the rubicon between initiate and uninitiate is the self-recognition of that spiritual seed. for unless that inchoate germ of the magical life awakens to itself there can be no growth, no quickening of the soul-fire. the unique transmission is old fate's blessing: the secret rapport between the gods and the soul; no other may tell of it. its outward signs are inspiration and knowing, married in an indefinable state whereby a man becomes mage. within the cultus sabbati 'the way of the flaming torch' and 'the way of the lightning-bolt' are


GRIMM JACOB TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 3

oeptum alacres iter carpebant, sin tristia, reflexo cursu propria repetebant^ the animals in question he omits to name. important above all is that omen in the edda of the ivolf liowling and going onwards, whom we may fairly take for the victoryboding beast of o^inn (p. 668. all other evidence agrees with it, even the superstitions of to-day. everywhere the brave undaunted wolf, the sight of whom awakens heart and hope, is set off against the timid cowardly hare, the type of faint heart and failure. sigeb. gembl. ad an. 1143 'obiit etiam fulco rex hierosolymorum; qui dum venationi insistens leporem insequitur ex improviso sibi apparentem, equus cui insidebat se super ipsum praecipitem dedit, ipsumque vita et regno privavit' conf. vintler, sup. g, 11. 52 55. again 'on the way there chanced


HELENA BLAVATSKY NIGHTMARE TALES

r, its body trembles and threatens to break in two at the first new gust that may arise "and then, the severed part will fall into the sea, and the once stately palm will be no more" soliloquizes thesoul-ego as it gazes sadly out of its windows. everything returns to life, in the cool, old bower at the hour of sunset. the shadows on the sun-dial becomewith every moment thicker, and animate nature awakens busier than ever in the cooler hours of approachingnight. birds and insects chirrup and buzz their last evening hymns around the tall and still powerful form, asit paces slowly and wearily along the gravel walk. and now its heavy gaze falls wistfully on the azure bosomof the tranquil sea. the gulf sparkles like a gem-studded carpet of blue-velvet in the farewell dancingsunbeams, and smiles

i will not see 'the glutton death gorged with devouring lives "i will not hear 'robb'd mother's shrieks while from men's piteous wounds and horrid gashes the lab'ring life flows faster than the blood" ixfirmer and firmer grows in the soul-ego the feeling of intense hatred for the terrible butchery called war;deeper and deeper does it impress its thoughts upon the form that holds it captive. hope awakens at times inthe aching breast and colours the long hours of solitude and meditation; like the morning ray that dispels thedusky shades of shadowy despondency, it lightens the long hours of lonely thought. but as the rainbow is notalways the dispeller of the storm-clouds but often only a refraction of the setting sun on a passing cloud, sothe moments of dreamy hope are generally followed by

tween his instrumentand a pretty blonde daughter, would part with neither. and thus it came to pass that, one fine morning, the oldprofessor arrived at the mansion, with his music box under one arm and his fair munchen leaning on theother. from that day the little cloud began growing rapidly; for every vibration of the melodious instrument found aresponsive echo in the old bachelor's heart. music awakens love, they say, and the work begun by the zitherwas completed by munchen's blue eyes. at the expiration of six months the niece had become an expertzither player, and the uncle was desperately in love. one morning, gathering his adopted family around him, he embraced them all very tenderly, promised toremember them in his will, and wound up by declaring his unalterable resolution to marry


INTRODUCTION TO THE SEVEN FACES OF DARKNESS

te, recognizing as viruses personal strength and self knowledge, does what he or she can to help others create the states. if this emotion is not carefully watched, it can devolve into a dangerous sentimentality that causes us to make things too easy on those who come after us, but if it is carefully refined in the light of one's own past experiences, it can become an igniting force- a spark that awakens the gifted but sleeping members of mankind. if these two desires are carefully blended, balanced, and brought to bear with the hard-won wisdom of the first two tasks, the initiate has a great magnetic power. he or she can take the circumstances of others around them and turn them into an endless process of refinement. he can help his students get over the death of a friend, she can help he


JASMUHEEN THE FOOD OF GODS

origin, the wu chi, which is the state of oneness with the tao. according to dimensional biofield science, the tao or oneness expresses itself in a human bio-system as the conscious force that i call the dow. mantak also writes on page 8: the pineal, as yang, is balanced by the yin of the hypothalamus gland. the taoists regard this as the main switch for the universal force. when the spirit (dow) awakens, it resides in the hypothalamus. when the pineal and hypothalamus are connected, they give out a powerful balanced force. the taoists also talk of a spiritual cauldron or inner source of energy that when tapped into can heal and feed the body and sustain physical longevity or even create immortality if desired. on page 11, mantak also talks about how when activated the pineal gland initiat

ur mental body to focus in a nourishing way. human contact such as kisses and hugs feeds our desire for touch just as watching a sunset at dusk on a beach may feed our hunger for silence or to be in the presence of natural beauty. these are of course, conventional forms of nourishment. it is however, for the non-conventional forms of nourishment that humankind has become so hungry, for as our dow awakens within us, its dynamic presence triggers the awakening of the dow within all. feeding ourselves via some of the non-conventional sources mentioned here speeds up its awakening and with this are released our paranormal powers. the above 10 points are just some of the tools used by metaphysicians the world over, throughout the ages, to provide forms of nourishment not readily understood or u


K AMBER THE BASICS OF MAGICK

h as those used to treat epilepsy may retard progress. although the technique is very simple, it may eventually produce powerful results. results may at first appear hours after the practice during sleep. as each chakra is energized by this practice, it is said to add occult powers (sidhis, until at last the crown chakra is reached, and with it, full enlightenment is attained. sometimes kundalini awakens all by itself. to practice this chakra meditation, you simply concentrate on the chakras, beginning with the root chakra, and moving progressively up, as you visualize psychic energy from the root chakra traveling up shushumna and vivifying each higher the basics of magick get any book for free on: www.abika.com 18 chakra. as we mentioned the chakras have certain properties associated with


KETAB E SIYAH

e man to have no emotion within him, he would incline to the end of heaven, pursuing a universal mechanism for its own sake alone. even were man to achieve absolute physical mastery over the god-cosmos, he would have no means to comprehend the measure or the significance of his accomplishment save through that detached sensitivity to aesthetics which is the craft of astaroth. for the satanic gift awakens man also to intellectual detachment, to the ability to view his progress and plans from an extra-scientific base of emotional pleasure. whereupon i came to earth with asmodeus, and even as he spoke to the intellect of man, i brought meditation and introspection to the artists and authors of human sensitivity. and man came not only to use his satanic power but to recognize the extent of the


LAITMAN M KABBALAH ATTAINING THE WORLDS BEYOND

uldn t care less whose hand fed him. but rex, my dog, does care. he will not take food from just anyone. narrator: people are built in such a way that there are some who receive without sensing that someone is giving to them, and they just take. some even steal with no remorse! but when people develop a sense of self, they know when they are being given- 42- attaining the worlds beyond to, and it awakens their awareness that they are the takers. that brings with it shame, self-reproach and agony. guest (somewhat appeased: but what can i do to receive pleasure on the one hand, without perceiving myself as the taker? how can i neutralize the feeling within me that you are the giver and i m the taker? if there s a give-and-take situation, and it brings up this shame in me, what can i do to av

ourselves from suffering, we must rid ourselves of all egoism, the creator brings us to a state of such unbearable misery through our environment, children, work, debts, illnesses, or family troubles, that life seems to become a burden beyond all endurance. we perceive that this miserable condition comes about as a result of our ambitions and our attempts to attain things. then, a singular desire awakens in us the desire not to want anything. in other words, we no longer have any personal interests, since they bring us only suffering. consequently, we have no other choice but to beg the creator to save us from egoism. this forces us to strive to overcome all of our problems, which brings us further suffering. for this reason, rabbi ashlag writes in his "introduction to talmud esser sefirot

worlds beyond there are only "incentives" that force us to progress towards our selfish desires. our awareness of things is only an ancillary mechanism that helps us properly understand what we feel. whenever we picture our lives, we should think of a gigantic classroom with the omniscient creator acting as a teacher and lavishing on us the knowledge we are prepared to receive. this progressively awakens in our newborn spiritual sensory organs the feeling of the creator. the creator has made a ladder for our ascension. it is a moving ladder. this ladder appeared in jacob s dream and was described by baal hasulam rabbi yehuda ashlag and his son, baruch ashlag. often, we turn our backs on the source of knowledge symbolized by this ladder, and only through great effort will we manage to turn

ry to: 1. perceive our present state as unbearable. 2. feel, at least to some extent, that the creator exists. spiritual levels- 231- 3. feel that we depend only on the creator. 4. recognize that only the creator can help us. by revealing himself, the creator can immediately alter our desires and form within us an intelligence with a new essence. the appearance of these strong desires immediately awakens within us the powers to fulfill them. the only thing that defines our essence is the combination and collection of our desires. our reason exists solely to aid us in attaining these desires. in truth, reason serves as nothing more than an assisting tool. we advance along our path in stages, moving forward step by step, alternately being influenced by the impure (left) egoistic force and by

to the gates of the the return to the creator- 249- spiritual. this is because there is no situation that is further removed from the creator than when we do not think at all about the existence of the spiritual realm, or are incapable of wanting to experience it. when we feel distant from the spiritual realm, this is because the creator has let us become aware of our true state, and in this way awakens in us a desire for closeness to him. and if these feelings of distance from the creator were not awakened within us, we would have no chance whatsoever to begin to draw close to him. therefore, these feelings of distance are a sign of beginning to draw closer. and so it goes throughout the entire path of one s advance towards the creator: we constantly experience all types of obstacles. in

ent us by the creator, and then "taken away" the greater will be our desire to receive that light once again.this path is known as "the path of kabbalah" or the path of the light. but there is also "the path of suffering" when one searches for a way to escape from unbearable suffering constantly in one s life, and not from a desire to have lost pleasures restored. with the path of kabbalah, there awakens a desire to become filled by the spiritual light as the vitalizing source of redemption. both paths lead to one goal, but one draws by the pleasure and the perfection that lie ahead, and the other pushes from behind, prompting an escape from pain. in order for a human being to be able to analyze external factors and internal sensations, two means of perception are given: the bitter and swe

y distract us from thoughts of the creator and his oneness, and make us increase our power of faith by exerting our willpower and thus retaining our thoughts of the creator. light is itself an answer to our desire to receive the perception of the creator. when the creator garbs himself in this desire of a person, the light enters the vessel, and the order of spiritual growth is such that a person awakens to the return to the creator- 261- the desire for the spiritual, to the perception of the creator, to the need to discover oneself, only under the effect of the light, to the immense feeling of life, to inspiration derived from becoming closer to spiritual sensations, to the feeling of wholeness. but then the individual is invariably visited by extraneous thoughts. through their influence

, until the current generation the generation, for which this method was specifically developed. that is why it is written in the zohar, that from 1995 onward kabbalah will become a way of life, open to all with no restrictions. why our generation? because the souls that descend to this world and dress in our bodies evolve from generation to generation, until they come to a state where a question awakens in them about the meaning of their very existence. if we contemplate reality as it is described in the books of kabbalists who speak of the end of days which we are at the threshold of there arises a profound fear that without kabbalah, we will not be able to secure the safe passage to the higher level of being that awaits us. kabbalah allows us to come to know the spiritual world the very


LAITMAN M KABBALAH SCIENCE AND THE MEANING OF LIFE

ur freedom of choice lies only in accelerating the process. the term surrounding light describes the force that attracts us toward the attribute of bestowal. it draws us to the corrected state, which is the attribute of the creator. all our future states exist within each and every one of us, even though we do not sense them. the projection of our altruistic, corrected state on our egoistic state awakens the attribute of bestowal in us. as defined above, our corrected state is called gmar tikkun. at gmar tikkun, every soul is filled with boundless pleasures and a complete equivalence of form with the creator. in our present state, the light that fills our souls at gmar tikkun shines in the form of surrounding light; its power is determined by the intensity of our desire to acquire the attr

f r e a l i t y 99 until it returns to its root. thus, the world ein sof is the ultimate goal, our world is the starting point, and the improvement of human attributes is called ascent in the degrees of the worlds. kabbalah is for those who ask about the purpose of their lives, those who are not satisfied with mundane pleasures such as sex, wealth, honor, or knowledge. when the whole of humanity awakens to ask about the purpose of life, the wisdom of kabbalah will emerge. kabbalists pointed to the year 1995 as the beginning of this time, hence the necessity to disseminate it. f o u r l a n g uag e s i n t h e w i s d o m o f t ru t h kabbalists, as previously mentioned, research the upper world, the world beyond the perception of an ordinary person. hence, the depictions of kabbalists att

w one draws nearer to the attainment of the constant state. in kabbalistic terms, ein sof is a state of complete rest, meaning it is unchanging. our work is to gradually prepare our tools of perception to perceive that state. thus, the only change is in our abilities to perceive. when light clothes a person and one feels how it gradually enters, the constant state becomes gradually clearer as one awakens to feeling it. the light never actually enters and never actually exits. it only becomes clearer and more evident, meaning more revealed and less concealed. r e g a i n i n g c o n s c i o u s n e s s 137 as light becomes more evident in the kli, it shows us that we are actually in the world ein sof, in the constant state, and that we must discover that this is our only state of existence

ble the final state because we are already in it. all we need is to want to receive the correction force from that state, and that force will bring us to actually be in it. kabbalistic texts depict the corrected state. if we read these texts and want to be in the corrected state, we thus pull in the light in much the same way an unconscious person receives an iv. the light operates on the reader, awakens, and helps one begin to climb. we therefore see that the meaning of such terms as light and above is this: light is the upper force that corrects and fills the creature; above means from a more corrected state, meaning a state of greater bestowal upon the creator. w h at i s t h e c r e at o r? the creator is what one finds to be the upper degree. the hebrew term, boreh (creator, indicates

n g t h e f u t u r e we believe that we have many possible futures to choose from. but choosing means seeing the future, so what is this choice based on? how does one know which future is best? if we could see the result of choosing one option and the result of choosing another option, we would know which was better. but in truth, there are no options to choose from whatsoever. a certain reshimo awakens within a certain will to receive, meaning within a certain person situated in a certain environment. subsequently, that person realizes the reshimo, accumulating further impressions from life s events. if we realized that we are only marionettes, and that at the same time we can change our future, we would then be at a point of choice. in other words, we could then choose an environment th

ght. wisdom of kabbalah the revelation of the relationship between the light and the kli at every level of the evolution of the kli, from the beginning of the creation of reality to the end of its correction. worlds the states one experiences in the process of equalizing one s attributes with the attribute of the upper force, the attribute of bestowal. yearning addition to the will to receive. it awakens in the creature as a result of its effort to obtain what it wants. 202 k a b b a l i s t s w r i t e a b o u t k a b b a l a h rabbi moshe chaim lutzato (the ramchal (1707-1747) all of man's engagements are guided by a single, intrinsic premise, and the internality dresses within all people. it is what they referred to as nature, whose numeric count is the same as elohim (god. and this is


LAITMAN M THE KABBALAH EXPERIENCE

all what you discover with meditation or special music or exercises a spiritual world, but that is not the spirituality to which i m referring. the spiritual world i am referring to can only be revealed with the wisdom of kabbalah. the study of the method of kabbalah is a complex system comprised of man s own work, by which he draws upon himself a special light. that light is a special force that awakens the spiritual desire in us, a desire to get away from the crowd and from the world at large. it is a wish to continue living in this world only physically, in the animate body, whereas everything that has to do with the mind, the desires, should operate on a different frequency altogether, as if one were breaking through an invisible barrier to another world. t h e w i s d o m o f k a b b

om generation to generation, all it takes to reach the upper world is the study of kabbalah. therefore, today asceticism and restrictions that people used to practice are no longer necessary. kabbalists have drawn the upper light t h e s t u d y o f k a b b a l a h 117 toward us, especially since the time of the ari (16th century, as it says: the light in it reforms, meaning the study of kabbalah awakens an invisible illumination of upper light that corrects man. kabbalists explain that the study of kabbalah awakens that illumination within the disciple more intensively than any other study. therefore, they advise anyone who wants to attain spirituality and the purpose of creation to study kabbalah. of course you can go on building houses, buying cars and giving expensive gifts, but it s i

an rise to a higher spiritual degree. t h e b o u n da r i e s o f l ov e q: loving is dangerous. the minute someone realizes you re willing to do anything for them, they take advantage of it. isn t there something like that in the relationship between the creator and us? t h e k a b b a l a h e x p e r i e n c e 200 a: love can only exist where there are no boundaries! but if it is unbounded, it awakens disrespect and perhaps even hatred in the loved one. we find examples of that in the way children treat parents who are totally devoted to them. therefore, in order to reach absolute and lasting love, the creator created a system of inter-relations between him and us. at first, both he and his love are concealed. this is done to prevent a situation where, after realizing how much love is a

a h e x p e r i e n c e 294 p l e a s u r e h u n t q: the japanese have the tea ceremony, which is meticulously studied in various religious schools, and is very similar to baal ha- sulam s story, the dining table. how do you relate to it? a: i personally do not know the tea ceremony. the creator created the desire to enjoy. a spark of light falls into that desire and revives it. the spark also awakens in it the yearning to be filled with the entire light, not just a small portion of it. therefore, all movements that the creation makes, at all its levels, starting from the still, through the vegetative, animate and speaking, beginning in atoms and the combinations of organic molecules, and ending with the movements of the body and mind, are no more than a pleasure hunt. when we study the

escribed from the perspective of the emotions of the attaining kabbalist and the way the creator is revealed to that person. even when we speak of the creator, and seemingly only about him, regardless of ourselves, we still rely on our own understanding of him. our desire for a spiritual ascent stems either from above (the creator, or below (from us. of course, it is only the light that rocks and awakens us, as vessels. but then, either we clearly feel that the creator is the one awakening us from above, or we do not feel the influence of the creator, but only the side effects of that influence: ours inner will, meaning that there is suddenly an aspiration for the creator, because the creator has secretly awakened us. t h e k a b b a l a h e x p e r i e n c e 378 t h e s p i r i t ua l f o


LAITMAN M THE PATH OF KABBALAH

others live only for a minute. our ordinary clock shows only the still time, meaning the pace of progress of the still toward the purpose of creation. c h a p t e r 1. 5 k a b b a l a h a s a m e a n s o f at t a i n i n g s p i r i t ua l i t y kabbalah revolves around the spiritual worlds. therefore, the student attracts spiritual lights during the study. studying other parts of the torah also awakens a certain spiritual illumination, but the intensity of the light during the study of kabbalah is much stronger than when studying other writings. t h e pa t h o f k a b b a l a h 26 however, we must make sure we are studying in the right path of instruction, otherwise the opposite result may be achieved: the more we study, the more we will feel righteous instead of feeling our own evil (wh

guide us. if we could transfer physical pain to spiritual pain, t h e pa t h o f k a b b a l a h 86 we would correct some of our vessels and in that equalize our attributes with the creator s, thus shortening our journey. when a kabbalist becomes physically ill, his body suffers. but because the physical body cannot attain spirituality, only one s inner sensation becomes spiritual, corrected, and awakens the kabbalist, even as the body continues to suffer. while the soul of the kabbalist continues to climb, physical health continues to deteriorate. why does the body not climb alongside the soul? because the body cannot become spiritual! spirituality is an inner ascent of the soul that has nothing to do with the outer part, meaning the biological body. the body is doomed to perish and be bu

ance of their work. this would help create a collective vessel. every kabbalist since the time of rabbi shimon bar-yochay held weekly assemblies of friends for this purpose. the ari and rabbi moshe chaim lutzato (ramchal) wrote about such assemblies, as well as other kabbalists in russia, among which are some of the greatest teachers of the previous generations. the influence of the outer society awakens our beastly desires, which become a serious obstacle for spiritual progress. we must avoid the company of people who try to influence us, either consciously or unconsciously. even speaking to such a person can result in a loss of spiritual achievements that took months to attain. i do not wish to encourage isolation from society, but a beginning student must be extra careful regarding the

we feel his existence. if i don t feel the host, i will not be ashamed. but if he s standing right in front of me, then i will be ashamed. i cannot receive directly; because i have to relate to him, give him something in return for what i receive, which turns it into a tradeoff rather than mere reception. then i, too, become a giver, because he, too, receives from me. the sensation of the creator awakens in malchut such intense pain when it is received that it decides never again to use its will to receive pleasure for itself. this decision is called restriction. the name first restriction indicates that this is the first time something like this happens. t h e p r o g r e s s i o n o f l i g h t l e a d i n g t o t h e r e s t r i c t i o n by not receiving light, malchut stops being the

ce of aviut) these two reshimot are considered as one reshimo. if this reshimo does not remain in the vessel, it will not know what to want or how to get it. the entire process of the creation of reality from its beginning in malchut de ein sof to its end in this world, is a sequence of situations of malchut de ein sof. she experiences these situations by means of the light that surrounds her. it awakens the reshimot in her, which remain after every situation she experiences. the state where behina dalet is filled with light is called malchut de ein sof. after behina dalet feels that she is receiving, she decides to restrict the reception of the light. the light then withdraws, and what remains in malchut is a reshimo of the light that was in her. even after the restriction, light continue

ays that if the pleasure that is felt in the will to receive is stronger than the strength of the screen, the vessel wants to receive it for itself, because the strong (screen or desire) rules. all the worlds and the partzufim are parts of malchut de ein sof. malchut restricted herself and decided never to receive again if it is for her own pleasure. therefore, when a desire to receive for itself awakens in partzuf nekudot de sag, the malchut that performed the first restriction and stood at the sof de galgalta rises to the place in nekudot de sag, from which nekudot de sag began to want to receive the light for itself. each partzuf consists of ten sefirot keter, hochma, bina, hesed, gevura, tifferet, netzah, hod, yesod, malchut. nekudot de sag is partzuf bina. bina consists of two parts:

a s i c t e r m s sefirot: properties, clothes that the creator wears in order to appear before his creatures. they are not his real properties and there is nothing we can say about them, because we cannot grasp their meaning. we can only grasp what he wants to reveal to us. we regard these external properties as attributes or sefirot. we feel the properties of the creator as a certain light that awakens a unique feeling in us. we name each sefira according to that feeling. every light that comes from the creator is a certain form or providence, a sign that awakens a certain response. generally speaking, all the forms of light that emanate from the creator toward us are called the light of divinity. one feels the light of the creator to the extent that one attains corrections. without a si

rld. for spiritual egoism to be fulfilled, we must reject our current level of egoism and ascend, so to speak, to the level of that spiritual desire. when we are given a spiritual desire, no other feeling exists besides the absence of pleasure; it is the vessel in its purest form. for that reason, all the operations, all the efforts are only possible with the help of the body. it is the body that awakens us early in the morning, takes us to bed only late at night, and encourages reading and the occupying of our minds. we work with bodies that belong to this level and it is in this level that the body wants to be rewarded. it immediately begins to present a t h e pa t h o f k a b b a l a h 280 just and natural claim what have i got for all my trouble? perhaps one has advanced in the spiritu


LEADBEATER C W THE HIDDEN LIFE IN FREEMASONRY 2E

rce which flow through and around the spine of every human being. madame blavatsky writes of them as follows: 678. the trans-himalayan school c locates sushumna, the chief seat of these three nadis, in the central tube of the spinal cord, and ida and pingala on its left and right sides. ida and pingala are simply the sharps and flats of that fa of human nature, which, when struck in a proper way, awakens the sentries on either side, the spiritual manas and the physical kama, and subdues the lower through the higher. c(*the secret doctrine, vol. iii, p. 503) 679. it is the pure akasha that passes up sushumna; its two aspects flow in ida and pingala. these are the three vital airs, and are symbolized by the brahmanical thread. they are ruled by the will. pill and desire are the higher and lo

. of this high order should have passed on from a conception of the divine justice to the certainty of knowledge and the fullness of the divine glory in the hidden light. the 33 links the sovereign grand inspector general with the spiritual king of the world himself- that mightiest of adepts who stands at the head of the great white lodge, in whose strong hands lie the destinies of the earth- and awakens the powers of the triple spirit as far as they can yet be awakened. this highest of all degrees is given to but few, yet even among those few there can have been but a handful who had the least conception of what they had received, or of the powers given into their hands. most of those to whom it comes probably regard it as chiefly an administrative degree, and have no idea that it has a s


LEADBEATER CW GLIMPSES OF MASONIC HISTORY

. of this high order may be said to have passed on from a conception of the divine justice to the certainty of knowledge and the fullness of the divine glory in the hidden light. the 33 links the sovereign grand inspector-general with the spiritual king of the world himself- that mighty adept who stands at the head of the great white lodge, and in whose strong hands lie the destinies of earth and awakens the powers of the triple spirit as far as these can as yet be awakened. the actual conferring of the degree was and is a very splendid experience when seen with the inner sight; for the hierophant of the mysteries (who in these modern days is the h.o.a.t.f, stands above or beside the initiator in that extension of his consciousness which is called the angel of the presence. if the recipien


LIBER HAD

eof (the aspirant should be in so sensitive a condition that a single drop, perhaps even the smell, should suffice. ed) this is the first practice of magick art (ccxx. ii. 22. 12. let the aspirant concentrate his consciousness in the rood cross set up upon the mountain, and identify himself with it. let him be well aware of the difference between its own soul, and that thought which it habitually awakens in his own mind. this is the third practice of meditation, and as it will be found, a comprehension and harmony and absorption of the practices of intelligence (ccxx. ii. 22. 13. let the aspirant apply himself to comprehend hadit as the unity which is the negative (ain elohim. ed) this is the seventh practice of intelligence (ccxx. ii. 23. 14. let the aspirant live the life of a strong and


LINDOW JOHN NORSE MYTHOLOGY A GUIDE TO THE GODS HEROES RITUALS AND BELIEFS

bilrost; heimdall hjadningavig (battle-of-the-followers-of-hedin) eternal combat of warriors, incited by freyja and ended only through the holiness of olaf tryggvason. the fullest version of the story is in sorla thattr. freyja has obtained a beautiful necklace (the brisinga men) by sleeping with four neighboring dwarfs, but at 174 norse mythology odin fs command, loki has stolen it. when freyja awakens and misses the necklace, she confronts odin, who tells her she can only have it back by fulfilling one rather strange condition: she must make two kings, each of whom is served by 20 kings, fall out and engage in a battle that through charms and magic will go on without end, unless it is interrupted by a christian who serves a great king. although we never see freyja or odin again in the t

asily explained as a post-pagan view, but the situation is more complicated than that. in the first place, the story was also told by bragi boddason the old, reckoned the first skald, in his ragnarsdrapa (stanzas 7.12, and in his version a woman keeps the battle going by curing men fs wounds. this woman is decidedly evil. when snorri describes the hjadningavig in skaldskaparmal, he says that hild awakens the dead warriors each night so that they can fight the next day, and this is a direct parallel to his presentation of life at valholl. snorri says that the hjadningavig will go on until ragnarok. i believe that the similarity between the hjadningavig and life at valholl points up the emptiness of a life given over to battles and feasting, an emptiness, i would add, that is borne out when

fs retainers. loki finds out about the necklace and tells odin of it, and odin commands loki to get the necklace. this loki accomplishes by turning himself into a fly and getting into freyja fs impenetrable bedchamber (an otherwise unknown motif. to make freyja turn over so that he can get at the necklace, loki turns himself into a flea and bites her; he then flees with the necklace. when freyja awakens and misses the necklace, she confronts odin, who tells her she can only have it back by fulfilling one rather strange condition: she must make two kings, each of whom is served by 20 kings, fall out and engage in a battle that through charms and magic will go on without end, unless it is interrupted by a christian who serves a great king. although we never see freyja or odin again in the t


LOGOMACHY OF ZOS

good. there is that theurgy in will when all desires focus into one meanness or greatness. reversion is often the road to perversion, and the disused or abused degenerates unless transposed to another purpose. love shall cease when copulation is abjured. things more excellent than themselves are expressed through art when our selves are expressed in them. the artist illumines unseen beauties and awakens us to the utility of beauty as pleasure of a more permanent kind. we conceive from the whole until detail destroys. to know the fundaments of art is to know the path of all wisdom. what does not exist man will invent or imagine. much is realized and so seldom expressed that when it might be told it is already forgotten. the self-glory of our forgiveness of ourselves and others.these are ou


LUCIFERIAN SORCERY

ation into the essence of iblis, known as shaitan the adversary. this is the union of light and shadow, from which side are objectively opposite. the left-hand side is the pure and beautiful face of lucifer as flesh, sun and empowerment through the perception of self; the black flame. the right hand side is the shadow of the opposer, noctifer or ahriman in flesh. between the opposer/adversary set awakens. succubus publishing phosphorus inner publications 3 sorcery has gone through an awakening in the past 30 years which allows for new experimentations and developments. the significance in the last 30 years is the beginnings and critical stage of what became wicca and witchcraft. the systems originally intend produced an exciting aspect to magick and sorcery can be, explorative and in many


MANLY P HALL THE SECRET TEACHINGS OF ALL AGES

nary tendencies of aristippus, vainly labored to reform the young man. aristippus has the distinction of being consistent in principle and practice, for he lived in perfect harmony with his philosophy that the quest of pleasure was the chief purpose of life. the doctrines of the cyrenaics may be summarized thus: all that is actually known concerning any object or condition is the feeling which it awakens in man's own nature. in the sphere of ethics that which awakens the most pleasant feeling is consequently to be esteemed as the greatest good. emotional reactions are classified as pleasant or gentle, harsh, and mean. the end of pleasant emotion is pleasure; the end of harsh emotion, grief; the end of mean emotion, nothing. through mental perversity some men do not desire pleasure. in real

y man's particular being is contained and made one with all other" at birth only a third part of the divine nature of man temporarily dissociates itself from its own immortality and takes upon itself the dream of physical birth and existence, animating with its own celestial enthusiasm a vehicle composed of material elements, part of and bound to the material sphere. at death this incarnated part awakens from the dream of physical existence and reunites itself once more with its eternal condition. this periodical descent of spirit into matter is termed the wheel of life and death, and the principles involved are treated at length by the philosophers under the subject of metempsychosis. by initiation into the mysteries and a certain process known as operative theology, this law of birth and


MICHAEL FORD A RITE OF THE WEREWOLF

n and the adversary. the adversary or opposer is the shadow which reveals light, called the black light of iblis or shaitan. this light is inspired intellect and creative imagination. set represents self-imposed challenge and individual development, a tester of self. an adept uses this model for self-control and a becoming through the left hand path approach of the adversary, the antichrist which awakens the pscyhe in both light and darkness. set is noted for being a god which was different from all other egyptian gods. he was the neter over storms, chaos and the darkness. set, being a god of the north, was a sender of nightmares who was identical to the greek daemon typhon. set was viewed as a god of such dangerous and desolate places of the earth, but at the same time was a friend to the


MICHAEL W FORD THE VAMPIRE GATE

you. the vampyre magickian is indeed one who has stepped beyond the foundations of the luciferian path. the model of this path is based in more advanced magick and sorcery techniques, which may be dangerous as well. i caution the use of this tome and suggest you not misuse it it can cause many issues if responsibility is not practiced. the vampyre magickian takes the individual and transforms it awakens you and will require that you shed the beliefs of your past. you will become something better. this will definitely offer a short cut in your initiatory focus in an age of a want it now but the price is diving into the abyss and having the will to emerge as a devouring god or goddess. you may wish to use some of these techniques, or all of them as a practitioner on the luciferian witchcraf

our body. it is directly associated with the body in terms of what we eat, our mental state and emotions. in the practice of ahrimanic yoga in liber hvhi, the chakras are stirred or awakened by the fire snake visualized in meditation and practice. by connecting with the chakras, the archdaevas, being centers and deific masks of power, may be encircled and cultivated within the mind and body. this awakens points of serpent-power as it is called, when directed out in magickal practice no matter if it is sorcery to obtain a physical result or one to initiate selftransformation (they are usually connected in some way) this energy is vital. chi also direct affects the aura. depression, anger and over excitability will cause this energy to be used up carelessly and without purpose. have you not

eory of luciferian sex magick, the forbidden art of transforming consciousness and body into a temple of the adversarial spirit, being samael and lilith, to initiate the self and become a part of the divine by awakening the symbol of cain, the first satanist. adamu outlines practice which defines the how the luciferian sex magick path is a sucessful method of initiation which only strengthens and awakens consciousness. vampiric (spiritual) sex magick and ancient buddhism/bon po, including workings and descriptions of kali and her various mythological guises. adamu features numerous discipline-building excercises which will set the focus for serious initiatory practionthe soul travelers: by michael wynn@ hollywoodinsiders.net chapter 1- the great name game--pg 3 the collective hallucination


MICHAEL W FORD NOX UMBRA

orm of a skull, the bare mysteries which time does not hide nor tell. the human skull is considered as a symbol of baphomet, worshipped by the knight's templar. the skull is also a powerful fetish which may hold the familiar shades of the dead, a projected tomb of bone which holds the gravesoil and sigilic alphabet of the self in shadow. the magister of the rite recites "behold, the vampyre queen awakens before me, she whose skull holds the mystery of the grave. from your soul comes many serpents, those who breed the forms of dragons, your secret name is given to those of the corpse embrace, the blackened soil announces your children's birth. behold, the skull cap is filled with the elixir of life (lilith takes in hand the skull cap) let me drink of this ecstasy, the lifeblood from those w


MIDNIGHTS CIRCLE A COMMENTARY OF AZOTHOZ

the sun entering the moon, thus shaitan s direction is south and east, depending on his representation, being of wisdom or fire (two octaves of saturn, the higher and lower. the other illustrations are equally important and play a direct correlation between text and image, thus being a grimoire which plants a seed in the reader, as one widdershins[6] forward via magickal development the adversary awakens via the black flame. a section in the throne of twilight mentions an atavistic resurgence concept which was propagated to some extent by austin osman spare. humanity carried the knowledge of the beast which angels sought to possess this refers to the fall and how lucifer sought to invoke the dragon and beast within his being, thus joining in union the sun with the moon. the practitioner of


MORALS AND DOGMA

action. there is no blow struck in it but has a purpose, ultimately good or bad, and therefore moral. there is no action performed, but has a motive; and motives are the special jurisdiction of morality. equipages, houses, and furniture are symbols of what is moral, and they in a thousand ways minister to right or wrong feeling. everything that belongs to us, ministering to our comfort or luxury, awakens in us emotions of pride or gratitude, of selfishness or vanity; thoughts of self-indulgence, or merciful remembrances of the needy and the destitute. everything acts upon and influences us. god's great law of sympathy and harmony is potent and inflexible as his law of gravitation. a sentence embodying a noble thought stirs our blood; a noise made by a child frets and exasperates us, and in

soul of man is composed into a kind of real harmony, the moment he begins to work. doubt, desire, sorrow, remorse, indignation, and even despair shrink murmuring far off into their caves, whenever the man bends himself resolutely against his task. labor is life. from the inmost heart of the worker rises his god-given force, the sacred celestial life-essence, breathed into him by almighty god; and awakens him to all nobleness, as soon as work fitly begins. by it man learns patience, courage, perseverance, openness to light, readiness to own himself mistaken, resolution to do better and improve. only by labor will man continually learn the virtues. there is no religion in stagnation and inaction; but only in activity and exertion. there was the deepest truth in that saying of the old monks"

for each, when it entered its place of _exaltation, or reached the particular degree in the particular sign of the zodiac in which astrology had fixed the place of its exaltation; that is, the place in the heavens where its influence was supposed to be greatest, and where it acted on nature with the greatest energy. the place of exaltation of the sun was in aries, because, reaching that point, he awakens all nature, and warms into life all the germs of vegetation; and therefore his most solemn feast among all nations, for many years before our era, was fixed at the time of his entrance into that sign. in egypt, it was called the feast of fire and light. it was the passover, when the paschal lamb was slain and eaten, among the jews, and neurouz among the persians. the romans preferred the p


MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS E

supposed to possess the power of restoring life and health; hence he was regarded as the god of healing; but this feature in his character we shall find more particularly developed in his son asclepius (asculapius, the veritable god of the healing art. pursuing our analysis of the various phases in the character of phoebus-apollo, we find that with the first beams of his genial light, all nature awakens to renewed life, and the woods re-echo with the jubilant sound of the untaught lays, warbled by thousands of feathered choristers. hence, by a natural inference, he is the god of music, and as, according to the belief of the ancients, the inspirations of genius were inseparably connected with the glorious light of heaven, he is also the god of poetry, and acts as the special patron of the


ONYX TABLET OF SET

ny number of tools. the temple, created by and subject to set's word, is continually enhancing its matrix. all other words, whatever their merit on their own, are to be understood only as aeon-enhancing, all orders only as vehicles, all the jobs of the temple only as doorways. the relationship of the priesthood to the ii is to nudge them again and again back into the focus of xeper. the ii, which awakens the sense of beauty, is a great time for plans. adepts will present you with their life plans worked out in detail [usually breathlessly every two months. they will explore the most byzantine and elaborate rituals. they abound with theories, and will delight you with their daring. it is important for the priesthood to urge, through subtle and patient means, the adept not to hurry through h


RABBI AMIRAM MARKEL MARKEL THE KNOWLEDGE OF G D VOL 1

e possibility of our freely choosing g-d as our king. if we choose g-d, the world has purpose. however, if we, g-d forbid, choose otherwise, the world looses its purpose and g-d no longer desires to create it. from above we see that malchut, similar to the other qualities, has an essential existence even before the existence of an "other" but that it is specifically the "other" which enlivens and awakens it. this is why we recite the ten verses of g-d s kingship on rosh hashana (jewish new year. by doing so, we accept the yoke of g-d s kingship upon ourselves anew. this reacceptance and renewed sublimation to g-d on our part, awakens the essential desire for kingship in the essence of ohr ein sof before tzimtzum, and thereby gives continued existence to the world. this is the awakening of


REGARDIE ISRAEL THE COMPLETE GOLDEN DAWN

on stop the aspiring student would end the spiritual journey at the very first step which recognizes and accepts human ignorance and error. as the dedicated student continues to patiently aspire to be more than human, to transcend physical limitations, while forgiving himself for mistakes and setbacks along the way, the ceremonies will become increasingly precise and effective. regular repetition awakens and establishes the energies gradually through sincere sustained effort. when a mistake is made during ritual work, simply return to the point immediately preceding the error with as little disruption as possible and carefully repeat from there after making certain of the correct procedure. hopefully, no matter how elevated by study and initiation the student's understanding may become, he

work has been done on this particular system of magic. in passing, may i say that before the vibratory formula of the middle pillar can be at all successfully employed, the student should have put in a great deal of work on the exercise called the formulation of the middle pillar. this exercise, described in the portal paper reprinted in part one and at great length in my book the middle pillar, awakens the magical centres in the psycho-spiritual make-up of the student. needless to say, that without the power derived, directly or indirectly, from these sephirotic centres of chakras, there can be no successful magic. when a certain amount of success has been obtained in this formulation, then the vibratory formula should be assiduously practised. its results are salutary- and quite apart f


RUBY TABLET OF SET

e man to have no emotion within him, he would incline to the end of heaven, pursuing a universal mechanism for its own sake alone. even were man to achieve absolute physical mastery over the god-cosmos, he would have no means to comprehend the measure or the significance of his accomplishment save through that detached sensitivity to aesthetics which is the craft of astaroth. for the satanic gift awakens man also to intellectual detachment, to the ability to view his progress and plans from an extra-scientific base of emotional pleasure. whereupon i came to earth with asmodeus, and even as he spoke to the intellect of man, i brought meditation and introspection to the artists and authors of human sensitivity. and man came not only to use his satanic power but to recognize the extent of the

statement as an operative invocation to be used for access to what dee referred to as the "thirty aires or aethyrs" use of this invocation is best described in crowley's liber lxxxix vel chanokh; see also the vision and the voice. what exactly is an "aethyr? cabalistically these are "rings" or "spheres [of consciousness] progressively closer to the universal godhead. per crowley, each aethyr also awakens certain kinds of dispositions and perceptions in a magician who focuses his attention towards it- and may also provide him with access to related magical tools and/or weapons. the aethyrs will stand further exploration, in light of the initiatory advances of the aon of set, and should provide a rich opportunity for setians to test their gbm sensitivity and skills. i am the ageless intellig

el itself in the presence of the old ones. the gates of xem are opened to those who would see, and shall not be closed again. initiation is the directing of one's own powers of darkness inward to open the gates of self. here the aspirant may find the true source of and answer to his question. through initiation the aspirant can be born into a new dimension of being. it is being that was not. here awakens a conscious intelligence that recognizes its own ma'at and freedom. the aspirant should also have a glimpse into the source of the magical current which is passing through mankind, as well as the self ahead of itself- the path of xeper extending toward what can be. an important part of initiation is the call to the neter with which the successful initiate will work (this may or may not be


SATANIC BIBLE

urs, or until awakening. it is during this "dream sleep" that the mind is most receptive to outside or unconscious influence. let us assume the magician wishes to cast a spell on a person who would usually retire at 11 o'clock in the evening, and rise at 7 o'clock in the morning. the most effective time to perform a ritual would be about 5 o'clock in the morning, or two hours before the recipient awakens. it is to be emphasized that the magician must be at his peak of efficiency, as he represents the "sending" factor when he performs his ritual. traditionally speaking, witches and sorcerers are night people, and understandably so. what better schedule on which to live, for the sending of thoughts towards unsuspecting sleepers! if only people were aware of the thoughts injected into their m


SCHLAGER NEIL WORLD RELIGIONS REFERENCE LIBRARY

down, he falls asleep. utanapishtim is convinced that all humans are liars. if gilgamesh falls asleep, utanapishtim believes gilgamesh will say he stayed awake. to prove that gilgamesh will lie, utanapishtim arranges a test. he has his wife bake a loaf of bread each day, which he places at gilgamesh s feet. as gilgamesh continues to sleep, the loaves of bread gather, untouched. when utanapishtim awakens gilgamesh, the hero insists that he only dozed off for a moment, but he is grieved when utanapishtim points out the loaves of bread, which grew progressively stale with each passing day. utanapishtim s wife persuades him to have mercy on gilgamesh, so he gives the hero another chance. he tells gilgamesh of a plant that will restore his youth, but the plant is at the bottom of the ocean. gi


STEINER RUDOLF CHRISTIANITY AS MYSTICAL FACT

hard task, and having found him it would be impossible to tell everyone about him.59 the mystai understand the force of that word impossible. it points toward the inner drama of the godhead. for them, god is not revealed in the materially comprehensible world where he is manifest only as nature, in which he lies under a spell. he can be apprehended, as was taught in the mysteries, only by one who awakens the divine within. that is why he cannot be made intelligible to everyone. but even to one who draws near to him, he does not appear in his own nature. this too is explained in the timaeus. the father made the universe out of the world-body and world-soul. he mixed the elements, in harmony and perfect proportion elements that he himself brought into being by pouring himself out, giving up

dying a plant. they were putting into words something totally foreign to the mythological consciousness, yet they looked upon it as the deeper truth, expressed in symbols through the myth; thus we confront our own sensual nature as though it were a fierce monster. the fruits of our personal development fall as sacrifices to it, and it continues to devour us until the hero, the conqueror (theseus) awakens in us. and it is through knowledge that we are able to slay the enemy spinning the thread by means of which we find the way out of the labyrinth of our sensual nature. human knowledge itself is the mystery expressed in this story of the conquering of sensuality. this is the secret known to the mystai. 66 christianity as mystical fact the mystery-interpretation points to a psychological pow

living. let us take literally what jesus is. according to the gospel of john he is the word made flesh. he is the eternal, that which was in the beginning. therefore, if he is actually the resurrection, it is the eternal and primordial being that has risen to new life in lazarus. the underlying pattern is that of the bringing to life of the eternal word, the word that is the life to which lazarus awakens. there is sickness, but a sickness that does not lead to death but to the glory of god, since it serves to bring about a divine revelation. it is the eternal word that is raised in lazarus; thus the whole process serves to bring about the manifestation of god in lazarus. through the process lazarus is completely transformed. previously the word, the spirit, was not alive in him. now it liv

stood visibly before him as his awakener was identical with the spiritual power that had manifested itself within him. thus the further words of jesus are important: i knew that you always hear me; but i spoke for the benefit of the people standing here, that they may believe that you sent me.121 that means that jesus is revealed as the one in whom is present the son of the father. and so when he awakens his own being within another, that person becomes an initiate. in this way jesus declares that the meaning of life was concealed in the mysteries. they led to the knowledge of its meaning. he is the word of life. what was formerly archaic tradition had become in him an actual person. the evangelist expresses this in the verse where he says that in him the word became flesh. for him jesus i

e behold these things which you [god] have created, because they are; but they are, because you see them. and his further comment on what and how we see them is also striking: and we see externally that they are; but inwardly that they are good.171 all this has its origins in plato. like plato, philo interprets the destiny of the human soul as the denouement in a cosmic drama, when the hidden god awakens from the spell.172 he describes inner events in which the soul is active by saying that wisdom follows within human beings the ways of her father, looking upon the archetypes and shaping forms in accordance with them.173 thus it is not of merely personal significance for someone to give expression to these forms; rather they are the eternal wisdom the life of the world. his view accords wi


THE BOOK OF THE ELDER KINGS GOLDEN DAWN

ou commune with l.v.x; and so shalt thou see the nameless one, the immortal one, the mysterious godhead of supreme truth, whose wisdom is eternal and whose understanding is perfection. 16. from the great unmanifest we thunder forth as a voice of great darkness; but this darkness is the one unfathomable mystery of the one true light of the whole universe. 17. there is a calling from the beyond; it awakens your inner vision! the illuminated ones are inspiring your soul from within! thou shalt also become a king of the aeons, and the aeons. hold up thy heart; then bathe it in the fire of pure joy. ah! the sun shall consume thy longing soul! and we will fortify thee with the holy aspiration to attain this: we are come so that all may attain us in the eternal flame of truth. yet must thou forti


THE CANOPIC GODS SYMBOLISM

is who conquers by the power of wisdom and the forces of nature, guards ameshett. and nephthys, who hides that which is secret, guards ahephi- whence also, until recent days, in the fullness of time, the sacred sources of ahephi, the nile, were kept secret from the whole world. tmo-oumathu is under the guardianship of neith, the dawn. this is the celestial space, who makes the morning to pass and awakens the light of a golden dawn in the heart of him whom the eternal gods shall chose, by the sacred science of breath. kabexnuv is guarded by sakhet, the sun at the western equinox, the opening of amenti, who wears the scorpion on her head- and these guardianships were often painted on the canopic jars. when, therefore, the candidate kneels at the foot of the altar, or where the corpse lies on


THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 1

table chair and breathe slowly and rhythmically until he felt an in-drawing of energy at the solar plexus. then he focused his attention on fletcher s face, as he had come to know it, until gradually he felt as if his guide s face had pressed into his own at which instant there is a sense of shock, as if he were fainting or passing out. at this point, ford says, he loses consciousness and when he awakens at the t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d mediums and mystics 105 completion of a seance, it is as if he has had a good nap. born into a southern baptist family on january 8, 1896, in titusville, florida, young arthur had no real psychic experiences as a child, other than the occasional instances when he seemed to know what people were


THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 3

tribe that occupied vancouver island, british columbia, conceived of the soul as a tiny person who lived within a person s head and who was set free when its host body succumbed to death. many native people in peru, brazil, and other south american countries think of the soul as a birdlike entity that can fly from the body at will and often does so during sleep. when the soul returns, the sleeper awakens. should the soul neglect to return, the sleeper enters the long sleep of death. t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d superstitions, strange customs, taboos, and urban legends 221 thenootka conceived of the soul as a tiny person who lived within a person s head and was set free when its host body succumbed to death. as more members of the


THE LUCIFERIAN PATH THE WITCHES SABBAT MICHAEL W FORD

n and the adversary. the adversary or opposer is the shadow which reveals light, called the black light of iblis or shaitan. this light is inspired intellect and creative imagination. set represents self-imposed challenge and individual development, a tester of self. an adept uses this model for self-control and a becoming through the left hand path approach of the adversary, the antichrist which awakens the pscyhe in both light and darkness. set is noted for being a god which was different from all other egyptian gods. he was the neter over storms, chaos and the darkness. set, being a god of the north, was a sender of nightmares who was identical to the greek daemon typhon. set was viewed as a god of such dangerous and desolate places of the earth, but at the same time was a friend to the


THE NECRONOMICON SIMON VERSION

in allegiance and were betrayed. and tiamat has promised us nevermore to attack with water and with wind. but the gods are forgetful. beneath the seas of nar mattaru beneath the seas of the earth, nar mattaru beneath the world lays sleeping the god of anger, dead but dreaming the god of cuthalu, dead but dreaming! the lord of kur, calm but thunderous! the one-eyes sword, cold but burning! he who awakens him calls the ancient vengeance of the elder ones the seven glorious gods of the seven glorious cities upon himself and upon the world and old vengeance. know that our years are the years of war and our days are measured as battles and every hour is a life lost to the outside those from without have builded up charnel houses to nourish the fiends of tiamat and the blood of the weakest here


THE PATH OF KABBALAH

in different people. some live a thousand years, and others live only for a minute. our ordinary clock shows only the still time, meaning the pace of progress of the still toward the purpose of creation. 19 of 273 chapter 1.5 kabbalah as a means kabbalah revolves around the spiritual worlds. therefore, the student attracts spiritual lights during the study. studying other parts of the torah also awakens a certain spiritual illumination, but the intensity of the light during the study of kabbalah is much stronger than when studying other writings. however, one must make sure one is studying in the right path of instruction, otherwise he is liable to achieve the opposite result the more he studies, the more he ll feel himself to be righteous instead of feeling his own evil (which is the des

ain, he would correct some of his vessels and in that equalize his attributes (form) with the creator s and shorten the way. if he cannot do it, he progresses naturally, meaning in the natural way and in the natural speed. when a kabbalist becomes physically ill, his body suffers. but because the physical body cannot attain spirituality, only one s inner sensation becomes spiritual, corrected and awakens him, while the body continues to suffer. while the soul of the kabbalist continues to climb, his physical health continues to deteriorate. why then does the body not climb alongside the soul? because the body cannot become spiritual. spirituality is an inner ascent of the soul; it has nothing to do with the outer part, meaning the biological body. the body is doomed to perish and be buried

work in themselves, for the purpose of creating a collective vessel. all the kabbalists since the time of rabbi shimon bar-yochay held these assemblies of friends every week. the ari and rabbi moshe chaim lucato (ramchal) wrote about such assemblies as well as other kabbalists in russia, among which are some of the greatest teachers of the previous generations. the influence of the outer society awakens one s beastly desires, which become a serious obstacle for spiritual progress. we must escape influence of people who try to influence us consciously or unconsciously. even partaking in conversation with such a person can result in a loss of spiritual achievements that took many months to come by. i have no wish whatsoever to encourage isolation from society, but a beginning student must b

and we feel his existence. if i don t feel the host, i will not be ashamed. but if he s standing right in front of me, then i will be ashamed. i cannot receive directly; because i have to relate to him, give him something in return for what i receive, which turns it into a tradeoff rather than mere reception. then i too become a giver, because he too receives from me. the sensation of the creator awakens in malchut such intense pain at the reception that she decides never again to use her will to receive pleasure for herself. that decision of malchut, to not receive light for herself, is called restriction. the name first restriction indicates that this is the first time something like this happens. the progression of light leading to the restriction by not receiving light, malchut stops b

ginners to not fail, we made a table of questions and answers and the interpretations of the words and the terms. we do not intend to delve deeply into the subject matter and all the information in this text, but only direct the reader in the right direction, to make it clear that the purpose of the study is adhesion with the creator. that must be the goal before one s eyes, because only then one awakens on oneself the impact of the surrounding light, as a result of which one will attain the upper world. the glossary is made for the purpose of correct understanding of the basic terms. but only if one knows how to interpret the words properly, in their true spiritual meaning, and not the way we normally think of them, are we permitted to read and learn anything from the torah. otherwise we

t c.r) these two reshimot are in fact considered as one reshimo. if this reshimo does not remain in the vessel, it will not know what to want or how to get it. the entire process of the creation of reality from its beginning in malchut deein sof to its end in this world, is a sequence of situations of malchut deein sof. she experiences these situations by means of the light that surrounds her. it awakens the reshimot in her, which remain after every situation she goes through. the state where behina dalet is filled with light is called malchut deein sof. after behina dalet feels that she is receiving, she decides to restrict the reception of the light. the light then withdraws, and what remains in malchut is a reshimo of the light that was in her. even after the restriction, light continue

the pleasure that is felt in the will to receive is stronger than the strength of the screen, the vessel wants to receive it for itself, because the strong (screen or desire) rules. all the worlds and the partzufim are parts of malchut deein sof. that malchut restricted herself and decided never to receive again if it is for her own pleasure. therefore now, when a desire to receive for themselves awakens in partzuf nekudot desag, the malchut that performed the first restriction and stood at the sof degalgalta rises to the place in nekudot desag, from which nekudot desag began to want to receive the light for themselves. each partzuf consists of ten sefirot: keter, hochma, bina, hesed, gevura, tifferet, netzah, hod, yesod, malchut. nekudot desag is partzuf bina. bina consists of two parts:

creation sefirot: properties, clothes that the creator wears in order to appear before the creatures this way. they are not his real properties and there is nothing we can say about them, because we cannot grasp their meaning. we can only grasp what he wants to reveal to us. we regard these external properties as attributes or sefirot. we feel the properties of the creator as a certain light that awakens a certain feeling in us. we name each sefira according to that feeling. every light that comes from the creator is a certain form or providence, a sign that awakens a certain response. generally speaking, all the forms of light that emanate from